diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 492-0.txt | 2388 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 492-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 57390 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 492-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 131692 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 492-h/492-h.htm | 2763 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 492-h/images/p0b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 63656 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 492-h/images/p0s.jpg | bin | 0 -> 8420 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/artow10.txt | 2499 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/artow10.zip | bin | 0 -> 56333 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/artow10h.htm | 2452 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/artow10h.zip | bin | 0 -> 57289 bytes |
13 files changed, 10118 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/492-0.txt b/492-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1dbc78e --- /dev/null +++ b/492-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2388 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Essays in the Art of Writing, by Robert Louis +Stevenson + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Essays in the Art of Writing + + +Author: Robert Louis Stevenson + + + +Release Date: October 16, 2012 [eBook #492] +[This file was first posted on February 21, 1996] + + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ESSAYS IN THE ART OF WRITING*** + + +Transcribed from the 1905 Chatto & Windus edition by David Price, email +ccx074@pglaf.org + + + + + + ESSAYS IN THE + ART OF WRITING + + + BY + ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON + + [Picture: Decorative logo] + + LONDON + CHATTO & WINDUS + 1905 + + + + +CONTENTS + + PAGE +On Some Technical Elements of Style in Literature 3 +The Morality of the Profession of Letters 47 +Books which have Influenced Me 75 +A Note on Realism 93 +My First Book: ‘Treasure Island’ 111 +The Genesis of ‘The Master of Ballantrae’ 135 +Preface To ‘The Master of Ballantrae’ 145 + + + + +ON SOME TECHNICAL ELEMENTS OF STYLE IN LITERATURE {3} + + +There is nothing more disenchanting to man than to be shown the springs +and mechanism of any art. All our arts and occupations lie wholly on the +surface; it is on the surface that we perceive their beauty, fitness, and +significance; and to pry below is to be appalled by their emptiness and +shocked by the coarseness of the strings and pulleys. In a similar way, +psychology itself, when pushed to any nicety, discovers an abhorrent +baldness, but rather from the fault of our analysis than from any poverty +native to the mind. And perhaps in æsthetics the reason is the same: +those disclosures which seem fatal to the dignity of art seem so perhaps +only in the proportion of our ignorance; and those conscious and +unconscious artifices which it seems unworthy of the serious artist to +employ were yet, if we had the power to trace them to their springs, +indications of a delicacy of the sense finer than we conceive, and hints +of ancient harmonies in nature. This ignorance at least is largely +irremediable. We shall never learn the affinities of beauty, for they +lie too deep in nature and too far back in the mysterious history of man. +The amateur, in consequence, will always grudgingly receive details of +method, which can be stated but never can wholly be explained; nay, on +the principle laid down in _Hudibras_, that + + ‘Still the less they understand, + The more they admire the sleight-of-hand,’ + +many are conscious at each new disclosure of a diminution in the ardour +of their pleasure. I must therefore warn that well-known character, the +general reader, that I am here embarked upon a most distasteful business: +taking down the picture from the wall and looking on the back; and, like +the inquiring child, pulling the musical cart to pieces. + +1. _Choice of Words_.—The art of literature stands apart from among its +sisters, because the material in which the literary artist works is the +dialect of life; hence, on the one hand, a strange freshness and +immediacy of address to the public mind, which is ready prepared to +understand it; but hence, on the other, a singular limitation. The +sister arts enjoy the use of a plastic and ductile material, like the +modeller’s clay; literature alone is condemned to work in mosaic with +finite and quite rigid words. You have seen these blocks, dear to the +nursery: this one a pillar, that a pediment, a third a window or a vase. +It is with blocks of just such arbitrary size and figure that the +literary architect is condemned to design the palace of his art. Nor is +this all; for since these blocks, or words, are the acknowledged currency +of our daily affairs, there are here possible none of those suppressions +by which other arts obtain relief, continuity, and vigour: no +hieroglyphic touch, no smoothed impasto, no inscrutable shadow, as in +painting; no blank wall, as in architecture; but every word, phrase, +sentence, and paragraph must move in a logical progression, and convey a +definite conventional import. + +Now the first merit which attracts in the pages of a good writer, or the +talk of a brilliant conversationalist, is the apt choice and contrast of +the words employed. It is, indeed, a strange art to take these blocks, +rudely conceived for the purpose of the market or the bar, and by tact of +application touch them to the finest meanings and distinctions, restore +to them their primal energy, wittily shift them to another issue, or make +of them a drum to rouse the passions. But though this form of merit is +without doubt the most sensible and seizing, it is far from being equally +present in all writers. The effect of words in Shakespeare, their +singular justice, significance, and poetic charm, is different, indeed, +from the effect of words in Addison or Fielding. Or, to take an example +nearer home, the words in Carlyle seem electrified into an energy of +lineament, like the faces of men furiously moved; whilst the words in +Macaulay, apt enough to convey his meaning, harmonious enough in sound, +yet glide from the memory like undistinguished elements in a general +effect. But the first class of writers have no monopoly of literary +merit. There is a sense in which Addison is superior to Carlyle; a sense +in which Cicero is better than Tacitus, in which Voltaire excels +Montaigne: it certainly lies not in the choice of words; it lies not in +the interest or value of the matter; it lies not in force of intellect, +of poetry, or of humour. The three first are but infants to the three +second; and yet each, in a particular point of literary art, excels his +superior in the whole. What is that point? + +2. _The Web_.—Literature, although it stands apart by reason of the +great destiny and general use of its medium in the affairs of men, is yet +an art like other arts. Of these we may distinguish two great classes: +those arts, like sculpture, painting, acting, which are representative, +or, as used to be said very clumsily, imitative; and those, like +architecture, music, and the dance, which are self-sufficient, and merely +presentative. Each class, in right of this distinction, obeys principles +apart; yet both may claim a common ground of existence, and it may be +said with sufficient justice that the motive and end of any art whatever +is to make a pattern; a pattern, it may be, of colours, of sounds, of +changing attitudes, geometrical figures, or imitative lines; but still a +pattern. That is the plane on which these sisters meet; it is by this +that they are arts; and if it be well they should at times forget their +childish origin, addressing their intelligence to virile tasks, and +performing unconsciously that necessary function of their life, to make a +pattern, it is still imperative that the pattern shall be made. + +Music and literature, the two temporal arts, contrive their pattern of +sounds in time; or, in other words, of sounds and pauses. Communication +may be made in broken words, the business of life be carried on with +substantives alone; but that is not what we call literature; and the true +business of the literary artist is to plait or weave his meaning, +involving it around itself; so that each sentence, by successive phrases, +shall first come into a kind of knot, and then, after a moment of +suspended meaning, solve and clear itself. In every properly constructed +sentence there should be observed this knot or hitch; so that (however +delicately) we are led to foresee, to expect, and then to welcome the +successive phrases. The pleasure may be heightened by an element of +surprise, as, very grossly, in the common figure of the antithesis, or, +with much greater subtlety, where an antithesis is first suggested and +then deftly evaded. Each phrase, besides, is to be comely in itself; and +between the implication and the evolution of the sentence there should be +a satisfying equipoise of sound; for nothing more often disappoints the +ear than a sentence solemnly and sonorously prepared, and hastily and +weakly finished. Nor should the balance be too striking and exact, for +the one rule is to be infinitely various; to interest, to disappoint, to +surprise, and yet still to gratify; to be ever changing, as it were, the +stitch, and yet still to give the effect of an ingenious neatness. + +The conjurer juggles with two oranges, and our pleasure in beholding him +springs from this, that neither is for an instant overlooked or +sacrificed. So with the writer. His pattern, which is to please the +supersensual ear, is yet addressed, throughout and first of all, to the +demands of logic. Whatever be the obscurities, whatever the intricacies +of the argument, the neatness of the fabric must not suffer, or the +artist has been proved unequal to his design. And, on the other hand, no +form of words must be selected, no knot must be tied among the phrases, +unless knot and word be precisely what is wanted to forward and +illuminate the argument; for to fail in this is to swindle in the game. +The genius of prose rejects the _cheville_ no less emphatically than the +laws of verse; and the _cheville_, I should perhaps explain to some of my +readers, is any meaningless or very watered phrase employed to strike a +balance in the sound. Pattern and argument live in each other; and it is +by the brevity, clearness, charm, or emphasis of the second, that we +judge the strength and fitness of the first. + +Style is synthetic; and the artist, seeking, so to speak, a peg to plait +about, takes up at once two or more elements or two or more views of the +subject in hand; combines, implicates, and contrasts them; and while, in +one sense, he was merely seeking an occasion for the necessary knot, he +will be found, in the other, to have greatly enriched the meaning, or to +have transacted the work of two sentences in the space of one. In the +change from the successive shallow statements of the old chronicler to +the dense and luminous flow of highly synthetic narrative, there is +implied a vast amount of both philosophy and wit. The philosophy we +clearly see, recognising in the synthetic writer a far more deep and +stimulating view of life, and a far keener sense of the generation and +affinity of events. The wit we might imagine to be lost; but it is not +so, for it is just that wit, these perpetual nice contrivances, these +difficulties overcome, this double purpose attained, these two oranges +kept simultaneously dancing in the air, that, consciously or not, afford +the reader his delight. Nay, and this wit, so little recognised, is the +necessary organ of that philosophy which we so much admire. That style +is therefore the most perfect, not, as fools say, which is the most +natural, for the most natural is the disjointed babble of the chronicler; +but which attains the highest degree of elegant and pregnant implication +unobtrusively; or if obtrusively, then with the greatest gain to sense +and vigour. Even the derangement of the phrases from their (so-called) +natural order is luminous for the mind; and it is by the means of such +designed reversal that the elements of a judgment may be most pertinently +marshalled, or the stages of a complicated action most perspicuously +bound into one. + +The web, then, or the pattern: a web at once sensuous and logical, an +elegant and pregnant texture: that is style, that is the foundation of +the art of literature. Books indeed continue to be read, for the +interest of the fact or fable, in which this quality is poorly +represented, but still it will be there. And, on the other hand, how +many do we continue to peruse and reperuse with pleasure whose only merit +is the elegance of texture? I am tempted to mention Cicero; and since +Mr. Anthony Trollope is dead, I will. It is a poor diet for the mind, a +very colourless and toothless ‘criticism of life’; but we enjoy the +pleasure of a most intricate and dexterous pattern, every stitch a model +at once of elegance and of good sense; and the two oranges, even if one +of them be rotten, kept dancing with inimitable grace. + +Up to this moment I have had my eye mainly upon prose; for though in +verse also the implication of the logical texture is a crowning beauty, +yet in verse it may be dispensed with. You would think that here was a +death-blow to all I have been saying; and far from that, it is but a new +illustration of the principle involved. For if the versifier is not +bound to weave a pattern of his own, it is because another pattern has +been formally imposed upon him by the laws of verse. For that is the +essence of a prosody. Verse may be rhythmical; it may be merely +alliterative; it may, like the French, depend wholly on the (quasi) +regular recurrence of the rhyme; or, like the Hebrew, it may consist in +the strangely fanciful device of repeating the same idea. It does not +matter on what principle the law is based, so it be a law. It may be +pure convention; it may have no inherent beauty; all that we have a right +to ask of any prosody is, that it shall lay down a pattern for the +writer, and that what it lays down shall be neither too easy nor too +hard. Hence it comes that it is much easier for men of equal facility to +write fairly pleasing verse than reasonably interesting prose; for in +prose the pattern itself has to be invented, and the difficulties first +created before they can be solved. Hence, again, there follows the +peculiar greatness of the true versifier: such as Shakespeare, Milton, +and Victor Hugo, whom I place beside them as versifier merely, not as +poet. These not only knit and knot the logical texture of the style with +all the dexterity and strength of prose; they not only fill up the +pattern of the verse with infinite variety and sober wit; but they give +us, besides, a rare and special pleasure, by the art, comparable to that +of counterpoint, with which they follow at the same time, and now +contrast, and now combine, the double pattern of the texture and the +verse. Here the sounding line concludes; a little further on, the +well-knit sentence; and yet a little further, and both will reach their +solution on the same ringing syllable. The best that can be offered by +the best writer of prose is to show us the development of the idea and +the stylistic pattern proceed hand in hand, sometimes by an obvious and +triumphant effort, sometimes with a great air of ease and nature. The +writer of verse, by virtue of conquering another difficulty, delights us +with a new series of triumphs. He follows three purposes where his rival +followed only two; and the change is of precisely the same nature as that +from melody to harmony. Or if you prefer to return to the juggler, +behold him now, to the vastly increased enthusiasm of the spectators, +juggling with three oranges instead of two. Thus it is: added +difficulty, added beauty; and the pattern, with every fresh element, +becoming more interesting in itself. + +Yet it must not be thought that verse is simply an addition; something is +lost as well as something gained; and there remains plainly traceable, in +comparing the best prose with the best verse, a certain broad distinction +of method in the web. Tight as the versifier may draw the knot of logic, +yet for the ear he still leaves the tissue of the sentence floating +somewhat loose. In prose, the sentence turns upon a pivot, nicely +balanced, and fits into itself with an obtrusive neatness like a puzzle. +The ear remarks and is singly gratified by this return and balance; while +in verse it is all diverted to the measure. To find comparable passages +is hard; for either the versifier is hugely the superior of the rival, +or, if he be not, and still persist in his more delicate enterprise, he +fails to be as widely his inferior. But let us select them from the +pages of the same writer, one who was ambidexter; let us take, for +instance, Rumour’s Prologue to the Second Part of _Henry IV._, a fine +flourish of eloquence in Shakespeare’s second manner, and set it side by +side with Falstaff’s praise of sherris, act iv. scene iii.; or let us +compare the beautiful prose spoken throughout by Rosalind and Orlando; +compare, for example, the first speech of all, Orlando’s speech to Adam, +with what passage it shall please you to select—the Seven Ages from the +same play, or even such a stave of nobility as Othello’s farewell to war; +and still you will be able to perceive, if you have an ear for that class +of music, a certain superior degree of organisation in the prose; a +compacter fitting of the parts; a balance in the swing and the return as +of a throbbing pendulum. We must not, in things temporal, take from +those who have little, the little that they have; the merits of prose are +inferior, but they are not the same; it is a little kingdom, but an +independent. + +3. _Rhythm of the Phrase_.—Some way back, I used a word which still +awaits an application. Each phrase, I said, was to be comely; but what +is a comely phrase? In all ideal and material points, literature, being +a representative art, must look for analogies to painting and the like; +but in what is technical and executive, being a temporal art, it must +seek for them in music. Each phrase of each sentence, like an air or a +recitative in music, should be so artfully compounded out of long and +short, out of accented and unaccented, as to gratify the sensual ear. +And of this the ear is the sole judge. It is impossible to lay down +laws. Even in our accentual and rhythmic language no analysis can find +the secret of the beauty of a verse; how much less, then, of those +phrases, such as prose is built of, which obey no law but to be lawless +and yet to please? The little that we know of verse (and for my part I +owe it all to my friend Professor Fleeming Jenkin) is, however, +particularly interesting in the present connection. We have been +accustomed to describe the heroic line as five iambic feet, and to be +filled with pain and confusion whenever, as by the conscientious +schoolboy, we have heard our own description put in practice. + + ‘All night | the dreàd | less àn | gel ùn | pursùed,’ {21} + +goes the schoolboy; but though we close our ears, we cling to our +definition, in spite of its proved and naked insufficiency. Mr. Jenkin +was not so easily pleased, and readily discovered that the heroic line +consists of four groups, or, if you prefer the phrase, contains four +pauses: + + ‘All night | the dreadless | angel | unpursued.’ + +Four groups, each practically uttered as one word: the first, in this +case, an iamb; the second, an amphibrachys; the third, a trochee; and the +fourth, an amphimacer; and yet our schoolboy, with no other liberty but +that of inflicting pain, had triumphantly scanned it as five iambs. +Perceive, now, this fresh richness of intricacy in the web; this fourth +orange, hitherto unremarked, but still kept flying with the others. What +had seemed to be one thing it now appears is two; and, like some puzzle +in arithmetic, the verse is made at the same time to read in fives and to +read in fours. + +But again, four is not necessary. We do not, indeed, find verses in six +groups, because there is not room for six in the ten syllables; and we do +not find verses of two, because one of the main distinctions of verse +from prose resides in the comparative shortness of the group; but it is +even common to find verses of three. Five is the one forbidden number; +because five is the number of the feet; and if five were chosen, the two +patterns would coincide, and that opposition which is the life of verse +would instantly be lost. We have here a clue to the effect of +polysyllables, above all in Latin, where they are so common and make so +brave an architecture in the verse; for the polysyllable is a group of +Nature’s making. If but some Roman would return from Hades (Martial, for +choice), and tell me by what conduct of the voice these thundering verses +should be uttered—‘_Aut Lacedæmonium Tarentum_,’ for a case in point—I +feel as if I should enter at last into the full enjoyment of the best of +human verses. + +But, again, the five feet are all iambic, or supposed to be; by the mere +count of syllables the four groups cannot be all iambic; as a question of +elegance, I doubt if any one of them requires to be so; and I am certain +that for choice no two of them should scan the same. The singular beauty +of the verse analysed above is due, so far as analysis can carry us, +part, indeed, to the clever repetition of L, D, and N, but part to this +variety of scansion in the groups. The groups which, like the bar in +music, break up the verse for utterance, fall uniambically; and in +declaiming a so-called iambic verse, it may so happen that we never utter +one iambic foot. And yet to this neglect of the original beat there is a +limit. + + ‘Athens, the eye of Greece, mother of arts,’ {24} + +is, with all its eccentricities, a good heroic line; for though it +scarcely can be said to indicate the beat of the iamb, it certainly +suggests no other measure to the ear. But begin + + ‘Mother Athens, eye of Greece,’ + +or merely ‘Mother Athens,’ and the game is up, for the trochaic beat has +been suggested. The eccentric scansion of the groups is an adornment; +but as soon as the original beat has been forgotten, they cease +implicitly to be eccentric. Variety is what is sought; but if we destroy +the original mould, one of the terms of this variety is lost, and we fall +back on sameness. Thus, both as to the arithmetical measure of the +verse, and the degree of regularity in scansion, we see the laws of +prosody to have one common purpose: to keep alive the opposition of two +schemes simultaneously followed; to keep them notably apart, though still +coincident; and to balance them with such judicial nicety before the +reader, that neither shall be unperceived and neither signally prevail. + +The rule of rhythm in prose is not so intricate. Here, too, we write in +groups, or phrases, as I prefer to call them, for the prose phrase is +greatly longer and is much more nonchalantly uttered than the group in +verse; so that not only is there a greater interval of continuous sound +between the pauses, but, for that very reason, word is linked more +readily to word by a more summary enunciation. Still, the phrase is the +strict analogue of the group, and successive phrases, like successive +groups, must differ openly in length and rhythm. The rule of scansion in +verse is to suggest no measure but the one in hand; in prose, to suggest +no measure at all. Prose must be rhythmical, and it may be as much so as +you will; but it must not be metrical. It may be anything, but it must +not be verse. A single heroic line may very well pass and not disturb +the somewhat larger stride of the prose style; but one following another +will produce an instant impression of poverty, flatness, and +disenchantment. The same lines delivered with the measured utterance of +verse would perhaps seem rich in variety. By the more summary +enunciation proper to prose, as to a more distant vision, these niceties +of difference are lost. A whole verse is uttered as one phrase; and the +ear is soon wearied by a succession of groups identical in length. The +prose writer, in fact, since he is allowed to be so much less harmonious, +is condemned to a perpetually fresh variety of movement on a larger +scale, and must never disappoint the ear by the trot of an accepted +metre. And this obligation is the third orange with which he has to +juggle, the third quality which the prose writer must work into his +pattern of words. It may be thought perhaps that this is a quality of +ease rather than a fresh difficulty; but such is the inherently +rhythmical strain of the English language, that the bad writer—and must I +take for example that admired friend of my boyhood, Captain Reid?—the +inexperienced writer, as Dickens in his earlier attempts to be +impressive, and the jaded writer, as any one may see for himself, all +tend to fall at once into the production of bad blank verse. And here it +may be pertinently asked, Why bad? And I suppose it might be enough to +answer that no man ever made good verse by accident, and that no verse +can ever sound otherwise than trivial when uttered with the delivery of +prose. But we can go beyond such answers. The weak side of verse is the +regularity of the beat, which in itself is decidedly less impressive than +the movement of the nobler prose; and it is just into this weak side, and +this alone, that our careless writer falls. A peculiar density and mass, +consequent on the nearness of the pauses, is one of the chief good +qualities of verse; but this our accidental versifier, still following +after the swift gait and large gestures of prose, does not so much as +aspire to imitate. Lastly, since he remains unconscious that he is +making verse at all, it can never occur to him to extract those effects +of counterpoint and opposition which I have referred to as the final +grace and justification of verse, and, I may add, of blank verse in +particular. + +4. _Contents of the Phrase_.—Here is a great deal of talk about +rhythm—and naturally; for in our canorous language rhythm is always at +the door. But it must not be forgotten that in some languages this +element is almost, if not quite, extinct, and that in our own it is +probably decaying. The even speech of many educated Americans sounds the +note of danger. I should see it go with something as bitter as despair, +but I should not be desperate. As in verse no element, not even rhythm, +is necessary, so, in prose also, other sorts of beauty will arise and +take the place and play the part of those that we outlive. The beauty of +the expected beat in verse, the beauty in prose of its larger and more +lawless melody, patent as they are to English hearing, are already silent +in the ears of our next neighbours; for in France the oratorical accent +and the pattern of the web have almost or altogether succeeded to their +places; and the French prose writer would be astounded at the labours of +his brother across the Channel, and how a good quarter of his toil, above +all _invita Minerva_, is to avoid writing verse. So wonderfully far +apart have races wandered in spirit, and so hard it is to understand the +literature next door! + +Yet French prose is distinctly better than English; and French verse, +above all while Hugo lives, it will not do to place upon one side. What +is more to our purpose, a phrase or a verse in French is easily +distinguishable as comely or uncomely. There is then another element of +comeliness hitherto overlooked in this analysis: the contents of the +phrase. Each phrase in literature is built of sounds, as each phrase in +music consists of notes. One sound suggests, echoes, demands, and +harmonises with another; and the art of rightly using these concordances +is the final art in literature. It used to be a piece of good advice to +all young writers to avoid alliteration; and the advice was sound, in so +far as it prevented daubing. None the less for that, was it abominable +nonsense, and the mere raving of those blindest of the blind who will not +see. The beauty of the contents of a phrase, or of a sentence, depends +implicitly upon alliteration and upon assonance. The vowel demands to be +repeated; the consonant demands to be repeated; and both cry aloud to be +perpetually varied. You may follow the adventures of a letter through +any passage that has particularly pleased you; find it, perhaps, denied a +while, to tantalise the ear; find it fired again at you in a whole +broadside; or find it pass into congenerous sounds, one liquid or labial +melting away into another. And you will find another and much stranger +circumstance. Literature is written by and for two senses: a sort of +internal ear, quick to perceive ‘unheard melodies’; and the eye, which +directs the pen and deciphers the printed phrase. Well, even as there +are rhymes for the eye, so you will find that there are assonances and +alliterations; that where an author is running the open A, deceived by +the eye and our strange English spelling, he will often show a tenderness +for the flat A; and that where he is running a particular consonant, he +will not improbably rejoice to write it down even when it is mute or +bears a different value. + +Here, then, we have a fresh pattern—a pattern, to speak grossly, of +letters—which makes the fourth preoccupation of the prose writer, and the +fifth of the versifier. At times it is very delicate and hard to +perceive, and then perhaps most excellent and winning (I say perhaps); +but at times again the elements of this literal melody stand more boldly +forward and usurp the ear. It becomes, therefore, somewhat a matter of +conscience to select examples; and as I cannot very well ask the reader +to help me, I shall do the next best by giving him the reason or the +history of each selection. The two first, one in prose, one in verse, I +chose without previous analysis, simply as engaging passages that had +long re-echoed in my ear. + +‘I cannot praise a fugitive and cloistered virtue, unexercised and +unbreathed, that never sallies out and sees her adversary, but slinks out +of the race where that immortal garland is to be run for, not without +dust and heat.’ {33} Down to ‘virtue,’ the current S and R are both +announced and repeated unobtrusively, and by way of a grace-note that +almost inseparable group PVF is given entire. {34} The next phrase is a +period of repose, almost ugly in itself, both S and R still audible, and +B given as the last fulfilment of PVF. In the next four phrases, from +‘that never’ down to ‘run for,’ the mask is thrown off, and, but for a +slight repetition of the F and V, the whole matter turns, almost too +obtrusively, on S and R; first S coming to the front, and then R. In the +concluding phrase all these favourite letters, and even the flat A, a +timid preference for which is just perceptible, are discarded at a blow +and in a bundle; and to make the break more obvious, every word ends with +a dental, and all but one with T, for which we have been cautiously +prepared since the beginning. The singular dignity of the first clause, +and this hammer-stroke of the last, go far to make the charm of this +exquisite sentence. But it is fair to own that S and R are used a little +coarsely. + +‘In Xanady did Kubla Khan (KĂNDL) + A stately pleasure dome decree, (KDLSR) +Where Alph the sacred river ran, (KĂNDLSR) +Through caverns measureless to man, (KĂNLSR) + Down to a sunless sea.’ {35} (NDLS) + + + +Here I have put the analysis of the main group alongside the lines; and +the more it is looked at, the more interesting it will seem. But there +are further niceties. In lines two and four, the current S is most +delicately varied with Z. In line three, the current flat A is twice +varied with the open A, already suggested in line two, and both times +(‘where’ and ‘sacred’) in conjunction with the current R. In the same +line F and V (a harmony in themselves, even when shorn of their comrade +P) are admirably contrasted. And in line four there is a marked +subsidiary M, which again was announced in line two. I stop from +weariness, for more might yet be said. + +My next example was recently quoted from Shakespeare as an example of the +poet’s colour sense. Now, I do not think literature has anything to do +with colour, or poets anyway the better of such a sense; and I instantly +attacked this passage, since ‘purple’ was the word that had so pleased +the writer of the article, to see if there might not be some literary +reason for its use. It will be seen that I succeeded amply; and I am +bound to say I think the passage exceptional in Shakespeare—exceptional, +indeed, in literature; but it was not I who chose it. + + ‘The BaRge she sat iN, like a BURNished throNe + BURNT oN the water: the POOP was BeateN gold, + PURPle the sails and so PUR* Fumèd that * per + The wiNds were love-sick with them.’ {36} + +It may be asked why I have put the F of ‘perfumèd’ in capitals; and I +reply, because this change from P to F is the completion of that from B +to P, already so adroitly carried out. Indeed, the whole passage is a +monument of curious ingenuity; and it seems scarce worth while to +indicate the subsidiary S, L, and W. In the same article, a second +passage from Shakespeare was quoted, once again as an example of his +colour sense: + + ‘A mole cinque-spotted like the crimson drops + I’ the bottom of a cowslip.’ {37a} + +It is very curious, very artificial, and not worth while to analyse at +length: I leave it to the reader. But before I turn my back on +Shakespeare, I should like to quote a passage, for my own pleasure, and +for a very model of every technical art: + + But in the wind and tempest of her frown, + W. P. V.{37b} F. (st) (ow) + Distinction with a loud and powerful fan, + W. P. F. (st) (ow) L. + + Puffing at all, winnows the light away; + W. P. F. L. + And what hath mass and matter by itself + W. F. L. M. A. + Lies rich in virtue and unmingled.’ {38} + V. L. M. + +From these delicate and choice writers I turned with some curiosity to a +player of the big drum—Macaulay. I had in hand the two-volume edition, +and I opened at the beginning of the second volume. Here was what I +read: + +‘The violence of revolutions is generally proportioned to the degree of +the maladministration which has produced them. It is therefore not +strange that the government of Scotland, having been during many years +greatly more corrupt than the government of England, should have fallen +with a far heavier ruin. The movement against the last king of the house +of Stuart was in England conservative, in Scotland destructive. The +English complained not of the law, but of the violation of the law.’ + +This was plain-sailing enough; it was our old friend PVF, floated by the +liquids in a body; but as I read on, and turned the page, and still found +PVF with his attendant liquids, I confess my mind misgave me utterly. +This could be no trick of Macaulay’s; it must be the nature of the +English tongue. In a kind of despair, I turned half-way through the +volume; and coming upon his lordship dealing with General Cannon, and +fresh from Claverhouse and Killiecrankie, here, with elucidative +spelling, was my reward: + + ‘Meanwhile the disorders of Kannon’s Kamp went on inKreasing. He + Kalled a Kouncil of war to Konsider what Kourse it would be advisable + to taKe. But as soon as the Kouncil had met, a preliminary Kuestion + was raised. The army was almost eKsKlusively a Highland army. The + recent vKktory had been won eKsKlusively by Highland warriors. Great + chie_f_s who had brought siKs or Se_v_en hundred _f_ighting men into + the _f_ield did not think it _f_air that they should be out_v_oted by + gentlemen _f_rom Ireland, and _f_rom the Low Kountries, who bore + indeed King James’s Kommission, and were Kalled Kolonels and + Kaptains, but who were Kolonels without regiments and Kaptains + without Kompanies.’ + +A moment of FV in all this world of K’s! It was not the English +language, then, that was an instrument of one string, but Macaulay that +was an incomparable dauber. + +It was probably from this barbaric love of repeating the same sound, +rather than from any design of clearness, that he acquired his irritating +habit of repeating words; I say the one rather than the other, because +such a trick of the ear is deeper-seated and more original in man than +any logical consideration. Few writers, indeed, are probably conscious +of the length to which they push this melody of letters. One, writing +very diligently, and only concerned about the meaning of his words and +the rhythm of his phrases, was struck into amazement by the eager triumph +with which he cancelled one expression to substitute another. Neither +changed the sense; both being mono-syllables, neither could affect the +scansion; and it was only by looking back on what he had already written +that the mystery was solved: the second word contained an open A, and for +nearly half a page he had been riding that vowel to the death. + +In practice, I should add, the ear is not always so exacting; and +ordinary writers, in ordinary moments, content themselves with avoiding +what is harsh, and here and there, upon a rare occasion, buttressing a +phrase, or linking two together, with a patch of assonance or a momentary +jingle of alliteration. To understand how constant is this preoccupation +of good writers, even where its results are least obtrusive, it is only +necessary to turn to the bad. There, indeed, you will find cacophony +supreme, the rattle of incongruous consonants only relieved by the +jaw-breaking hiatus, and whole phrases not to be articulated by the +powers of man. + +_Conclusion_.—We may now briefly enumerate the elements of style. We +have, peculiar to the prose writer, the task of keeping his phrases +large, rhythmical, and pleasing to the ear, without ever allowing them to +fall into the strictly metrical: peculiar to the versifier, the task of +combining and contrasting his double, treble, and quadruple pattern, feet +and groups, logic and metre—harmonious in diversity: common to both, the +task of artfully combining the prime elements of language into phrases +that shall be musical in the mouth; the task of weaving their argument +into a texture of committed phrases and of rounded periods—but this +particularly binding in the case of prose: and, again common to both, the +task of choosing apt, explicit, and communicative words. We begin to see +now what an intricate affair is any perfect passage; how many faculties, +whether of taste or pure reason, must be held upon the stretch to make +it; and why, when it is made, it should afford us so complete a pleasure. +From the arrangement of according letters, which is altogether arabesque +and sensual, up to the architecture of the elegant and pregnant sentence, +which is a vigorous act of the pure intellect, there is scarce a faculty +in man but has been exercised. We need not wonder, then, if perfect +sentences are rare, and perfect pages rarer. + + + + +THE MORALITY OF THE PROFESSION OF LETTERS {47a} + + +The profession of letters has been lately debated in the public prints; +and it has been debated, to put the matter mildly, from a point of view +that was calculated to surprise high-minded men, and bring a general +contempt on books and reading. Some time ago, in particular, a lively, +pleasant, popular writer {47b} devoted an essay, lively and pleasant like +himself, to a very encouraging view of the profession. We may be glad +that his experience is so cheering, and we may hope that all others, who +deserve it, shall be as handsomely rewarded; but I do not think we need +be at all glad to have this question, so important to the public and +ourselves, debated solely on the ground of money. The salary in any +business under heaven is not the only, nor indeed the first, question. +That you should continue to exist is a matter for your own consideration; +but that your business should be first honest, and second useful, are +points in which honour and morality are concerned. If the writer to whom +I refer succeeds in persuading a number of young persons to adopt this +way of life with an eye set singly on the livelihood, we must expect them +in their works to follow profit only, and we must expect in consequence, +if he will pardon me the epithets, a slovenly, base, untrue, and empty +literature. Of that writer himself I am not speaking: he is diligent, +clean, and pleasing; we all owe him periods of entertainment, and he has +achieved an amiable popularity which he has adequately deserved. But the +truth is, he does not, or did not when he first embraced it, regard his +profession from this purely mercenary side. He went into it, I shall +venture to say, if not with any noble design, at least in the ardour of a +first love; and he enjoyed its practice long before he paused to +calculate the wage. The other day an author was complimented on a piece +of work, good in itself and exceptionally good for him, and replied, in +terms unworthy of a commercial traveller that as the book was not briskly +selling he did not give a copper farthing for its merit. It must not be +supposed that the person to whom this answer was addressed received it as +a profession of faith; he knew, on the other hand, that it was only a +whiff of irritation; just as we know, when a respectable writer talks of +literature as a way of life, like shoemaking, but not so useful, that he +is only debating one aspect of a question, and is still clearly conscious +of a dozen others more important in themselves and more central to the +matter in hand. But while those who treat literature in this penny-wise +and virtue-foolish spirit are themselves truly in possession of a better +light, it does not follow that the treatment is decent or improving, +whether for themselves or others. To treat all subjects in the highest, +the most honourable, and the pluckiest spirit, consistent with the fact, +is the first duty of a writer. If he be well paid, as I am glad to hear +he is, this duty becomes the more urgent, the neglect of it the more +disgraceful. And perhaps there is no subject on which a man should speak +so gravely as that industry, whatever it may be, which is the occupation +or delight of his life; which is his tool to earn or serve with; and +which, if it be unworthy, stamps himself as a mere incubus of dumb and +greedy bowels on the shoulders of labouring humanity. On that subject +alone even to force the note might lean to virtue’s side. It is to be +hoped that a numerous and enterprising generation of writers will follow +and surpass the present one; but it would be better if the stream were +stayed, and the roll of our old, honest English books were closed, than +that esurient book-makers should continue and debase a brave tradition, +and lower, in their own eyes, a famous race. Better that our serene +temples were deserted than filled with trafficking and juggling priests. + +There are two just reasons for the choice of any way of life: the first +is inbred taste in the chooser; the second some high utility in the +industry selected. Literature, like any other art, is singularly +interesting to the artist; and, in a degree peculiar to itself among the +arts, it is useful to mankind. These are the sufficient justifications +for any young man or woman who adopts it as the business of his life. I +shall not say much about the wages. A writer can live by his writing. +If not so luxuriously as by other trades, then less luxuriously. The +nature of the work he does all day will more affect his happiness than +the quality of his dinner at night. Whatever be your calling, and +however much it brings you in the year, you could still, you know, get +more by cheating. We all suffer ourselves to be too much concerned about +a little poverty; but such considerations should not move us in the +choice of that which is to be the business and justification of so great +a portion of our lives; and like the missionary, the patriot, or the +philosopher, we should all choose that poor and brave career in which we +can do the most and best for mankind. Now Nature, faithfully followed, +proves herself a careful mother. A lad, for some liking to the jingle of +words, betakes himself to letters for his life; by-and-by, when he learns +more gravity, he finds that he has chosen better than he knew; that if he +earns little, he is earning it amply; that if he receives a small wage, +he is in a position to do considerable services; that it is in his power, +in some small measure, to protect the oppressed and to defend the truth. +So kindly is the world arranged, such great profit may arise from a small +degree of human reliance on oneself, and such, in particular, is the +happy star of this trade of writing, that it should combine pleasure and +profit to both parties, and be at once agreeable, like fiddling, and +useful, like good preaching. + +This is to speak of literature at its highest; and with the four great +elders who are still spared to our respect and admiration, with Carlyle, +Ruskin, Browning, and Tennyson before us, it would be cowardly to +consider it at first in any lesser aspect. But while we cannot follow +these athletes, while we may none of us, perhaps, be very vigorous, very +original, or very wise, I still contend that, in the humblest sort of +literary work, we have it in our power either to do great harm or great +good. We may seek merely to please; we may seek, having no higher gift, +merely to gratify the idle nine days’ curiosity of our contemporaries; or +we may essay, however feebly, to instruct. In each of these we shall +have to deal with that remarkable art of words which, because it is the +dialect of life, comes home so easily and powerfully to the minds of men; +and since that is so, we contribute, in each of these branches, to build +up the sum of sentiments and appreciations which goes by the name of +Public Opinion or Public Feeling. The total of a nation’s reading, in +these days of daily papers, greatly modifies the total of the nation’s +speech; and the speech and reading, taken together, form the efficient +educational medium of youth. A good man or woman may keep a youth some +little while in clearer air; but the contemporary atmosphere is +all-powerful in the end on the average of mediocre characters. The +copious Corinthian baseness of the American reporter or the Parisian +_chroniquear_, both so lightly readable, must exercise an incalculable +influence for ill; they touch upon all subjects, and on all with the same +ungenerous hand; they begin the consideration of all, in young and +unprepared minds, in an unworthy spirit; on all, they supply some +pungency for dull people to quote. The mere body of this ugly matter +overwhelms the rare utterances of good men; the sneering, the selfish, +and the cowardly are scattered in broad sheets on every table, while the +antidote, in small volumes, lies unread upon the shelf. I have spoken of +the American and the French, not because they are so much baser, but so +much more readable, than the English; their evil is done more +effectively, in America for the masses, in French for the few that care +to read; but with us as with them, the duties of literature are daily +neglected, truth daily perverted and suppressed, and grave subjects daily +degraded in the treatment. The journalist is not reckoned an important +officer; yet judge of the good he might do, the harm he does; judge of it +by one instance only: that when we find two journals on the reverse sides +of politics each, on the same day, openly garbling a piece of news for +the interest of its own party, we smile at the discovery (no discovery +now!) as over a good joke and pardonable stratagem. Lying so open is +scarce lying, it is true; but one of the things that we profess to teach +our young is a respect for truth; and I cannot think this piece of +education will be crowned with any great success, so long as some of us +practise and the rest openly approve of public falsehood. + +There are two duties incumbent upon any man who enters on the business of +writing: truth to the fact and a good spirit in the treatment. In every +department of literature, though so low as hardly to deserve the name, +truth to the fact is of importance to the education and comfort of +mankind, and so hard to preserve, that the faithful trying to do so will +lend some dignity to the man who tries it. Our judgments are based upon +two things: first, upon the original preferences of our soul; but, +second, upon the mass of testimony to the nature of God, man, and the +universe which reaches us, in divers manners, from without. For the most +part these divers manners are reducible to one, all that we learn of past +times and much that we learn of our own reaching us through the medium of +books or papers, and even he who cannot read learning from the same +source at second-hand and by the report of him who can. Thus the sum of +the contemporary knowledge or ignorance of good and evil is, in large +measure, the handiwork of those who write. Those who write have to see +that each man’s knowledge is, as near as they can make it, answerable to +the facts of life; that he shall not suppose himself an angel or a +monster; nor take this world for a hell; nor be suffered to imagine that +all rights are concentred in his own caste or country, or all veracities +in his own parochial creed. Each man should learn what is within him, +that he may strive to mend; he must be taught what is without him, that +he may be kind to others. It can never be wrong to tell him the truth; +for, in his disputable state, weaving as he goes his theory of life, +steering himself, cheering or reproving others, all facts are of the +first importance to his conduct; and even if a fact shall discourage or +corrupt him, it is still best that he should know it; for it is in this +world as it is, and not in a world made easy by educational suppressions, +that he must win his way to shame or glory. In one word, it must always +be foul to tell what is false; and it can never be safe to suppress what +is true. The very fact that you omit may be the fact which somebody was +wanting, for one man’s meat is another man’s poison, and I have known a +person who was cheered by the perusal of _Candide_. Every fact is a part +of that great puzzle we must set together; and none that comes directly +in a writer’s path but has some nice relations, unperceivable by him, to +the totality and bearing of the subject under hand. Yet there are +certain classes of fact eternally more necessary than others, and it is +with these that literature must first bestir itself. They are not hard +to distinguish, nature once more easily leading us; for the necessary, +because the efficacious, facts are those which are most interesting to +the natural mind of man. Those which are coloured, picturesque, human, +and rooted in morality, and those, on the other hand, which are clear, +indisputable, and a part of science, are alone vital in importance, +seizing by their interest, or useful to communicate. So far as the +writer merely narrates, he should principally tell of these. He should +tell of the kind and wholesome and beautiful elements of our life; he +should tell unsparingly of the evil and sorrow of the present, to move us +with instances: he should tell of wise and good people in the past, to +excite us by example; and of these he should tell soberly and truthfully, +not glossing faults, that we may neither grow discouraged with ourselves +nor exacting to our neighbours. So the body of contemporary literature, +ephemeral and feeble in itself, touches in the minds of men the springs +of thought and kindness, and supports them (for those who will go at all +are easily supported) on their way to what is true and right. And if, in +any degree, it does so now, how much more might it do so if the writers +chose! There is not a life in all the records of the past but, properly +studied, might lend a hint and a help to some contemporary. There is not +a juncture in to-day’s affairs but some useful word may yet be said of +it. Even the reporter has an office, and, with clear eyes and honest +language, may unveil injustices and point the way to progress. And for a +last word: in all narration there is only one way to be clever, and that +is to be exact. To be vivid is a secondary quality which must presuppose +the first; for vividly to convey a wrong impression is only to make +failure conspicuous. + +But a fact may be viewed on many sides; it may be chronicled with rage, +tears, laughter, indifference, or admiration, and by each of these the +story will be transformed to something else. The newspapers that told of +the return of our representatives from Berlin, even if they had not +differed as to the facts, would have sufficiently differed by their +spirits; so that the one description would have been a second ovation, +and the other a prolonged insult. The subject makes but a trifling part +of any piece of literature, and the view of the writer is itself a fact +more important because less disputable than the others. Now this spirit +in which a subject is regarded, important in all kinds of literary work, +becomes all-important in works of fiction, meditation, or rhapsody; for +there it not only colours but itself chooses the facts; not only modifies +but shapes the work. And hence, over the far larger proportion of the +field of literature, the health or disease of the writer’s mind or +momentary humour forms not only the leading feature of his work, but is, +at bottom, the only thing he can communicate to others. In all works of +art, widely speaking, it is first of all the author’s attitude that is +narrated, though in the attitude there be implied a whole experience and +a theory of life. An author who has begged the question and reposes in +some narrow faith cannot, if he would, express the whole or even many of +the sides of this various existence; for, his own life being maim, some +of them are not admitted in his theory, and were only dimly and +unwillingly recognised in his experience. Hence the smallness, the +triteness, and the inhumanity in works of merely sectarian religion; and +hence we find equal although unsimilar limitation in works inspired by +the spirit of the flesh or the despicable taste for high society. So +that the first duty of any man who is to write is intellectual. +Designedly or not, he has so far set himself up for a leader of the minds +of men; and he must see that his own mind is kept supple, charitable, and +bright. Everything but prejudice should find a voice through him; he +should see the good in all things; where he has even a fear that he does +not wholly understand, there he should be wholly silent; and he should +recognise from the first that he has only one tool in his workshop, and +that tool is sympathy. {64} + +The second duty, far harder to define, is moral. There are a thousand +different humours in the mind, and about each of them, when it is +uppermost, some literature tends to be deposited. Is this to be allowed? +Not certainly in every case, and yet perhaps in more than rigourists +would fancy. It were to be desired that all literary work, and chiefly +works of art, issued from sound, human, healthy, and potent impulses, +whether grave or laughing, humorous, romantic, or religious. + +Yet it cannot be denied that some valuable books are partially insane; +some, mostly religious, partially inhuman; and very many tainted with +morbidity and impotence. We do not loathe a masterpiece although we gird +against its blemishes. We are not, above all, to look for faults, but +merits. There is no book perfect, even in design; but there are many +that will delight, improve, or encourage the reader. On the one hand, +the Hebrew psalms are the only religious poetry on earth; yet they +contain sallies that savour rankly of the man of blood. On the other +hand, Alfred de Musset had a poisoned and a contorted nature; I am only +quoting that generous and frivolous giant, old Dumas, when I accuse him +of a bad heart; yet, when the impulse under which he wrote was purely +creative, he could give us works like _Carmosine_ or _Fantasio_, in which +the last note of the romantic comedy seems to have been found again to +touch and please us. When Flaubert wrote _Madame Bovary_, I believe he +thought chiefly of a somewhat morbid realism; and behold! the book turned +in his hands into a masterpiece of appalling morality. But the truth is, +when books are conceived under a great stress, with a soul of ninefold +power, nine times heated and electrified by effort, the conditions of our +being are seized with such an ample grasp, that, even should the main +design be trivial or base, some truth and beauty cannot fail to be +expressed. Out of the strong comes forth sweetness; but an ill thing +poorly done is an ill thing top and bottom. And so this can be no +encouragement to knock-kneed, feeble-wristed scribes, who must take their +business conscientiously or be ashamed to practise it. + +Man is imperfect; yet, in his literature, he must express himself and his +own views and preferences; for to do anything else is to do a far more +perilous thing than to risk being immoral: it is to be sure of being +untrue. To ape a sentiment, even a good one, is to travesty a sentiment; +that will not be helpful. To conceal a sentiment, if you are sure you +hold it, is to take a liberty with truth. There is probably no point of +view possible to a sane man but contains some truth and, in the true +connection, might be profitable to the race. I am not afraid of the +truth, if any one could tell it me, but I am afraid of parts of it +impertinently uttered. There is a time to dance and a time to mourn; to +be harsh as well as to be sentimental; to be ascetic as well as to +glorify the appetites; and if a man were to combine all these extremes +into his work, each in its place and proportion, that work would be the +world’s masterpiece of morality as well as of art. Partiality is +immorality; for any book is wrong that gives a misleading picture of the +world and life. The trouble is that the weakling must be partial; the +work of one proving dank and depressing; of another, cheap and vulgar; of +a third, epileptically sensual; of a fourth, sourly ascetic. In +literature as in conduct, you can never hope to do exactly right. All +you can do is to make as sure as possible; and for that there is but one +rule. Nothing should be done in a hurry that can be done slowly. It is +no use to write a book and put it by for nine or even ninety years; for +in the writing you will have partly convinced yourself; the delay must +precede any beginning; and if you meditate a work of art, you should +first long roll the subject under the tongue to make sure you like the +flavour, before you brew a volume that shall taste of it from end to end; +or if you propose to enter on the field of controversy, you should first +have thought upon the question under all conditions, in health as well as +in sickness, in sorrow as well as in joy. It is this nearness of +examination necessary for any true and kind writing, that makes the +practice of the art a prolonged and noble education for the writer. + +There is plenty to do, plenty to say, or to say over again, in the +meantime. Any literary work which conveys faithful facts or pleasing +impressions is a service to the public. It is even a service to be +thankfully proud of having rendered. The slightest novels are a blessing +to those in distress, not chloroform itself a greater. Our fine old +sea-captain’s life was justified when Carlyle soothed his mind with _The +King’s Own_ or _Newton Forster_. To please is to serve; and so far from +its being difficult to instruct while you amuse, it is difficult to do +the one thoroughly without the other. Some part of the writer or his +life will crop out in even a vapid book; and to read a novel that was +conceived with any force is to multiply experience and to exercise the +sympathies. + +Every article, every piece of verse, every essay, every _entre-filet_, is +destined to pass, however swiftly, through the minds of some portion of +the public, and to colour, however transiently, their thoughts. When any +subject falls to be discussed, some scribbler on a paper has the +invaluable opportunity of beginning its discussion in a dignified and +human spirit; and if there were enough who did so in our public press, +neither the public nor the Parliament would find it in their minds to +drop to meaner thoughts. The writer has the chance to stumble, by the +way, on something pleasing, something interesting, something encouraging, +were it only to a single reader. He will be unfortunate, indeed, if he +suit no one. He has the chance, besides, to stumble on something that a +dull person shall be able to comprehend; and for a dull person to have +read anything and, for that once, comprehended it, makes a marking epoch +in his education. + +Here, then, is work worth doing and worth trying to do well. And so, if +I were minded to welcome any great accession to our trade, it should not +be from any reason of a higher wage, but because it was a trade which was +useful in a very great and in a very high degree; which every honest +tradesman could make more serviceable to mankind in his single strength; +which was difficult to do well and possible to do better every year; +which called for scrupulous thought on the part of all who practised it, +and hence became a perpetual education to their nobler natures; and +which, pay it as you please, in the large majority of the best cases will +still be underpaid. For surely, at this time of day in the nineteenth +century, there is nothing that an honest man should fear more timorously +than getting and spending more than he deserves. + + + + +BOOKS WHICH HAVE INFLUENCED ME {75a} + + +The Editor {75b} has somewhat insidiously laid a trap for his +correspondents, the question put appearing at first so innocent, truly +cutting so deep. It is not, indeed, until after some reconnaissance and +review that the writer awakes to find himself engaged upon something in +the nature of autobiography, or, perhaps worse, upon a chapter in the +life of that little, beautiful brother whom we once all had, and whom we +have all lost and mourned, the man we ought to have been, the man we +hoped to be. But when word has been passed (even to an editor), it +should, if possible, be kept; and if sometimes I am wise and say too +little, and sometimes weak and say too much, the blame must lie at the +door of the person who entrapped me. + +The most influential books, and the truest in their influence, are works +of fiction. They do not pin the reader to a dogma, which he must +afterwards discover to be inexact; they do not teach him a lesson, which +he must afterwards unlearn. They repeat, they rearrange, they clarify +the lessons of life; they disengage us from ourselves, they constrain us +to the acquaintance of others; and they show us the web of experience, +not as we can see it for ourselves, but with a singular change—that +monstrous, consuming _ego_ of ours being, for the nonce, struck out. To +be so, they must be reasonably true to the human comedy; and any work +that is so serves the turn of instruction. But the course of our +education is answered best by those poems and romances where we breathe a +magnanimous atmosphere of thought and meet generous and pious characters. +Shakespeare has served me best. Few living friends have had upon me an +influence so strong for good as Hamlet or Rosalind. The last character, +already well beloved in the reading, I had the good fortune to see, I +must think, in an impressionable hour, played by Mrs. Scott Siddons. +Nothing has ever more moved, more delighted, more refreshed me; nor has +the influence quite passed away. Kent’s brief speech over the dying Lear +had a great effect upon my mind, and was the burthen of my reflections +for long, so profoundly, so touchingly generous did it appear in sense, +so overpowering in expression. Perhaps my dearest and best friend +outside of Shakespeare is D’Artagnan—the elderly D’Artagnan of the +_Vicomte de Bragelonne_. I know not a more human soul, nor, in his way, +a finer; I shall be very sorry for the man who is so much of a pedant in +morals that he cannot learn from the Captain of Musketeers. Lastly, I +must name the _Pilgrim’s Progress_, a book that breathes of every +beautiful and valuable emotion. + +But of works of art little can be said; their influence is profound and +silent, like the influence of nature; they mould by contact; we drink +them up like water, and are bettered, yet know not how. It is in books +more specifically didactic that we can follow out the effect, and +distinguish and weigh and compare. A book which has been very +influential upon me fell early into my hands, and so may stand first, +though I think its influence was only sensible later on, and perhaps +still keeps growing, for it is a book not easily outlived: the _Essais_ +of Montaigne. That temperate and genial picture of life is a great gift +to place in the hands of persons of to-day; they will find in these +smiling pages a magazine of heroism and wisdom, all of an antique strain; +they will have their ‘linen decencies’ and excited orthodoxies fluttered, +and will (if they have any gift of reading) perceive that these have not +been fluttered without some excuse and ground of reason; and (again if +they have any gift of reading) they will end by seeing that this old +gentleman was in a dozen ways a finer fellow, and held in a dozen ways a +nobler view of life, than they or their contemporaries. + +The next book, in order of time, to influence me, was the New Testament, +and in particular the Gospel according to St. Matthew. I believe it +would startle and move any one if they could make a certain effort of +imagination and read it freshly like a book, not droningly and dully like +a portion of the Bible. Any one would then be able to see in it those +truths which we are all courteously supposed to know and all modestly +refrain from applying. But upon this subject it is perhaps better to be +silent. + +I come next to Whitman’s _Leaves of Grass_, a book of singular service, a +book which tumbled the world upside down for me, blew into space a +thousand cobwebs of genteel and ethical illusion, and, having thus shaken +my tabernacle of lies, set me back again upon a strong foundation of all +the original and manly virtues. But it is, once more, only a book for +those who have the gift of reading. I will be very frank—I believe it is +so with all good books except, perhaps, fiction. The average man lives, +and must live, so wholly in convention, that gunpowder charges of the +truth are more apt to discompose than to invigorate his creed. Either he +cries out upon blasphemy and indecency, and crouches the closer round +that little idol of part-truths and part-conveniences which is the +contemporary deity, or he is convinced by what is new, forgets what is +old, and becomes truly blasphemous and indecent himself. New truth is +only useful to supplement the old; rough truth is only wanted to expand, +not to destroy, our civil and often elegant conventions. He who cannot +judge had better stick to fiction and the daily papers. There he will +get little harm, and, in the first at least, some good. + +Close upon the back of my discovery of Whitman, I came under the +influence of Herbert Spencer. No more persuasive rabbi exists, and few +better. How much of his vast structure will bear the touch of time, how +much is clay and how much brass, it were too curious to inquire. But his +words, if dry, are always manly and honest; there dwells in his pages a +spirit of highly abstract joy, plucked naked like an algebraic symbol but +still joyful; and the reader will find there a _caput mortuum_ of piety, +with little indeed of its loveliness, but with most of its essentials; +and these two qualities make him a wholesome, as his intellectual vigour +makes him a bracing, writer. I should be much of a hound if I lost my +gratitude to Herbert Spencer. + +_Goethe’s Life_, by Lewes, had a great importance for me when it first +fell into my hands—a strange instance of the partiality of man’s good and +man’s evil. I know no one whom I less admire than Goethe; he seems a +very epitome of the sins of genius, breaking open the doors of private +life, and wantonly wounding friends, in that crowning offence of +_Werther_, and in his own character a mere pen-and-ink Napoleon, +conscious of the rights and duties of superior talents as a Spanish +inquisitor was conscious of the rights and duties of his office. And yet +in his fine devotion to his art, in his honest and serviceable friendship +for Schiller, what lessons are contained! Biography, usually so false to +its office, does here for once perform for us some of the work of +fiction, reminding us, that is, of the truly mingled tissue of man’s +nature, and how huge faults and shining virtues cohabit and persevere in +the same character. History serves us well to this effect, but in the +originals, not in the pages of the popular epitomiser, who is bound, by +the very nature of his task, to make us feel the difference of epochs +instead of the essential identity of man, and even in the originals only +to those who can recognise their own human virtues and defects in strange +forms, often inverted and under strange names, often interchanged. +Martial is a poet of no good repute, and it gives a man new thoughts to +read his works dispassionately, and find in this unseemly jester’s +serious passages the image of a kind, wise, and self-respecting +gentleman. It is customary, I suppose, in reading Martial, to leave out +these pleasant verses; I never heard of them, at least, until I found +them for myself; and this partiality is one among a thousand things that +help to build up our distorted and hysterical conception of the great +Roman Empire. + +This brings us by a natural transition to a very noble book—the +_Meditations_ of Marcus Aurelius. The dispassionate gravity, the noble +forgetfulness of self, the tenderness of others, that are there expressed +and were practised on so great a scale in the life of its writer, make +this book a book quite by itself. No one can read it and not be moved. +Yet it scarcely or rarely appeals to the feelings—those very mobile, +those not very trusty parts of man. Its address lies further back: its +lesson comes more deeply home; when you have read, you carry away with +you a memory of the man himself; it is as though you had touched a loyal +hand, looked into brave eyes, and made a noble friend; there is another +bond on you thenceforward, binding you to life and to the love of virtue. + +Wordsworth should perhaps come next. Every one has been influenced by +Wordsworth, and it is hard to tell precisely how. A certain innocence, a +rugged austerity of joy, a sight of the stars, ‘the silence that is in +the lonely hills,’ something of the cold thrill of dawn, cling to his +work and give it a particular address to what is best in us. I do not +know that you learn a lesson; you need not—Mill did not—agree with any +one of his beliefs; and yet the spell is cast. Such are the best +teachers; a dogma learned is only a new error—the old one was perhaps as +good; but a spirit communicated is a perpetual possession. These best +teachers climb beyond teaching to the plane of art; it is themselves, and +what is best in themselves, that they communicate. + +I should never forgive myself if I forgot _The Egoist_. It is art, if +you like, but it belongs purely to didactic art, and from all the novels +I have read (and I have read thousands) stands in a place by itself. +Here is a Nathan for the modern David; here is a book to send the blood +into men’s faces. Satire, the angry picture of human faults, is not +great art; we can all be angry with our neighbour; what we want is to be +shown, not his defects, of which we are too conscious, but his merits, to +which we are too blind. And _The Egoist_ is a satire; so much must be +allowed; but it is a satire of a singular quality, which tells you +nothing of that obvious mote, which is engaged from first to last with +that invisible beam. It is yourself that is hunted down; these are your +own faults that are dragged into the day and numbered, with lingering +relish, with cruel cunning and precision. A young friend of Mr. +Meredith’s (as I have the story) came to him in an agony. ‘This is too +bad of you,’ he cried. ‘Willoughby is me!’ ‘No, my dear fellow,’ said +the author; ‘he is all of us.’ + +I have read _The Egoist_ five or six times myself, and I mean to read it +again; for I am like the young friend of the anecdote—I think Willoughby +an unmanly but a very serviceable exposure of myself. + +I suppose, when I am done, I shall find that I have forgotten much that +was most influential, as I see already I have forgotten Thoreau, and +Hazlitt, whose paper ‘On the Spirit of Obligations’ was a turning-point +in my life, and Penn, whose little book of aphorisms had a brief but +strong effect on me, and Mitford’s _Tales of Old Japan_, wherein I +learned for the first time the proper attitude of any rational man to his +country’s laws—a secret found, and kept, in the Asiatic islands. That I +should commemorate all is more than I can hope or the Editor could ask. +It will be more to the point, after having said so much upon improving +books, to say a word or two about the improvable reader. The gift of +reading, as I have called it, is not very common, nor very generally +understood. It consists, first of all, in a vast intellectual +endowment—a free grace, I find I must call it—by which a man rises to +understand that he is not punctually right, nor those from whom he +differs absolutely wrong. He may hold dogmas; he may hold them +passionately; and he may know that others hold them but coldly, or hold +them differently, or hold them not at all. Well, if he has the gift of +reading, these others will be full of meat for him. They will see the +other side of propositions and the other side of virtues. He need not +change his dogma for that, but he may change his reading of that dogma, +and he must supplement and correct his deductions from it. A human +truth, which is always very much a lie, hides as much of life as it +displays. It is men who hold another truth, or, as it seems to us, +perhaps, a dangerous lie, who can extend our restricted field of +knowledge, and rouse our drowsy consciences. Something that seems quite +new, or that seems insolently false or very dangerous, is the test of a +reader. If he tries to see what it means, what truth excuses it, he has +the gift, and let him read. If he is merely hurt, or offended, or +exclaims upon his author’s folly, he had better take to the daily papers; +he will never be a reader. + +And here, with the aptest illustrative force, after I have laid down my +part-truth, I must step in with its opposite. For, after all, we are +vessels of a very limited content. Not all men can read all books; it is +only in a chosen few that any man will find his appointed food; and the +fittest lessons are the most palatable, and make themselves welcome to +the mind. A writer learns this early, and it is his chief support; he +goes on unafraid, laying down the law; and he is sure at heart that most +of what he says is demonstrably false, and much of a mingled strain, and +some hurtful, and very little good for service; but he is sure besides +that when his words fall into the hands of any genuine reader, they will +be weighed and winnowed, and only that which suits will be assimilated; +and when they fall into the hands of one who cannot intelligently read, +they come there quite silent and inarticulate, falling upon deaf ears, +and his secret is kept as if he had not written. + + + + +A NOTE ON REALISM {93} + + +Style is the invariable mark of any master; and for the student who does +not aspire so high as to be numbered with the giants, it is still the one +quality in which he may improve himself at will. Passion, wisdom, +creative force, the power of mystery or colour, are allotted in the hour +of birth, and can be neither learned nor simulated. But the just and +dexterous use of what qualities we have, the proportion of one part to +another and to the whole, the elision of the useless, the accentuation of +the important, and the preservation of a uniform character from end to +end—these, which taken together constitute technical perfection, are to +some degree within the reach of industry and intellectual courage. What +to put in and what to leave out; whether some particular fact be +organically necessary or purely ornamental; whether, if it be purely +ornamental, it may not weaken or obscure the general design; and finally, +whether, if we decide to use it, we should do so grossly and notably, or +in some conventional disguise: are questions of plastic style continually +rearising. And the sphinx that patrols the highways of executive art has +no more unanswerable riddle to propound. + +In literature (from which I must draw my instances) the great change of +the past century has been effected by the admission of detail. It was +inaugurated by the romantic Scott; and at length, by the semi-romantic +Balzac and his more or less wholly unromantic followers, bound like a +duty on the novelist. For some time it signified and expressed a more +ample contemplation of the conditions of man’s life; but it has recently +(at least in France) fallen into a merely technical and decorative stage, +which it is, perhaps, still too harsh to call survival. With a movement +of alarm, the wiser or more timid begin to fall a little back from these +extremities; they begin to aspire after a more naked, narrative +articulation; after the succinct, the dignified, and the poetic; and as a +means to this, after a general lightening of this baggage of detail. +After Scott we beheld the starveling story—once, in the hands of +Voltaire, as abstract as a parable—begin to be pampered upon facts. The +introduction of these details developed a particular ability of hand; and +that ability, childishly indulged, has led to the works that now amaze us +on a railway journey. A man of the unquestionable force of M. Zola +spends himself on technical successes. To afford a popular flavour and +attract the mob, he adds a steady current of what I may be allowed to +call the rancid. That is exciting to the moralist; but what more +particularly interests the artist is this tendency of the extreme of +detail, when followed as a principle, to degenerate into mere +_feux-de-joie_ of literary tricking. The other day even M. Daudet was to +be heard babbling of audible colours and visible sounds. + +This odd suicide of one branch of the realists may serve to remind us of +the fact which underlies a very dusty conflict of the critics. All +representative art, which can be said to live, is both realistic and +ideal; and the realism about which we quarrel is a matter purely of +externals. It is no especial cultus of nature and veracity, but a mere +whim of veering fashion, that has made us turn our back upon the larger, +more various, and more romantic art of yore. A photographic exactitude +in dialogue is now the exclusive fashion; but even in the ablest hands it +tells us no more—I think it even tells us less—than Molière, wielding his +artificial medium, has told to us and to all time of Alceste or Orgon, +Dorine or Chrysale. The historical novel is forgotten. Yet truth to the +conditions of man’s nature and the conditions of man’s life, the truth of +literary art, is free of the ages. It may be told us in a carpet comedy, +in a novel of adventure, or a fairy tale. The scene may be pitched in +London, on the sea-coast of Bohemia, or away on the mountains of Beulah. +And by an odd and luminous accident, if there is any page of literature +calculated to awake the envy of M. Zola, it must be that _Troilus and +Cressida_ which Shakespeare, in a spasm of unmanly anger with the world, +grafted on the heroic story of the siege of Troy. + +This question of realism, let it then be clearly understood, regards not +in the least degree the fundamental truth, but only the technical method, +of a work of art. Be as ideal or as abstract as you please, you will be +none the less veracious; but if you be weak, you run the risk of being +tedious and inexpressive; and if you be very strong and honest, you may +chance upon a masterpiece. + +A work of art is first cloudily conceived in the mind; during the period +of gestation it stands more clearly forward from these swaddling mists, +puts on expressive lineaments, and becomes at length that most faultless, +but also, alas! that incommunicable product of the human mind, a +perfected design. On the approach to execution all is changed. The +artist must now step down, don his working clothes, and become the +artisan. He now resolutely commits his airy conception, his delicate +Ariel, to the touch of matter; he must decide, almost in a breath, the +scale, the style, the spirit, and the particularity of execution of his +whole design. + +The engendering idea of some works is stylistic; a technical +preoccupation stands them instead of some robuster principle of life. +And with these the execution is but play; for the stylistic problem is +resolved beforehand, and all large originality of treatment wilfully +foregone. Such are the verses, intricately designed, which we have +learnt to admire, with a certain smiling admiration, at the hands of Mr. +Lang and Mr. Dobson; such, too, are those canvases where dexterity or +even breadth of plastic style takes the place of pictorial nobility of +design. So, it may be remarked, it was easier to begin to write _Esmond_ +than _Vanity Fair_, since, in the first, the style was dictated by the +nature of the plan; and Thackeray, a man probably of some indolence of +mind, enjoyed and got good profit of this economy of effort. But the +case is exceptional. Usually in all works of art that have been +conceived from within outwards, and generously nourished from the +author’s mind, the moment in which he begins to execute is one of extreme +perplexity and strain. Artists of indifferent energy and an imperfect +devotion to their own ideal make this ungrateful effort once for all; +and, having formed a style, adhere to it through life. But those of a +higher order cannot rest content with a process which, as they continue +to employ it, must infallibly degenerate towards the academic and the +cut-and-dried. Every fresh work in which they embark is the signal for a +fresh engagement of the whole forces of their mind; and the changing +views which accompany the growth of their experience are marked by still +more sweeping alterations in the manner of their art. So that criticism +loves to dwell upon and distinguish the varying periods of a Raphael, a +Shakespeare, or a Beethoven. + +It is, then, first of all, at this initial and decisive moment when +execution is begun, and thenceforth only in a less degree, that the ideal +and the real do indeed, like good and evil angels, contend for the +direction of the work. Marble, paint, and language, the pen, the needle, +and the brush, all have their grossnesses, their ineffable impotences, +their hours, if I may so express myself, of insubordination. It is the +work and it is a great part of the delight of any artist to contend with +these unruly tools, and now by brute energy, now by witty expedient, to +drive and coax them to effect his will. Given these means, so laughably +inadequate, and given the interest, the intensity, and the multiplicity +of the actual sensation whose effect he is to render with their aid, the +artist has one main and necessary resource which he must, in every case +and upon any theory, employ. He must, that is, suppress much and omit +more. He must omit what is tedious or irrelevant, and suppress what is +tedious and necessary. But such facts as, in regard to the main design, +subserve a variety of purposes, he will perforce and eagerly retain. And +it is the mark of the very highest order of creative art to be woven +exclusively of such. There, any fact that is registered is contrived a +double or a treble debt to pay, and is at once an ornament in its place, +and a pillar in the main design. Nothing would find room in such a +picture that did not serve, at once, to complete the composition, to +accentuate the scheme of colour, to distinguish the planes of distance, +and to strike the note of the selected sentiment; nothing would be +allowed in such a story that did not, at the same time, expedite the +progress of the fable, build up the characters, and strike home the moral +or the philosophical design. But this is unattainable. As a rule, so +far from building the fabric of our works exclusively with these, we are +thrown into a rapture if we think we can muster a dozen or a score of +them, to be the plums of our confection. And hence, in order that the +canvas may be filled or the story proceed from point to point, other +details must be admitted. They must be admitted, alas! upon a doubtful +title; many without marriage robes. Thus any work of art, as it proceeds +towards completion, too often—I had almost written always—loses in force +and poignancy of main design. Our little air is swamped and dwarfed +among hardly relevant orchestration; our little passionate story drowns +in a deep sea of descriptive eloquence or slipshod talk. + +But again, we are rather more tempted to admit those particulars which we +know we can describe; and hence those most of all which, having been +described very often, have grown to be conventionally treated in the +practice of our art. These we choose, as the mason chooses the acanthus +to adorn his capital, because they come naturally to the accustomed hand. +The old stock incidents and accessories, tricks of workmanship and +schemes of composition (all being admirably good, or they would long have +been forgotten) haunt and tempt our fancy, offer us ready-made but not +perfectly appropriate solutions for any problem that arises, and wean us +from the study of nature and the uncompromising practice of art. To +struggle, to face nature, to find fresh solutions, and give expression to +facts which have not yet been adequately or not yet elegantly expressed, +is to run a little upon the danger of extreme self-love. Difficulty sets +a high price upon achievement; and the artist may easily fall into the +error of the French naturalists, and consider any fact as welcome to +admission if it be the ground of brilliant handiwork; or, again, into the +error of the modern landscape-painter, who is apt to think that +difficulty overcome and science well displayed can take the place of what +is, after all, the one excuse and breath of art—charm. A little further, +and he will regard charm in the light of an unworthy sacrifice to +prettiness, and the omission of a tedious passage as an infidelity to +art. + +We have now the matter of this difference before us. The idealist, his +eye singly fixed upon the greater outlines, loves rather to fill up the +interval with detail of the conventional order, briefly touched, soberly +suppressed in tone, courting neglect. But the realist, with a fine +intemperance, will not suffer the presence of anything so dead as a +convention; he shall have all fiery, all hot-pressed from nature, all +charactered and notable, seizing the eye. The style that befits either +of these extremes, once chosen, brings with it its necessary disabilities +and dangers. The immediate danger of the realist is to sacrifice the +beauty and significance of the whole to local dexterity, or, in the +insane pursuit of completion, to immolate his readers under facts; but he +comes in the last resort, and as his energy declines, to discard all +design, abjure all choice, and, with scientific thoroughness, steadily to +communicate matter which is not worth learning. The danger of the +idealist is, of course, to become merely null and lose all grip of fact, +particularity, or passion. + +We talk of bad and good. Everything, indeed, is good which is conceived +with honesty and executed with communicative ardour. But though on +neither side is dogmatism fitting, and though in every case the artist +must decide for himself, and decide afresh and yet afresh for each +succeeding work and new creation; yet one thing may be generally said, +that we of the last quarter of the nineteenth century, breathing as we do +the intellectual atmosphere of our age, are more apt to err upon the side +of realism than to sin in quest of the ideal. Upon that theory it may be +well to watch and correct our own decisions, always holding back the hand +from the least appearance of irrelevant dexterity, and resolutely fixed +to begin no work that is not philosophical, passionate, dignified, +happily mirthful, or, at the last and least, romantic in design. + + + + +MY FIRST BOOK: ‘TREASURE ISLAND’ {111} + + +It was far indeed from being my first book, for I am not a novelist +alone. But I am well aware that my paymaster, the Great Public, regards +what else I have written with indifference, if not aversion; if it call +upon me at all, it calls on me in the familiar and indelible character; +and when I am asked to talk of my first book, no question in the world +but what is meant is my first novel. + +Sooner or later, somehow, anyhow, I was bound to write a novel. It seems +vain to ask why. Men are born with various manias: from my earliest +childhood, it was mine to make a plaything of imaginary series of events; +and as soon as I was able to write, I became a good friend to the +paper-makers. Reams upon reams must have gone to the making of +‘Rathillet,’ ‘The Pentland Rising,’ {112} ‘The King’s Pardon’ (otherwise +‘Park Whitehead’), ‘Edward Daven,’ ‘A Country Dance,’ and ‘A Vendetta in +the West’; and it is consolatory to remember that these reams are now all +ashes, and have been received again into the soil. I have named but a +few of my ill-fated efforts, only such indeed as came to a fair bulk ere +they were desisted from; and even so they cover a long vista of years. +‘Rathillet’ was attempted before fifteen, ‘The Vendetta’ at twenty-nine, +and the succession of defeats lasted unbroken till I was thirty-one. By +that time, I had written little books and little essays and short +stories; and had got patted on the back and paid for them—though not +enough to live upon. I had quite a reputation, I was the successful man; +I passed my days in toil, the futility of which would sometimes make my +cheek to burn—that I should spend a man’s energy upon this business, and +yet could not earn a livelihood: and still there shone ahead of me an +unattained ideal: although I had attempted the thing with vigour not less +than ten or twelve times, I had not yet written a novel. All—all my +pretty ones—had gone for a little, and then stopped inexorably like a +schoolboy’s watch. I might be compared to a cricketer of many years’ +standing who should never have made a run. Anybody can write a short +story—a bad one, I mean—who has industry and paper and time enough; but +not every one may hope to write even a bad novel. It is the length that +kills. + +The accepted novelist may take his novel up and put it down, spend days +upon it in vain, and write not any more than he makes haste to blot. Not +so the beginner. Human nature has certain rights; instinct—the instinct +of self-preservation—forbids that any man (cheered and supported by the +consciousness of no previous victory) should endure the miseries of +unsuccessful literary toil beyond a period to be measured in weeks. +There must be something for hope to feed upon. The beginner must have a +slant of wind, a lucky vein must be running, he must be in one of those +hours when the words come and the phrases balance of themselves—_even to +begin_. And having begun, what a dread looking forward is that until the +book shall be accomplished! For so long a time, the slant is to continue +unchanged, the vein to keep running, for so long a time you must keep at +command the same quality of style: for so long a time your puppets are to +be always vital, always consistent, always vigorous! I remember I used +to look, in those days, upon every three-volume novel with a sort of +veneration, as a feat—not possibly of literature—but at least of physical +and moral endurance and the courage of Ajax. + +In the fated year I came to live with my father and mother at Kinnaird, +above Pitlochry. Then I walked on the red moors and by the side of the +golden burn; the rude, pure air of our mountains inspirited, if it did +not inspire us, and my wife and I projected a joint volume of logic +stories, for which she wrote ‘The Shadow on the Bed,’ and I turned out +‘Thrawn Janet,’ and a first draft of ‘The Merry Men.’ I love my native +air, but it does not love me; and the end of this delightful period was a +cold, a fly-blister, and a migration by Strathairdle and Glenshee to the +Castleton of Braemar. + +There it blew a good deal and rained in a proportion; my native air was +more unkind than man’s ingratitude, and I must consent to pass a good +deal of my time between four walls in a house lugubriously known as the +Late Miss McGregor’s Cottage. And now admire the finger of +predestination. There was a schoolboy in the Late Miss McGregor’s +Cottage, home from the holidays, and much in want of ‘something craggy to +break his mind upon.’ He had no thought of literature; it was the art of +Raphael that received his fleeting suffrages; and with the aid of pen and +ink and a shilling box of water colours, he had soon turned one of the +rooms into a picture gallery. My more immediate duty towards the gallery +was to be showman; but I would sometimes unbend a little, join the artist +(so to speak) at the easel, and pass the afternoon with him in a generous +emulation, making coloured drawings. On one of these occasions, I made +the map of an island; it was elaborately and (I thought) beautifully +coloured; the shape of it took my fancy beyond expression; it contained +harbours that pleased me like sonnets; and with the unconsciousness of +the predestined, I ticketed my performance ‘Treasure Island.’ I am told +there are people who do not care for maps, and find it hard to believe. +The names, the shapes of the woodlands, the courses of the roads and +rivers, the prehistoric footsteps of man still distinctly traceable up +hill and down dale, the mills and the ruins, the ponds and the ferries, +perhaps the _Standing Stone_ or the _Druidic Circle_ on the heath; here +is an inexhaustible fund of interest for any man with eyes to see or +twopence-worth of imagination to understand with! No child but must +remember laying his head in the grass, staring into the infinitesimal +forest and seeing it grow populous with fairy armies. + +Somewhat in this way, as I paused upon my map of ‘Treasure Island,’ the +future character of the book began to appear there visibly among +imaginary woods; and their brown faces and bright weapons peeped out upon +me from unexpected quarters, as they passed to and fro, fighting and +hunting treasure, on these few square inches of a flat projection. The +next thing I knew I had some papers before me and was writing out a list +of chapters. How often have I done so, and the thing gone no further! +But there seemed elements of success about this enterprise. It was to be +a story for boys; no need of psychology or fine writing; and I had a boy +at hand to be a touchstone. Women were excluded. I was unable to handle +a brig (which the _Hispaniola_ should have been), but I thought I could +make shift to sail her as a schooner without public shame. And then I +had an idea for John Silver from which I promised myself funds of +entertainment; to take an admired friend of mine (whom the reader very +likely knows and admires as much as I do), to deprive him of all his +finer qualities and higher graces of temperament, to leave him with +nothing but his strength, his courage, his quickness, and his magnificent +geniality, and to try to express these in terms of the culture of a raw +tarpaulin. Such psychical surgery is, I think, a common way of ‘making +character’; perhaps it is, indeed, the only way. We can put in the +quaint figure that spoke a hundred words with us yesterday by the +wayside; but do we know him? Our friend, with his infinite variety and +flexibility, we know—but can we put him in? Upon the first, we must +engraft secondary and imaginary qualities, possibly all wrong; from the +second, knife in hand, we must cut away and deduct the needless +arborescence of his nature, but the trunk and the few branches that +remain we may at least be fairly sure of. + +On a chill September morning, by the cheek of a brisk fire, and the rain +drumming on the window, I began _The Sea Cook_, for that was the original +title. I have begun (and finished) a number of other books, but I cannot +remember to have sat down to one of them with more complacency. It is +not to be wondered at, for stolen waters are proverbially sweet. I am +now upon a painful chapter. No doubt the parrot once belonged to +Robinson Crusoe. No doubt the skeleton is conveyed from Poe. I think +little of these, they are trifles and details; and no man can hope to +have a monopoly of skeletons or make a corner in talking birds. The +stockade, I am told, is from _Masterman Ready_. It may be, I care not a +jot. These useful writers had fulfilled the poet’s saying: departing, +they had left behind them Footprints on the sands of time, Footprints +which perhaps another—and I was the other! It is my debt to Washington +Irving that exercises my conscience, and justly so, for I believe +plagiarism was rarely carried farther. I chanced to pick up the _Tales +of a Traveller_ some years ago with a view to an anthology of prose +narrative, and the book flew up and struck me: Billy Bones, his chest, +the company in the parlour, the whole inner spirit, and a good deal of +the material detail of my first chapters—all were there, all were the +property of Washington Irving. But I had no guess of it then as I sat +writing by the fireside, in what seemed the spring-tides of a somewhat +pedestrian inspiration; nor yet day by day, after lunch, as I read aloud +my morning’s work to the family. It seemed to me original as sin; it +seemed to belong to me like my right eye. I had counted on one boy, I +found I had two in my audience. My father caught fire at once with all +the romance and childishness of his original nature. His own stories, +that every night of his life he put himself to sleep with, dealt +perpetually with ships, roadside inns, robbers, old sailors, and +commercial travellers before the era of steam. He never finished one of +these romances; the lucky man did not require to! But in _Treasure +Island_ he recognised something kindred to his own imagination; it was +_his_ kind of picturesque; and he not only heard with delight the daily +chapter, but set himself acting to collaborate. When the time came for +Billy Bones’s chest to be ransacked, he must have passed the better part +of a day preparing, on the back of a legal envelope, an inventory of its +contents, which I exactly followed; and the name of ‘Flint’s old +ship’—the _Walrus_—was given at his particular request. And now who +should come dropping in, _ex machinâ_, but Dr. Japp, like the disguised +prince who is to bring down the curtain upon peace and happiness in the +last act; for he carried in his pocket, not a horn or a talisman, but a +publisher—had, in fact, been charged by my old friend, Mr. Henderson, to +unearth new writers for _Young Folks_. Even the ruthlessness of a united +family recoiled before the extreme measure of inflicting on our guest the +mutilated members of _The Sea Cook_; at the same time, we would by no +means stop our readings; and accordingly the tale was begun again at the +beginning, and solemnly re-delivered for the benefit of Dr. Japp. From +that moment on, I have thought highly of his critical faculty; for when +he left us, he carried away the manuscript in his portmanteau. + +Here, then, was everything to keep me up, sympathy, help, and now a +positive engagement. I had chosen besides a very easy style. Compare it +with the almost contemporary ‘Merry Men’, one reader may prefer the one +style, one the other—’tis an affair of character, perhaps of mood; but no +expert can fail to see that the one is much more difficult, and the other +much easier to maintain. It seems as though a full-grown experienced man +of letters might engage to turn out _Treasure Island_ at so many pages a +day, and keep his pipe alight. But alas! this was not my case. Fifteen +days I stuck to it, and turned out fifteen chapters; and then, in the +early paragraphs of the sixteenth, ignominiously lost hold. My mouth was +empty; there was not one word of _Treasure Island_ in my bosom; and here +were the proofs of the beginning already waiting me at the ‘Hand and +Spear’! Then I corrected them, living for the most part alone, walking +on the heath at Weybridge in dewy autumn mornings, a good deal pleased +with what I had done, and more appalled than I can depict to you in words +at what remained for me to do. I was thirty-one; I was the head of a +family; I had lost my health; I had never yet paid my way, never yet made +£200 a year; my father had quite recently bought back and cancelled a +book that was judged a failure: was this to be another and last fiasco? +I was indeed very close on despair; but I shut my mouth hard, and during +the journey to Davos, where I was to pass the winter, had the resolution +to think of other things and bury myself in the novels of M. de +Boisgobey. Arrived at my destination, down I sat one morning to the +unfinished tale; and behold! it flowed from me like small talk; and in a +second tide of delighted industry, and again at a rate of a chapter a +day, I finished _Treasure Island_. It had to be transcribed almost +exactly; my wife was ill; the schoolboy remained alone of the faithful; +and John Addington Symonds (to whom I timidly mentioned what I was +engaged on) looked on me askance. He was at that time very eager I +should write on the characters of Theophrastus: so far out may be the +judgments of the wisest men. But Symonds (to be sure) was scarce the +confidant to go to for sympathy on a boy’s story. He was large-minded; +‘a full man,’ if there was one; but the very name of my enterprise would +suggest to him only capitulations of sincerity and solecisms of style. +Well! he was not far wrong. + +_Treasure Island_—it was Mr. Henderson who deleted the first title, _The +Sea Cook_—appeared duly in the story paper, where it figured in the +ignoble midst, without woodcuts, and attracted not the least attention. +I did not care. I liked the tale myself, for much the same reason as my +father liked the beginning: it was my kind of picturesque. I was not a +little proud of John Silver, also; and to this day rather admire that +smooth and formidable adventurer. What was infinitely more exhilarating, +I had passed a landmark; I had finished a tale, and written ‘The End’ +upon my manuscript, as I had not done since ‘The Pentland Rising,’ when I +was a boy of sixteen not yet at college. In truth it was so by a set of +lucky accidents; had not Dr. Japp come on his visit, had not the tale +flowed from me with singular case, it must have been laid aside like its +predecessors, and found a circuitous and unlamented way to the fire. +Purists may suggest it would have been better so. I am not of that mind. +The tale seems to have given much pleasure, and it brought (or, was the +means of bringing) fire and food and wine to a deserving family in which +I took an interest. I need scarcely say I mean my own. + +But the adventures of _Treasure Island_ are not yet quite at an end. I +had written it up to the map. The map was the chief part of my plot. +For instance, I had called an islet ‘Skeleton Island,’ not knowing what I +meant, seeking only for the immediate picturesque, and it was to justify +this name that I broke into the gallery of Mr. Poe and stole Flint’s +pointer. And in the same way, it was because I had made two harbours +that the _Hispaniola_ was sent on her wanderings with Israel Hands. The +time came when it was decided to republish, and I sent in my manuscript, +and the map along with it, to Messrs. Cassell. The proofs came, they +were corrected, but I heard nothing of the map. I wrote and asked; was +told it had never been received, and sat aghast. It is one thing to draw +a map at random, set a scale in one corner of it at a venture, and write +up a story to the measurements. It is quite another to have to examine a +whole book, make an inventory of all the allusions contained in it, and +with a pair of compasses, painfully design a map to suit the data. I did +it; and the map was drawn again in my father’s office, with +embellishments of blowing whales and sailing ships, and my father himself +brought into service a knack he had of various writing, and elaborately +_forged_ the signature of Captain Flint, and the sailing directions of +Billy Bones. But somehow it was never _Treasure Island_ to me. + +I have said the map was the most of the plot. I might almost say it was +the whole. A few reminiscences of Poe, Defoe, and Washington Irving, a +copy of Johnson’s _Buccaneers_, the name of the Dead Man’s Chest from +Kingsley’s _At Last_, some recollections of canoeing on the high seas, +and the map itself, with its infinite, eloquent suggestion, made up the +whole of my materials. It is, perhaps, not often that a map figures so +largely in a tale, yet it is always important. The author must know his +countryside, whether real or imaginary, like his hand; the distances, the +points of the compass, the place of the sun’s rising, the behaviour of +the moon, should all be beyond cavil. And how troublesome the moon is! +I have come to grief over the moon in _Prince Otto_, and so soon as that +was pointed out to me, adopted a precaution which I recommend to other +men—I never write now without an almanack. With an almanack, and the map +of the country, and the plan of every house, either actually plotted on +paper or already and immediately apprehended in the mind, a man may hope +to avoid some of the grossest possible blunders. With the map before +him, he will scarce allow the sun to set in the east, as it does in _The +Antiquary_. With the almanack at hand, he will scarce allow two +horsemen, journeying on the most urgent affair, to employ six days, from +three of the Monday morning till late in the Saturday night, upon a +journey of, say, ninety or a hundred miles, and before the week is out, +and still on the same nags, to cover fifty in one day, as may be read at +length in the inimitable novel of _Rob Roy_. And it is certainly well, +though far from necessary, to avoid such ‘croppers.’ But it is my +contention—my superstition, if you like—that who is faithful to his map, +and consults it, and draws from it his inspiration, daily and hourly, +gains positive support, and not mere negative immunity from accident. +The tale has a root there; it grows in that soil; it has a spine of its +own behind the words. Better if the country be real, and he has walked +every foot of it and knows every milestone. But even with imaginary +places, he will do well in the beginning to provide a map; as he studies +it, relations will appear that he had not thought upon; he will discover +obvious, though unsuspected, short-cuts and footprints for his +messengers; and even when a map is not all the plot, as it was in +_Treasure Island_, it will be found to be a mine of suggestion. + + + + +THE GENESIS OF ‘THE MASTER OF BALLANTRAE’ + + +I was walking one night in the verandah of a small house in which I +lived, outside the hamlet of Saranac. It was winter; the night was very +dark; the air extraordinary clear and cold, and sweet with the purity of +forests. From a good way below, the river was to be heard contending +with ice and boulders: a few lights appeared, scattered unevenly among +the darkness, but so far away as not to lessen the sense of isolation. +For the making of a story here were fine conditions. I was besides moved +with the spirit of emulation, for I had just finished my third or fourth +perusal of _The Phantom Ship_. ‘Come,’ said I to my engine, ‘let us make +a tale, a story of many years and countries, of the sea and the land, +savagery and civilisation; a story that shall have the same large +features, and may be treated in the same summary elliptic method as the +book you have been reading and admiring.’ I was here brought up with a +reflection exceedingly just in itself, but which, as the sequel shows, I +failed to profit by. I saw that Marryat, not less than Homer, Milton, +and Virgil, profited by the choice of a familiar and legendary subject; +so that he prepared his readers on the very title-page; and this set me +cudgelling my brains, if by any chance I could hit upon some similar +belief to be the centre-piece of my own meditated fiction. In the course +of this vain search there cropped up in my memory a singular case of a +buried and resuscitated fakir, which I had been often told by an uncle of +mine, then lately dead, Inspector-General John Balfour. + +On such a fine frosty night, with no wind and the thermometer below zero, +the brain works with much vivacity; and the next moment I had seen the +circumstance transplanted from India and the tropics to the Adirondack +wilderness and the stringent cold of the Canadian border. Here then, +almost before I had begun my story, I had two countries, two of the ends +of the earth involved: and thus though the notion of the resuscitated man +failed entirely on the score of general acceptation, or even (as I have +since found) acceptability, it fitted at once with my design of a tale of +many lands; and this decided me to consider further of its possibilities. +The man who should thus be buried was the first question: a good man, +whose return to life would be hailed by the reader and the other +characters with gladness? This trenched upon the Christian picture, and +was dismissed. If the idea, then, was to be of any use at all for me, I +had to create a kind of evil genius to his friends and family, take him +through many disappearances, and make this final restoration from the pit +of death, in the icy American wilderness, the last and the grimmest of +the series. I need not tell my brothers of the craft that I was now in +the most interesting moment of an author’s life; the hours that followed +that night upon the balcony, and the following nights and days, whether +walking abroad or lying wakeful in my bed, were hours of unadulterated +joy. My mother, who was then living with me alone, perhaps had less +enjoyment; for, in the absence of my wife, who is my usual helper in +these times of parturition, I must spur her up at all seasons to hear me +relate and try to clarify my unformed fancies. + +And while I was groping for the fable and the character required, behold +I found them lying ready and nine years old in my memory. Pease porridge +hot, pease porridge cold, pease porridge in the pot, nine years old. Was +there ever a more complete justification of the rule of Horace? Here, +thinking of quite other things, I had stumbled on the solution, or +perhaps I should rather say (in stagewright phrase) the Curtain or final +Tableau of a story conceived long before on the moors between Pitlochry +and Strathardle, conceived in Highland rain, in the blend of the smell of +heather and bog-plants, and with a mind full of the Athole correspondence +and the memories of the dumlicide Justice. So long ago, so far away it +was, that I had first evoked the faces and the mutual tragic situation of +the men of Durrisdeer. + +My story was now world-wide enough: Scotland, India, and America being +all obligatory scenes. But of these India was strange to me except in +books; I had never known any living Indian save a Parsee, a member of my +club in London, equally civilised, and (to all seeing) equally accidental +with myself. It was plain, thus far, that I should have to get into +India and out of it again upon a foot of fairy lightness; and I believe +this first suggested to me the idea of the Chevalier Burke for a +narrator. It was at first intended that he should be Scottish, and I was +then filled with fears that he might prove only the degraded shadow of my +own Alan Breck. Presently, however, it began to occur to me it would be +like my Master to curry favour with the Prince’s Irishmen; and that an +Irish refugee would have a particular reason to find himself in India +with his countryman, the unfortunate Lally. Irish, therefore, I decided +he should be, and then, all of a sudden, I was aware of a tall shadow +across my path, the shadow of Barry Lyndon. No man (in Lord Foppington’s +phrase) of a nice morality could go very deep with my Master: in the +original idea of this story conceived in Scotland, this companion had +been besides intended to be worse than the bad elder son with whom (as it +was then meant) he was to visit Scotland; if I took an Irishman, and a +very bad Irishman, in the midst of the eighteenth century, how was I to +evade Barry Lyndon? The wretch besieged me, offering his services; he +gave me excellent references; he proved that he was highly fitted for the +work I had to do; he, or my own evil heart, suggested it was easy to +disguise his ancient livery wit a little lace and a few frogs and +buttons, so that Thackeray himself should hardly recognise him. And then +of a sudden there came to me memories of a young Irishman, with whom I +was once intimate, and had spent long nights walking and talking with, +upon a very desolate coast in a bleak autumn: I recalled him as a youth +of an extraordinary moral simplicity—almost vacancy; plastic to any +influence, the creature of his admirations: and putting such a youth in +fancy into the career of a soldier of fortune, it occurred to me that he +would serve my turn as well as Mr. Lyndon, and in place of entering into +competition with the Master, would afford a slight though a distinct +relief. I know not if I have done him well, though his moral +dissertations always highly entertained me: but I own I have been +surprised to find that he reminded some critics of Barry Lyndon after +all. . . . + + + + +PREFACE TO ‘THE MASTER OF BALLANTRAE’ {145} + + +Although an old, consistent exile, the editor of the following pages +revisits now and again the city of which he exults to be a native; and +there are few things more strange, more painful, or more salutary, than +such revisitations. Outside, in foreign spots, he comes by surprise and +awakens more attention than he had expected; in his own city, the +relation is reversed, and he stands amazed to be so little recollected. +Elsewhere he is refreshed to see attractive faces, to remark possible +friends; there he scouts the long streets, with a pang at heart, for the +faces and friends that are no more. Elsewhere he is delighted with the +presence of what is new, there tormented by the absence of what is old. +Elsewhere he is content to be his present self; there he is smitten with +an equal regret for what he once was and for what he once hoped to be. + +He was feeling all this dimly, as he drove from the station, on his last +visit; he was feeling it still as he alighted at the door of his friend +Mr. Johnstone Thomson, W.S., with whom he was to stay. A hearty welcome, +a face not altogether changed, a few words that sounded of old days, a +laugh provoked and shared, a glimpse in passing of the snowy cloth and +bright decanters and the Piranesis on the dining-room wall, brought him +to his bed-room with a somewhat lightened cheer, and when he and Mr. +Thomson sat down a few minutes later, cheek by jowl, and pledged the past +in a preliminary bumper, he was already almost consoled, he had already +almost forgiven himself his two unpardonable errors, that he should ever +have left his native city, or ever returned to it. + +‘I have something quite in your way,’ said Mr. Thomson. ‘I wished to do +honour to your arrival; because, my dear fellow, it is my own youth that +comes back along with you; in a very tattered and withered state, to be +sure, but—well!—all that’s left of it.’ + +‘A great deal better than nothing,’ said the editor. ‘But what is this +which is quite in my way?’ + +‘I was coming to that,’ said Mr. Thomson: ‘Fate has put it in my power to +honour your arrival with something really original by way of dessert. A +mystery.’ + +‘A mystery?’ I repeated. + +‘Yes,’ said his friend, ‘a mystery. It may prove to be nothing, and it +may prove to be a great deal. But in the meanwhile it is truly +mysterious, no eye having looked on it for near a hundred years; it is +highly genteel, for it treats of a titled family; and it ought to be +melodramatic, for (according to the superscription) it is concerned with +death.’ + +‘I think I rarely heard a more obscure or a more promising annunciation,’ +the other remarked. ‘But what is It?’ + +‘You remember my predecessor’s, old Peter M‘Brair’s business?’ + +‘I remember him acutely; he could not look at me without a pang of +reprobation, and he could not feel the pang without betraying it. He was +to me a man of a great historical interest, but the interest was not +returned.’ + +‘Ah well, we go beyond him,’ said Mr. Thomson. ‘I daresay old Peter knew +as little about this as I do. You see, I succeeded to a prodigious +accumulation of old law-papers and old tin boxes, some of them of Peter’s +hoarding, some of his father’s, John, first of the dynasty, a great man +in his day. Among other collections were all the papers of the +Durrisdeers.’ + +‘The Durrisdeers!’ cried I. ‘My dear fellow, these may be of the +greatest interest. One of them was out in the ’45; one had some strange +passages with the devil—you will find a note of it in Law’s _Memorials_, +I think; and there was an unexplained tragedy, I know not what, much +later, about a hundred years ago—‘ + +‘More than a hundred years ago,’ said Mr. Thomson. ‘In 1783.’ + +‘How do you know that? I mean some death.’ + +‘Yes, the lamentable deaths of my lord Durrisdeer and his brother, the +Master of Ballantrae (attainted in the troubles),’ said Mr. Thomson with +something the tone of a man quoting. ‘Is that it?’ + +‘To say truth,’ said I, ‘I have only seen some dim reference to the +things in memoirs; and heard some traditions dimmer still, through my +uncle (whom I think you knew). My uncle lived when he was a boy in the +neighbourhood of St. Bride’s; he has often told me of the avenue closed +up and grown over with grass, the great gates never opened, the last lord +and his old maid sister who lived in the back parts of the house, a +quiet, plain, poor, hum-drum couple it would seem—but pathetic too, as +the last of that stirring and brave house—and, to the country folk, +faintly terrible from some deformed traditions.’ + +‘Yes,’ said Mr. Thomson. Henry Graeme Durie, the last lord, died in +1820; his sister, the Honourable Miss Katherine Durie, in ’27; so much I +know; and by what I have been going over the last few days, they were +what you say, decent, quiet people and not rich. To say truth, it was a +letter of my lord’s that put me on the search for the packet we are going +to open this evening. Some papers could not be found; and he wrote to +Jack M‘Brair suggesting they might be among those sealed up by a Mr. +Mackellar. M‘Brair answered, that the papers in question were all in +Mackellar’s own hand, all (as the writer understood) of a purely +narrative character; and besides, said he, “I am bound not to open them +before the year 1889.” You may fancy if these words struck me: I +instituted a hunt through all the M‘Brair repositories; and at last hit +upon that packet which (if you have had enough wine) I propose to show +you at once.’ + +In the smoking-room, to which my host now led me, was a packet, fastened +with many seals and enclosed in a single sheet of strong paper thus +endorsed:— + + Papers relating to the lives and lamentable deaths of the late Lord + Durisdeer, and his elder brother James, commonly called Master of + Ballantrae, attainted in the troubles: entrusted into the hands of + John M‘Brair in the Lawnmarket of Edinburgh, W.S.; this 20th day of + September Anno Domini 1789; by him to be kept secret until the + revolution of one hundred years complete, or until the 20th day of + September 1889: the same compiled and written by me, + + EPHRAIM MACKELLAR, + _For near forty years Land Steward on the_ + _estates of His Lordship_. + +As Mr. Thomson is a married man, I will not say what hour had struck when +we laid down the last of the following pages; but I will give a few words +of what ensued. + +‘Here,’ said Mr. Thomson, ‘is a novel ready to your hand: all you have to +do is to work up the scenery, develop the characters, and improve the +style.’ + +‘My dear fellow,’ said I, ‘they are just the three things that I would +rather die than set my hand to. It shall be published as it stands.’ + +‘But it’s so bald,’ objected Mr. Thomson. + +‘I believe there is nothing so noble as baldness,’ replied I, ‘and I am +sure there is nothing so interesting. I would have all literature bald, +and all authors (if you like) but one.’ + +‘Well, well,’ said Mr. Thomson, ‘we shall see.’ + + * * * * * + + Printed by T. and A. CONSTABLE, Printers to His Majesty + at the Edinburgh University Press + + + + +FOOTNOTES + + +{3} First published in the Contemporary Review, April 1885 + +{21} Milton. + +{24} Milton. + +{33} Milton. + +{34} As PVF will continue to haunt us through our English examples, take, +by way of comparison, this Latin verse, of which it forms a chief +adornment, and do not hold me answerable for the all too Roman freedom of +the sense: ‘Hanc volo, quæ facilis, quæ palliolata vagatur.’ + +{35} Coleridge. + +{36} Antony and Cleopatra. + +{37a} Cymbeline. + +{37b} The V is in ‘of.’ + +{38} Troilus and Cressida. + +{47a} First published in the _Fortnightly Review_, April 1881. + +{47b} Mr. James Payn. + +{64} A footnote, at least, is due to the admirable example set before +all young writers in the width of literary sympathy displayed by Mr. +Swinburne. He runs forth to welcome merit, whether in Dickens or +Trollope, whether in Villon, Milton, or Pope. This is, in criticism, the +attitude we should all seek to preserve; not only in that, but in every +branch of literary work. + +{75a} First published in the _British Weekly_, May 13, 1887. + +{75b} Of the _British Weekly_. + +{93} First published in the _Magazine of Art_ in 1883. + +{111} First published in the _Idler_, August 1894. + +{112} _Ne pas confondre_. Not the slim green pamphlet with the imprint +of Andrew Elliot, for which (as I see with amazement from the book-lists) +the gentlemen of England are willing to pay fancy prices; but its +predecessor, a bulky historical romance without a spark of merit, and now +deleted from the world. + +{145} 1889. + + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ESSAYS IN THE ART OF WRITING*** + + +******* This file should be named 492-0.txt or 492-0.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/4/9/492 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/492-0.zip b/492-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8debde7 --- /dev/null +++ b/492-0.zip diff --git a/492-h.zip b/492-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f48b39 --- /dev/null +++ b/492-h.zip diff --git a/492-h/492-h.htm b/492-h/492-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35ff109 --- /dev/null +++ b/492-h/492-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2763 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" /> +<title>Essays in the Art of Writing, by Robert Louis Stevenson</title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + P { margin-top: .75em; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + P.gutsumm { margin-left: 5%;} + P.poetry {margin-left: 3%; } + .GutSmall { font-size: 0.7em; } + H1, H2 { + text-align: center; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + } + H3, H4, H5 { + text-align: center; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + } + BODY{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + table { border-collapse: collapse; } +table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;} + td { vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid black;} + td p { margin: 0.2em; } + .blkquot {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */ + + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .pagenum {position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: small; + text-align: right; + font-weight: normal; + color: gray; + } + img { border: none; } + img.dc { float: left; width: 50px; height: 50px; } + p.gutindent { margin-left: 2em; } + div.gapspace { height: 0.8em; } + div.gapline { height: 0.8em; width: 100%; border-top: 1px solid;} + div.gapmediumline { height: 0.3em; width: 40%; margin-left:30%; + border-top: 1px solid; } + div.gapmediumdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 40%; margin-left:30%; + border-top: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid;} + div.gapshortdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 20%; + margin-left: 40%; border-top: 1px solid; + border-bottom: 1px solid; } + div.gapdoubleline { height: 0.3em; width: 50%; + margin-left: 25%; border-top: 1px solid; + border-bottom: 1px solid;} + div.gapshortline { height: 0.3em; width: 20%; margin-left:40%; + border-top: 1px solid; } + .citation {vertical-align: super; + font-size: .8em; + text-decoration: none;} + img.floatleft { float: left; + margin-right: 1em; + margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; } + img.floatright { float: right; + margin-left: 1em; margin-top: 0.5em; + margin-bottom: 0.5em; } + img.clearcenter {display: block; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; margin-top: 0.5em; + margin-bottom: 0.5em} + --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> +<body> +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Essays in the Art of Writing, by Robert Louis +Stevenson + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Essays in the Art of Writing + + +Author: Robert Louis Stevenson + + + +Release Date: October 16, 2012 [eBook #492] +[This file was first posted on February 21, 1996] + + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ESSAYS IN THE ART OF WRITING*** +</pre> +<p>Transcribed from the 1905 Chatto & Windus edition by David +Price, email ccx074@pglaf.org</p> +<h1><span class="GutSmall">ESSAYS IN THE</span><br /> +ART OF WRITING</h1> +<p style="text-align: center">BY<br /> +ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON</p> +<p style="text-align: center"> +<a href="images/p0b.jpg"> +<img alt= +"Decorative logo" +title= +"Decorative logo" +src="images/p0s.jpg" /> +</a></p> +<p style="text-align: center"><span +class="GutSmall">LONDON</span><br /> +<span class="GutSmall">CHATTO & WINDUS</span><br /> +1905</p> +<h2>CONTENTS</h2> +<table> +<tr> +<td><p> </p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span +class="GutSmall">PAGE</span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>On Some Technical Elements of Style in Literature</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page3">3</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>The Morality of the Profession of Letters</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page47">47</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>Books which have Influenced Me</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page75">75</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>A Note on Realism</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page93">93</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>My First Book: ‘Treasure Island’</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page111">111</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>The Genesis of ‘The Master of Ballantrae’</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page135">135</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>Preface To ‘The Master of Ballantrae’</p> +</td> +<td><p style="text-align: right"><span class="indexpageno"><a +href="#page145">145</a></span></p> +</td> +</tr> +</table> +<h2><a name="page3"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 3</span>ON SOME +TECHNICAL ELEMENTS OF STYLE IN LITERATURE <a +name="citation3"></a><a href="#footnote3" +class="citation">[3]</a></h2> +<p>There is nothing more disenchanting to man than to be shown +the springs and mechanism of any art. All our arts and +occupations lie wholly on the surface; it is on the surface that +we perceive their beauty, fitness, and significance; and to pry +below is to be appalled by their emptiness and shocked by the +coarseness of the strings and pulleys. In a similar way, +psychology itself, when pushed to any nicety, discovers an +abhorrent baldness, but rather from the fault of our analysis +than from any poverty native to the mind. And perhaps in +æsthetics the reason is the same: those disclosures which +seem fatal to the dignity of art seem so perhaps only in the +proportion of our ignorance; and those conscious and unconscious +artifices which it seems unworthy of the serious artist to employ +were yet, if we had the power to trace them to their springs, +indications of a delicacy of the sense finer than we conceive, +and hints of ancient harmonies in nature. This ignorance at +least is largely irremediable. We shall never learn the +affinities of beauty, for they lie too deep in nature and too far +back in the mysterious history of man. The amateur, in +consequence, will always grudgingly receive details of method, +which can be stated but never can wholly be explained; nay, on +the principle laid down in <i>Hudibras</i>, that</p> + +<blockquote><p> ‘Still +the less they understand,<br /> +The more they admire the sleight-of-hand,’</p> +</blockquote> +<p>many are conscious at each new disclosure of a diminution in +the ardour of their pleasure. I must therefore warn that +well-known character, the general reader, that I am here embarked +upon a most distasteful business: taking down the picture from +the wall and looking on the back; and, like the inquiring child, +pulling the musical cart to pieces.</p> +<p>1. <i>Choice of Words</i>.—The art of literature +stands apart from among its sisters, because the material in +which the literary artist works is the dialect of life; hence, on +the one hand, a strange freshness and immediacy of address to the +public mind, which is ready prepared to understand it; but hence, +on the other, a singular limitation. The sister arts enjoy +the use of a plastic and ductile material, like the +modeller’s clay; literature alone is condemned to work in +mosaic with finite and quite rigid words. You have seen +these blocks, dear to the nursery: this one a pillar, that a +pediment, a third a window or a vase. It is with blocks of +just such arbitrary size and figure that the literary architect +is condemned to design the palace of his art. Nor is this +all; for since these blocks, or words, are the acknowledged +currency of our daily affairs, there are here possible none of +those suppressions by which other arts obtain relief, continuity, +and vigour: no hieroglyphic touch, no smoothed impasto, no +inscrutable shadow, as in painting; no blank wall, as in +architecture; but every word, phrase, sentence, and paragraph +must move in a logical progression, and convey a definite +conventional import.</p> +<p>Now the first merit which attracts in the pages of a good +writer, or the talk of a brilliant conversationalist, is the apt +choice and contrast of the words employed. It is, indeed, a +strange art to take these blocks, rudely conceived for the +purpose of the market or the bar, and by tact of application +touch them to the finest meanings and distinctions, restore to +them their primal energy, wittily shift them to another issue, or +make of them a drum to rouse the passions. But though this +form of merit is without doubt the most sensible and seizing, it +is far from being equally present in all writers. The +effect of words in Shakespeare, their singular justice, +significance, and poetic charm, is different, indeed, from the +effect of words in Addison or Fielding. Or, to take an +example nearer home, the words in Carlyle seem electrified into +an energy of lineament, like the faces of men furiously moved; +whilst the words in Macaulay, apt enough to convey his meaning, +harmonious enough in sound, yet glide from the memory like +undistinguished elements in a general effect. But the first +class of writers have no monopoly of literary merit. There +is a sense in which Addison is superior to Carlyle; a sense in +which Cicero is better than Tacitus, in which Voltaire excels +Montaigne: it certainly lies not in the choice of words; it lies +not in the interest or value of the matter; it lies not in force +of intellect, of poetry, or of humour. The three first are +but infants to the three second; and yet each, in a particular +point of literary art, excels his superior in the whole. +What is that point?</p> +<p>2. <i>The Web</i>.—Literature, although it stands +apart by reason of the great destiny and general use of its +medium in the affairs of men, is yet an art like other +arts. Of these we may distinguish two great classes: those +arts, like sculpture, painting, acting, which are representative, +or, as used to be said very clumsily, imitative; and those, like +architecture, music, and the dance, which are self-sufficient, +and merely presentative. Each class, in right of this +distinction, obeys principles apart; yet both may claim a common +ground of existence, and it may be said with sufficient justice +that the motive and end of any art whatever is to make a pattern; +a pattern, it may be, of colours, of sounds, of changing +attitudes, geometrical figures, or imitative lines; but still a +pattern. That is the plane on which these sisters meet; it +is by this that they are arts; and if it be well they should at +times forget their childish origin, addressing their intelligence +to virile tasks, and performing unconsciously that necessary +function of their life, to make a pattern, it is still imperative +that the pattern shall be made.</p> +<p>Music and literature, the two temporal arts, contrive their +pattern of sounds in time; or, in other words, of sounds and +pauses. Communication may be made in broken words, the +business of life be carried on with substantives alone; but that +is not what we call literature; and the true business of the +literary artist is to plait or weave his meaning, involving it +around itself; so that each sentence, by successive phrases, +shall first come into a kind of knot, and then, after a moment of +suspended meaning, solve and clear itself. In every +properly constructed sentence there should be observed this knot +or hitch; so that (however delicately) we are led to foresee, to +expect, and then to welcome the successive phrases. The +pleasure may be heightened by an element of surprise, as, very +grossly, in the common figure of the antithesis, or, with much +greater subtlety, where an antithesis is first suggested and then +deftly evaded. Each phrase, besides, is to be comely in +itself; and between the implication and the evolution of the +sentence there should be a satisfying equipoise of sound; for +nothing more often disappoints the ear than a sentence solemnly +and sonorously prepared, and hastily and weakly finished. +Nor should the balance be too striking and exact, for the one +rule is to be infinitely various; to interest, to disappoint, to +surprise, and yet still to gratify; to be ever changing, as it +were, the stitch, and yet still to give the effect of an +ingenious neatness.</p> +<p>The conjurer juggles with two oranges, and our pleasure in +beholding him springs from this, that neither is for an instant +overlooked or sacrificed. So with the writer. His +pattern, which is to please the supersensual ear, is yet +addressed, throughout and first of all, to the demands of +logic. Whatever be the obscurities, whatever the +intricacies of the argument, the neatness of the fabric must not +suffer, or the artist has been proved unequal to his +design. And, on the other hand, no form of words must be +selected, no knot must be tied among the phrases, unless knot and +word be precisely what is wanted to forward and illuminate the +argument; for to fail in this is to swindle in the game. +The genius of prose rejects the <i>cheville</i> no less +emphatically than the laws of verse; and the <i>cheville</i>, I +should perhaps explain to some of my readers, is any meaningless +or very watered phrase employed to strike a balance in the +sound. Pattern and argument live in each other; and it is +by the brevity, clearness, charm, or emphasis of the second, that +we judge the strength and fitness of the first.</p> +<p>Style is synthetic; and the artist, seeking, so to speak, a +peg to plait about, takes up at once two or more elements or two +or more views of the subject in hand; combines, implicates, and +contrasts them; and while, in one sense, he was merely seeking an +occasion for the necessary knot, he will be found, in the other, +to have greatly enriched the meaning, or to have transacted the +work of two sentences in the space of one. In the change +from the successive shallow statements of the old chronicler to +the dense and luminous flow of highly synthetic narrative, there +is implied a vast amount of both philosophy and wit. The +philosophy we clearly see, recognising in the synthetic writer a +far more deep and stimulating view of life, and a far keener +sense of the generation and affinity of events. The wit we +might imagine to be lost; but it is not so, for it is just that +wit, these perpetual nice contrivances, these difficulties +overcome, this double purpose attained, these two oranges kept +simultaneously dancing in the air, that, consciously or not, +afford the reader his delight. Nay, and this wit, so little +recognised, is the necessary organ of that philosophy which we so +much admire. That style is therefore the most perfect, not, +as fools say, which is the most natural, for the most natural is +the disjointed babble of the chronicler; but which attains the +highest degree of elegant and pregnant implication unobtrusively; +or if obtrusively, then with the greatest gain to sense and +vigour. Even the derangement of the phrases from their +(so-called) natural order is luminous for the mind; and it is by +the means of such designed reversal that the elements of a +judgment may be most pertinently marshalled, or the stages of a +complicated action most perspicuously bound into one.</p> +<p>The web, then, or the pattern: a web at once sensuous and +logical, an elegant and pregnant texture: that is style, that is +the foundation of the art of literature. Books indeed +continue to be read, for the interest of the fact or fable, in +which this quality is poorly represented, but still it will be +there. And, on the other hand, how many do we continue to +peruse and reperuse with pleasure whose only merit is the +elegance of texture? I am tempted to mention Cicero; and +since Mr. Anthony Trollope is dead, I will. It is a poor +diet for the mind, a very colourless and toothless +‘criticism of life’; but we enjoy the pleasure of a +most intricate and dexterous pattern, every stitch a model at +once of elegance and of good sense; and the two oranges, even if +one of them be rotten, kept dancing with inimitable grace.</p> +<p>Up to this moment I have had my eye mainly upon prose; for +though in verse also the implication of the logical texture is a +crowning beauty, yet in verse it may be dispensed with. You +would think that here was a death-blow to all I have been saying; +and far from that, it is but a new illustration of the principle +involved. For if the versifier is not bound to weave a +pattern of his own, it is because another pattern has been +formally imposed upon him by the laws of verse. For that is +the essence of a prosody. Verse may be rhythmical; it may +be merely alliterative; it may, like the French, depend wholly on +the (quasi) regular recurrence of the rhyme; or, like the Hebrew, +it may consist in the strangely fanciful device of repeating the +same idea. It does not matter on what principle the law is +based, so it be a law. It may be pure convention; it may +have no inherent beauty; all that we have a right to ask of any +prosody is, that it shall lay down a pattern for the writer, and +that what it lays down shall be neither too easy nor too +hard. Hence it comes that it is much easier for men of +equal facility to write fairly pleasing verse than reasonably +interesting prose; for in prose the pattern itself has to be +invented, and the difficulties first created before they can be +solved. Hence, again, there follows the peculiar greatness +of the true versifier: such as Shakespeare, Milton, and Victor +Hugo, whom I place beside them as versifier merely, not as +poet. These not only knit and knot the logical texture of +the style with all the dexterity and strength of prose; they not +only fill up the pattern of the verse with infinite variety and +sober wit; but they give us, besides, a rare and special +pleasure, by the art, comparable to that of counterpoint, with +which they follow at the same time, and now contrast, and now +combine, the double pattern of the texture and the verse. +Here the sounding line concludes; a little further on, the +well-knit sentence; and yet a little further, and both will reach +their solution on the same ringing syllable. The best that +can be offered by the best writer of prose is to show us the +development of the idea and the stylistic pattern proceed hand in +hand, sometimes by an obvious and triumphant effort, sometimes +with a great air of ease and nature. The writer of verse, +by virtue of conquering another difficulty, delights us with a +new series of triumphs. He follows three purposes where his +rival followed only two; and the change is of precisely the same +nature as that from melody to harmony. Or if you prefer to +return to the juggler, behold him now, to the vastly increased +enthusiasm of the spectators, juggling with three oranges instead +of two. Thus it is: added difficulty, added beauty; and the +pattern, with every fresh element, becoming more interesting in +itself.</p> +<p>Yet it must not be thought that verse is simply an addition; +something is lost as well as something gained; and there remains +plainly traceable, in comparing the best prose with the best +verse, a certain broad distinction of method in the web. +Tight as the versifier may draw the knot of logic, yet for the +ear he still leaves the tissue of the sentence floating somewhat +loose. In prose, the sentence turns upon a pivot, nicely +balanced, and fits into itself with an obtrusive neatness like a +puzzle. The ear remarks and is singly gratified by this +return and balance; while in verse it is all diverted to the +measure. To find comparable passages is hard; for either +the versifier is hugely the superior of the rival, or, if he be +not, and still persist in his more delicate enterprise, he fails +to be as widely his inferior. But let us select them from +the pages of the same writer, one who was ambidexter; let us +take, for instance, Rumour’s Prologue to the Second Part of +<i>Henry IV.</i>, a fine flourish of eloquence in +Shakespeare’s second manner, and set it side by side with +Falstaff’s praise of sherris, act iv. scene iii.; or let us +compare the beautiful prose spoken throughout by Rosalind and +Orlando; compare, for example, the first speech of all, +Orlando’s speech to Adam, with what passage it shall please +you to select—the Seven Ages from the same play, or even +such a stave of nobility as Othello’s farewell to war; and +still you will be able to perceive, if you have an ear for that +class of music, a certain superior degree of organisation in the +prose; a compacter fitting of the parts; a balance in the swing +and the return as of a throbbing pendulum. We must not, in +things temporal, take from those who have little, the little that +they have; the merits of prose are inferior, but they are not the +same; it is a little kingdom, but an independent.</p> +<p>3. <i>Rhythm of the Phrase</i>.—Some way back, I +used a word which still awaits an application. Each phrase, +I said, was to be comely; but what is a comely phrase? In +all ideal and material points, literature, being a representative +art, must look for analogies to painting and the like; but in +what is technical and executive, being a temporal art, it must +seek for them in music. Each phrase of each sentence, like +an air or a recitative in music, should be so artfully compounded +out of long and short, out of accented and unaccented, as to +gratify the sensual ear. And of this the ear is the sole +judge. It is impossible to lay down laws. Even in our +accentual and rhythmic language no analysis can find the secret +of the beauty of a verse; how much less, then, of those phrases, +such as prose is built of, which obey no law but to be lawless +and yet to please? The little that we know of verse (and +for my part I owe it all to my friend Professor Fleeming Jenkin) +is, however, particularly interesting in the present +connection. We have been accustomed to describe the heroic +line as five iambic feet, and to be filled with pain and +confusion whenever, as by the conscientious schoolboy, we have +heard our own description put in practice.</p> +<blockquote><p>‘All night | the dreàd | less +àn | gel ùn | pursùed,’ <a +name="citation21"></a><a href="#footnote21" +class="citation">[21]</a></p> +</blockquote> +<p>goes the schoolboy; but though we close our ears, we cling to +our definition, in spite of its proved and naked +insufficiency. Mr. Jenkin was not so easily pleased, and +readily discovered that the heroic line consists of four groups, +or, if you prefer the phrase, contains four pauses:</p> +<blockquote><p>‘All night | the dreadless | angel | +unpursued.’</p> +</blockquote> +<p>Four groups, each practically uttered as one word: the first, +in this case, an iamb; the second, an amphibrachys; the third, a +trochee; and the fourth, an amphimacer; and yet our schoolboy, +with no other liberty but that of inflicting pain, had +triumphantly scanned it as five iambs. Perceive, now, this +fresh richness of intricacy in the web; this fourth orange, +hitherto unremarked, but still kept flying with the others. +What had seemed to be one thing it now appears is two; and, like +some puzzle in arithmetic, the verse is made at the same time to +read in fives and to read in fours.</p> +<p>But again, four is not necessary. We do not, indeed, +find verses in six groups, because there is not room for six in +the ten syllables; and we do not find verses of two, because one +of the main distinctions of verse from prose resides in the +comparative shortness of the group; but it is even common to find +verses of three. Five is the one forbidden number; because +five is the number of the feet; and if five were chosen, the two +patterns would coincide, and that opposition which is the life of +verse would instantly be lost. We have here a clue to the +effect of polysyllables, above all in Latin, where they are so +common and make so brave an architecture in the verse; for the +polysyllable is a group of Nature’s making. If but +some Roman would return from Hades (Martial, for choice), and +tell me by what conduct of the voice these thundering verses +should be uttered—‘<i>Aut Lacedæmonium +Tarentum</i>,’ for a case in point—I feel as if I +should enter at last into the full enjoyment of the best of human +verses.</p> +<p>But, again, the five feet are all iambic, or supposed to be; +by the mere count of syllables the four groups cannot be all +iambic; as a question of elegance, I doubt if any one of them +requires to be so; and I am certain that for choice no two of +them should scan the same. The singular beauty of the verse +analysed above is due, so far as analysis can carry us, part, +indeed, to the clever repetition of L, D, and N, but part to this +variety of scansion in the groups. The groups which, like +the bar in music, break up the verse for utterance, fall +uniambically; and in declaiming a so-called iambic verse, it may +so happen that we never utter one iambic foot. And yet to +this neglect of the original beat there is a limit.</p> +<blockquote><p>‘Athens, the eye of Greece, mother of +arts,’ <a name="citation24"></a><a href="#footnote24" +class="citation">[24]</a></p> +</blockquote> +<p>is, with all its eccentricities, a good heroic line; for +though it scarcely can be said to indicate the beat of the iamb, +it certainly suggests no other measure to the ear. But +begin</p> +<blockquote><p>‘Mother Athens, eye of Greece,’</p> +</blockquote> +<p>or merely ‘Mother Athens,’ and the game is up, for +the trochaic beat has been suggested. The eccentric +scansion of the groups is an adornment; but as soon as the +original beat has been forgotten, they cease implicitly to be +eccentric. Variety is what is sought; but if we destroy the +original mould, one of the terms of this variety is lost, and we +fall back on sameness. Thus, both as to the arithmetical +measure of the verse, and the degree of regularity in scansion, +we see the laws of prosody to have one common purpose: to keep +alive the opposition of two schemes simultaneously followed; to +keep them notably apart, though still coincident; and to balance +them with such judicial nicety before the reader, that neither +shall be unperceived and neither signally prevail.</p> +<p>The rule of rhythm in prose is not so intricate. Here, +too, we write in groups, or phrases, as I prefer to call them, +for the prose phrase is greatly longer and is much more +nonchalantly uttered than the group in verse; so that not only is +there a greater interval of continuous sound between the pauses, +but, for that very reason, word is linked more readily to word by +a more summary enunciation. Still, the phrase is the strict +analogue of the group, and successive phrases, like successive +groups, must differ openly in length and rhythm. The rule +of scansion in verse is to suggest no measure but the one in +hand; in prose, to suggest no measure at all. Prose must be +rhythmical, and it may be as much so as you will; but it must not +be metrical. It may be anything, but it must not be +verse. A single heroic line may very well pass and not +disturb the somewhat larger stride of the prose style; but one +following another will produce an instant impression of poverty, +flatness, and disenchantment. The same lines delivered with +the measured utterance of verse would perhaps seem rich in +variety. By the more summary enunciation proper to prose, +as to a more distant vision, these niceties of difference are +lost. A whole verse is uttered as one phrase; and the ear +is soon wearied by a succession of groups identical in +length. The prose writer, in fact, since he is allowed to +be so much less harmonious, is condemned to a perpetually fresh +variety of movement on a larger scale, and must never disappoint +the ear by the trot of an accepted metre. And this +obligation is the third orange with which he has to juggle, the +third quality which the prose writer must work into his pattern +of words. It may be thought perhaps that this is a quality +of ease rather than a fresh difficulty; but such is the +inherently rhythmical strain of the English language, that the +bad writer—and must I take for example that admired friend +of my boyhood, Captain Reid?—the inexperienced writer, as +Dickens in his earlier attempts to be impressive, and the jaded +writer, as any one may see for himself, all tend to fall at once +into the production of bad blank verse. And here it may be +pertinently asked, Why bad? And I suppose it might be +enough to answer that no man ever made good verse by accident, +and that no verse can ever sound otherwise than trivial when +uttered with the delivery of prose. But we can go beyond +such answers. The weak side of verse is the regularity of +the beat, which in itself is decidedly less impressive than the +movement of the nobler prose; and it is just into this weak side, +and this alone, that our careless writer falls. A peculiar +density and mass, consequent on the nearness of the pauses, is +one of the chief good qualities of verse; but this our accidental +versifier, still following after the swift gait and large +gestures of prose, does not so much as aspire to imitate. +Lastly, since he remains unconscious that he is making verse at +all, it can never occur to him to extract those effects of +counterpoint and opposition which I have referred to as the final +grace and justification of verse, and, I may add, of blank verse +in particular.</p> +<p>4. <i>Contents of the Phrase</i>.—Here is a great +deal of talk about rhythm—and naturally; for in our +canorous language rhythm is always at the door. But it must +not be forgotten that in some languages this element is almost, +if not quite, extinct, and that in our own it is probably +decaying. The even speech of many educated Americans sounds +the note of danger. I should see it go with something as +bitter as despair, but I should not be desperate. As in +verse no element, not even rhythm, is necessary, so, in prose +also, other sorts of beauty will arise and take the place and +play the part of those that we outlive. The beauty of the +expected beat in verse, the beauty in prose of its larger and +more lawless melody, patent as they are to English hearing, are +already silent in the ears of our next neighbours; for in France +the oratorical accent and the pattern of the web have almost or +altogether succeeded to their places; and the French prose writer +would be astounded at the labours of his brother across the +Channel, and how a good quarter of his toil, above all <i>invita +Minerva</i>, is to avoid writing verse. So wonderfully far +apart have races wandered in spirit, and so hard it is to +understand the literature next door!</p> +<p>Yet French prose is distinctly better than English; and French +verse, above all while Hugo lives, it will not do to place upon +one side. What is more to our purpose, a phrase or a verse +in French is easily distinguishable as comely or uncomely. +There is then another element of comeliness hitherto overlooked +in this analysis: the contents of the phrase. Each phrase +in literature is built of sounds, as each phrase in music +consists of notes. One sound suggests, echoes, demands, and +harmonises with another; and the art of rightly using these +concordances is the final art in literature. It used to be +a piece of good advice to all young writers to avoid +alliteration; and the advice was sound, in so far as it prevented +daubing. None the less for that, was it abominable +nonsense, and the mere raving of those blindest of the blind who +will not see. The beauty of the contents of a phrase, or of +a sentence, depends implicitly upon alliteration and upon +assonance. The vowel demands to be repeated; the consonant +demands to be repeated; and both cry aloud to be perpetually +varied. You may follow the adventures of a letter through +any passage that has particularly pleased you; find it, perhaps, +denied a while, to tantalise the ear; find it fired again at you +in a whole broadside; or find it pass into congenerous sounds, +one liquid or labial melting away into another. And you +will find another and much stranger circumstance. +Literature is written by and for two senses: a sort of internal +ear, quick to perceive ‘unheard melodies’; and the +eye, which directs the pen and deciphers the printed +phrase. Well, even as there are rhymes for the eye, so you +will find that there are assonances and alliterations; that where +an author is running the open A, deceived by the eye and our +strange English spelling, he will often show a tenderness for the +flat A; and that where he is running a particular consonant, he +will not improbably rejoice to write it down even when it is mute +or bears a different value.</p> +<p>Here, then, we have a fresh pattern—a pattern, to speak +grossly, of letters—which makes the fourth preoccupation of +the prose writer, and the fifth of the versifier. At times +it is very delicate and hard to perceive, and then perhaps most +excellent and winning (I say perhaps); but at times again the +elements of this literal melody stand more boldly forward and +usurp the ear. It becomes, therefore, somewhat a matter of +conscience to select examples; and as I cannot very well ask the +reader to help me, I shall do the next best by giving him the +reason or the history of each selection. The two first, one +in prose, one in verse, I chose without previous analysis, simply +as engaging passages that had long re-echoed in my ear.</p> +<p>‘I cannot praise a fugitive and cloistered virtue, +unexercised and unbreathed, that never sallies out and sees her +adversary, but slinks out of the race where that immortal garland +is to be run for, not without dust and heat.’ <a +name="citation33"></a><a href="#footnote33" +class="citation">[33]</a> Down to ‘virtue,’ the +current S and R are both announced and repeated unobtrusively, +and by way of a grace-note that almost inseparable group PVF is +given entire. <a name="citation34"></a><a href="#footnote34" +class="citation">[34]</a> The next phrase is a period of +repose, almost ugly in itself, both S and R still audible, and B +given as the last fulfilment of PVF. In the next four +phrases, from ‘that never’ down to ‘run +for,’ the mask is thrown off, and, but for a slight +repetition of the F and V, the whole matter turns, almost too +obtrusively, on S and R; first S coming to the front, and then +R. In the concluding phrase all these favourite letters, +and even the flat A, a timid preference for which is just +perceptible, are discarded at a blow and in a bundle; and to make +the break more obvious, every word ends with a dental, and all +but one with T, for which we have been cautiously prepared since +the beginning. The singular dignity of the first clause, +and this hammer-stroke of the last, go far to make the charm of +this exquisite sentence. But it is fair to own that S and R +are used a little coarsely.</p> +<table> +<tr> +<td><p>‘In Xanady did Kubla Khan</p> +</td> +<td><p>(KĂNDL)</p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p> A stately pleasure dome decree,</p> +</td> +<td><p>(KDLSR)</p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>Where Alph the sacred river ran,</p> +</td> +<td><p>(KĂNDLSR)</p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p>Through caverns measureless to man,</p> +</td> +<td><p>(KĂNLSR)</p> +</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><p> Down to a sunless sea.’ <a +name="citation35"></a><a href="#footnote35" +class="citation">[35]</a></p> +</td> +<td><p>(NDLS)</p> +</td> +</tr> +</table> +<p> </p> +<p>Here I have put the analysis of the main group alongside the +lines; and the more it is looked at, the more interesting it will +seem. But there are further niceties. In lines two +and four, the current S is most delicately varied with Z. +In line three, the current flat A is twice varied with the open +A, already suggested in line two, and both times +(‘where’ and ‘sacred’) in conjunction +with the current R. In the same line F and V (a harmony in +themselves, even when shorn of their comrade P) are admirably +contrasted. And in line four there is a marked subsidiary +M, which again was announced in line two. I stop from +weariness, for more might yet be said.</p> +<p>My next example was recently quoted from Shakespeare as an +example of the poet’s colour sense. Now, I do not +think literature has anything to do with colour, or poets anyway +the better of such a sense; and I instantly attacked this +passage, since ‘purple’ was the word that had so +pleased the writer of the article, to see if there might not be +some literary reason for its use. It will be seen that I +succeeded amply; and I am bound to say I think the passage +exceptional in Shakespeare—exceptional, indeed, in +literature; but it was not I who chose it.</p> +<blockquote><p>‘The BaRge she sat iN, like a BURNished +throNe<br /> +BURNT oN the water: the POOP was BeateN gold,<br /> +PURPle the sails and so PUR* Fumèd +that * per<br /> +The wiNds were love-sick with them.’ <a +name="citation36"></a><a href="#footnote36" +class="citation">[36]</a></p> +</blockquote> +<p>It may be asked why I have put the F of +‘perfumèd’ in capitals; and I reply, because +this change from P to F is the completion of that from B to P, +already so adroitly carried out. Indeed, the whole passage +is a monument of curious ingenuity; and it seems scarce worth +while to indicate the subsidiary S, L, and W. In the same +article, a second passage from Shakespeare was quoted, once again +as an example of his colour sense:</p> +<blockquote><p>‘A mole cinque-spotted like the crimson +drops<br /> +I’ the bottom of a cowslip.’ <a +name="citation37a"></a><a href="#footnote37a" +class="citation">[37a]</a></p> +</blockquote> +<p>It is very curious, very artificial, and not worth while to +analyse at length: I leave it to the reader. But before I +turn my back on Shakespeare, I should like to quote a passage, +for my own pleasure, and for a very model of every technical +art:</p> +<blockquote><p>But in the wind and tempest of her frown,<br /> + + +W. P. V.<a name="citation37b"></a><a href="#footnote37b" +class="citation">[37b]</a> F. (st) (ow)<br /> +Distinction with a loud and powerful fan,<br /> + + +W. P. F. (st) (ow) L.</p> +<p>Puffing at all, winnows the light away;<br /> + + +W. P. F. L.<br /> +And what hath mass and matter by itself<br /> + + +W. F. L. M. A.<br /> +Lies rich in virtue and unmingled.’ <a +name="citation38"></a><a href="#footnote38" +class="citation">[38]</a><br /> + + +V. L. M.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>From these delicate and choice writers I turned with some +curiosity to a player of the big drum—Macaulay. I had +in hand the two-volume edition, and I opened at the beginning of +the second volume. Here was what I read:</p> +<p>‘The violence of revolutions is generally proportioned +to the degree of the maladministration which has produced +them. It is therefore not strange that the government of +Scotland, having been during many years greatly more corrupt than +the government of England, should have fallen with a far heavier +ruin. The movement against the last king of the house of +Stuart was in England conservative, in Scotland +destructive. The English complained not of the law, but of +the violation of the law.’</p> +<p>This was plain-sailing enough; it was our old friend PVF, +floated by the liquids in a body; but as I read on, and turned +the page, and still found PVF with his attendant liquids, I +confess my mind misgave me utterly. This could be no trick +of Macaulay’s; it must be the nature of the English +tongue. In a kind of despair, I turned half-way through the +volume; and coming upon his lordship dealing with General Cannon, +and fresh from Claverhouse and Killiecrankie, here, with +elucidative spelling, was my reward:</p> +<blockquote><p>‘Meanwhile the disorders of Kannon’s +Kamp went on inKreasing. He Kalled a Kouncil of war to +Konsider what Kourse it would be advisable to taKe. But as +soon as the Kouncil had met, a preliminary Kuestion was +raised. The army was almost eKsKlusively a Highland +army. The recent vKktory had been won eKsKlusively by +Highland warriors. Great chie<i>f</i>s who had brought siKs +or Se<i>v</i>en hundred <i>f</i>ighting men into the <i>f</i>ield +did not think it <i>f</i>air that they should be out<i>v</i>oted +by gentlemen <i>f</i>rom Ireland, and <i>f</i>rom the Low +Kountries, who bore indeed King James’s Kommission, and +were Kalled Kolonels and Kaptains, but who were Kolonels without +regiments and Kaptains without Kompanies.’</p> +</blockquote> +<p>A moment of FV in all this world of K’s! It was +not the English language, then, that was an instrument of one +string, but Macaulay that was an incomparable dauber.</p> +<p>It was probably from this barbaric love of repeating the same +sound, rather than from any design of clearness, that he acquired +his irritating habit of repeating words; I say the one rather +than the other, because such a trick of the ear is deeper-seated +and more original in man than any logical consideration. +Few writers, indeed, are probably conscious of the length to +which they push this melody of letters. One, writing very +diligently, and only concerned about the meaning of his words and +the rhythm of his phrases, was struck into amazement by the eager +triumph with which he cancelled one expression to substitute +another. Neither changed the sense; both being +mono-syllables, neither could affect the scansion; and it was +only by looking back on what he had already written that the +mystery was solved: the second word contained an open A, and for +nearly half a page he had been riding that vowel to the +death.</p> +<p>In practice, I should add, the ear is not always so exacting; +and ordinary writers, in ordinary moments, content themselves +with avoiding what is harsh, and here and there, upon a rare +occasion, buttressing a phrase, or linking two together, with a +patch of assonance or a momentary jingle of alliteration. +To understand how constant is this preoccupation of good writers, +even where its results are least obtrusive, it is only necessary +to turn to the bad. There, indeed, you will find cacophony +supreme, the rattle of incongruous consonants only relieved by +the jaw-breaking hiatus, and whole phrases not to be articulated +by the powers of man.</p> +<p><i>Conclusion</i>.—We may now briefly enumerate the +elements of style. We have, peculiar to the prose writer, +the task of keeping his phrases large, rhythmical, and pleasing +to the ear, without ever allowing them to fall into the strictly +metrical: peculiar to the versifier, the task of combining and +contrasting his double, treble, and quadruple pattern, feet and +groups, logic and metre—harmonious in diversity: common to +both, the task of artfully combining the prime elements of +language into phrases that shall be musical in the mouth; the +task of weaving their argument into a texture of committed +phrases and of rounded periods—but this particularly +binding in the case of prose: and, again common to both, the task +of choosing apt, explicit, and communicative words. We +begin to see now what an intricate affair is any perfect passage; +how many faculties, whether of taste or pure reason, must be held +upon the stretch to make it; and why, when it is made, it should +afford us so complete a pleasure. From the arrangement of +according letters, which is altogether arabesque and sensual, up +to the architecture of the elegant and pregnant sentence, which +is a vigorous act of the pure intellect, there is scarce a +faculty in man but has been exercised. We need not wonder, +then, if perfect sentences are rare, and perfect pages rarer.</p> +<h2><a name="page47"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 47</span>THE +MORALITY OF THE PROFESSION OF LETTERS <a +name="citation47a"></a><a href="#footnote47a" +class="citation">[47a]</a></h2> +<p>The profession of letters has been lately debated in the +public prints; and it has been debated, to put the matter mildly, +from a point of view that was calculated to surprise high-minded +men, and bring a general contempt on books and reading. +Some time ago, in particular, a lively, pleasant, popular writer +<a name="citation47b"></a><a href="#footnote47b" +class="citation">[47b]</a> devoted an essay, lively and pleasant +like himself, to a very encouraging view of the profession. +We may be glad that his experience is so cheering, and we may +hope that all others, who deserve it, shall be as handsomely +rewarded; but I do not think we need be at all glad to have this +question, so important to the public and ourselves, debated +solely on the ground of money. The salary in any business +under heaven is not the only, nor indeed the first, +question. That you should continue to exist is a matter for +your own consideration; but that your business should be first +honest, and second useful, are points in which honour and +morality are concerned. If the writer to whom I refer +succeeds in persuading a number of young persons to adopt this +way of life with an eye set singly on the livelihood, we must +expect them in their works to follow profit only, and we must +expect in consequence, if he will pardon me the epithets, a +slovenly, base, untrue, and empty literature. Of that +writer himself I am not speaking: he is diligent, clean, and +pleasing; we all owe him periods of entertainment, and he has +achieved an amiable popularity which he has adequately +deserved. But the truth is, he does not, or did not when he +first embraced it, regard his profession from this purely +mercenary side. He went into it, I shall venture to say, if +not with any noble design, at least in the ardour of a first +love; and he enjoyed its practice long before he paused to +calculate the wage. The other day an author was +complimented on a piece of work, good in itself and exceptionally +good for him, and replied, in terms unworthy of a commercial +traveller that as the book was not briskly selling he did not +give a copper farthing for its merit. It must not be +supposed that the person to whom this answer was addressed +received it as a profession of faith; he knew, on the other hand, +that it was only a whiff of irritation; just as we know, when a +respectable writer talks of literature as a way of life, like +shoemaking, but not so useful, that he is only debating one +aspect of a question, and is still clearly conscious of a dozen +others more important in themselves and more central to the +matter in hand. But while those who treat literature in +this penny-wise and virtue-foolish spirit are themselves truly in +possession of a better light, it does not follow that the +treatment is decent or improving, whether for themselves or +others. To treat all subjects in the highest, the most +honourable, and the pluckiest spirit, consistent with the fact, +is the first duty of a writer. If he be well paid, as I am +glad to hear he is, this duty becomes the more urgent, the +neglect of it the more disgraceful. And perhaps there is no +subject on which a man should speak so gravely as that industry, +whatever it may be, which is the occupation or delight of his +life; which is his tool to earn or serve with; and which, if it +be unworthy, stamps himself as a mere incubus of dumb and greedy +bowels on the shoulders of labouring humanity. On that +subject alone even to force the note might lean to virtue’s +side. It is to be hoped that a numerous and enterprising +generation of writers will follow and surpass the present one; +but it would be better if the stream were stayed, and the roll of +our old, honest English books were closed, than that esurient +book-makers should continue and debase a brave tradition, and +lower, in their own eyes, a famous race. Better that our +serene temples were deserted than filled with trafficking and +juggling priests.</p> +<p>There are two just reasons for the choice of any way of life: +the first is inbred taste in the chooser; the second some high +utility in the industry selected. Literature, like any +other art, is singularly interesting to the artist; and, in a +degree peculiar to itself among the arts, it is useful to +mankind. These are the sufficient justifications for any +young man or woman who adopts it as the business of his +life. I shall not say much about the wages. A writer +can live by his writing. If not so luxuriously as by other +trades, then less luxuriously. The nature of the work he +does all day will more affect his happiness than the quality of +his dinner at night. Whatever be your calling, and however +much it brings you in the year, you could still, you know, get +more by cheating. We all suffer ourselves to be too much +concerned about a little poverty; but such considerations should +not move us in the choice of that which is to be the business and +justification of so great a portion of our lives; and like the +missionary, the patriot, or the philosopher, we should all choose +that poor and brave career in which we can do the most and best +for mankind. Now Nature, faithfully followed, proves +herself a careful mother. A lad, for some liking to the +jingle of words, betakes himself to letters for his life; +by-and-by, when he learns more gravity, he finds that he has +chosen better than he knew; that if he earns little, he is +earning it amply; that if he receives a small wage, he is in a +position to do considerable services; that it is in his power, in +some small measure, to protect the oppressed and to defend the +truth. So kindly is the world arranged, such great profit +may arise from a small degree of human reliance on oneself, and +such, in particular, is the happy star of this trade of writing, +that it should combine pleasure and profit to both parties, and +be at once agreeable, like fiddling, and useful, like good +preaching.</p> +<p>This is to speak of literature at its highest; and with the +four great elders who are still spared to our respect and +admiration, with Carlyle, Ruskin, Browning, and Tennyson before +us, it would be cowardly to consider it at first in any lesser +aspect. But while we cannot follow these athletes, while we +may none of us, perhaps, be very vigorous, very original, or very +wise, I still contend that, in the humblest sort of literary +work, we have it in our power either to do great harm or great +good. We may seek merely to please; we may seek, having no +higher gift, merely to gratify the idle nine days’ +curiosity of our contemporaries; or we may essay, however feebly, +to instruct. In each of these we shall have to deal with +that remarkable art of words which, because it is the dialect of +life, comes home so easily and powerfully to the minds of men; +and since that is so, we contribute, in each of these branches, +to build up the sum of sentiments and appreciations which goes by +the name of Public Opinion or Public Feeling. The total of +a nation’s reading, in these days of daily papers, greatly +modifies the total of the nation’s speech; and the speech +and reading, taken together, form the efficient educational +medium of youth. A good man or woman may keep a youth some +little while in clearer air; but the contemporary atmosphere is +all-powerful in the end on the average of mediocre +characters. The copious Corinthian baseness of the American +reporter or the Parisian <i>chroniquear</i>, both so lightly +readable, must exercise an incalculable influence for ill; they +touch upon all subjects, and on all with the same ungenerous +hand; they begin the consideration of all, in young and +unprepared minds, in an unworthy spirit; on all, they supply some +pungency for dull people to quote. The mere body of this +ugly matter overwhelms the rare utterances of good men; the +sneering, the selfish, and the cowardly are scattered in broad +sheets on every table, while the antidote, in small volumes, lies +unread upon the shelf. I have spoken of the American and +the French, not because they are so much baser, but so much more +readable, than the English; their evil is done more effectively, +in America for the masses, in French for the few that care to +read; but with us as with them, the duties of literature are +daily neglected, truth daily perverted and suppressed, and grave +subjects daily degraded in the treatment. The journalist is +not reckoned an important officer; yet judge of the good he might +do, the harm he does; judge of it by one instance only: that when +we find two journals on the reverse sides of politics each, on +the same day, openly garbling a piece of news for the interest of +its own party, we smile at the discovery (no discovery now!) as +over a good joke and pardonable stratagem. Lying so open is +scarce lying, it is true; but one of the things that we profess +to teach our young is a respect for truth; and I cannot think +this piece of education will be crowned with any great success, +so long as some of us practise and the rest openly approve of +public falsehood.</p> +<p>There are two duties incumbent upon any man who enters on the +business of writing: truth to the fact and a good spirit in the +treatment. In every department of literature, though so low +as hardly to deserve the name, truth to the fact is of importance +to the education and comfort of mankind, and so hard to preserve, +that the faithful trying to do so will lend some dignity to the +man who tries it. Our judgments are based upon two things: +first, upon the original preferences of our soul; but, second, +upon the mass of testimony to the nature of God, man, and the +universe which reaches us, in divers manners, from without. +For the most part these divers manners are reducible to one, all +that we learn of past times and much that we learn of our own +reaching us through the medium of books or papers, and even he +who cannot read learning from the same source at second-hand and +by the report of him who can. Thus the sum of the +contemporary knowledge or ignorance of good and evil is, in large +measure, the handiwork of those who write. Those who write +have to see that each man’s knowledge is, as near as they +can make it, answerable to the facts of life; that he shall not +suppose himself an angel or a monster; nor take this world for a +hell; nor be suffered to imagine that all rights are concentred +in his own caste or country, or all veracities in his own +parochial creed. Each man should learn what is within him, +that he may strive to mend; he must be taught what is without +him, that he may be kind to others. It can never be wrong +to tell him the truth; for, in his disputable state, weaving as +he goes his theory of life, steering himself, cheering or +reproving others, all facts are of the first importance to his +conduct; and even if a fact shall discourage or corrupt him, it +is still best that he should know it; for it is in this world as +it is, and not in a world made easy by educational suppressions, +that he must win his way to shame or glory. In one word, it +must always be foul to tell what is false; and it can never be +safe to suppress what is true. The very fact that you omit +may be the fact which somebody was wanting, for one man’s +meat is another man’s poison, and I have known a person who +was cheered by the perusal of <i>Candide</i>. Every fact is +a part of that great puzzle we must set together; and none that +comes directly in a writer’s path but has some nice +relations, unperceivable by him, to the totality and bearing of +the subject under hand. Yet there are certain classes of +fact eternally more necessary than others, and it is with these +that literature must first bestir itself. They are not hard +to distinguish, nature once more easily leading us; for the +necessary, because the efficacious, facts are those which are +most interesting to the natural mind of man. Those which +are coloured, picturesque, human, and rooted in morality, and +those, on the other hand, which are clear, indisputable, and a +part of science, are alone vital in importance, seizing by their +interest, or useful to communicate. So far as the writer +merely narrates, he should principally tell of these. He +should tell of the kind and wholesome and beautiful elements of +our life; he should tell unsparingly of the evil and sorrow of +the present, to move us with instances: he should tell of wise +and good people in the past, to excite us by example; and of +these he should tell soberly and truthfully, not glossing faults, +that we may neither grow discouraged with ourselves nor exacting +to our neighbours. So the body of contemporary literature, +ephemeral and feeble in itself, touches in the minds of men the +springs of thought and kindness, and supports them (for those who +will go at all are easily supported) on their way to what is true +and right. And if, in any degree, it does so now, how much +more might it do so if the writers chose! There is not a +life in all the records of the past but, properly studied, might +lend a hint and a help to some contemporary. There is not a +juncture in to-day’s affairs but some useful word may yet +be said of it. Even the reporter has an office, and, with +clear eyes and honest language, may unveil injustices and point +the way to progress. And for a last word: in all narration +there is only one way to be clever, and that is to be +exact. To be vivid is a secondary quality which must +presuppose the first; for vividly to convey a wrong impression is +only to make failure conspicuous.</p> +<p>But a fact may be viewed on many sides; it may be chronicled +with rage, tears, laughter, indifference, or admiration, and by +each of these the story will be transformed to something +else. The newspapers that told of the return of our +representatives from Berlin, even if they had not differed as to +the facts, would have sufficiently differed by their spirits; so +that the one description would have been a second ovation, and +the other a prolonged insult. The subject makes but a +trifling part of any piece of literature, and the view of the +writer is itself a fact more important because less disputable +than the others. Now this spirit in which a subject is +regarded, important in all kinds of literary work, becomes +all-important in works of fiction, meditation, or rhapsody; for +there it not only colours but itself chooses the facts; not only +modifies but shapes the work. And hence, over the far +larger proportion of the field of literature, the health or +disease of the writer’s mind or momentary humour forms not +only the leading feature of his work, but is, at bottom, the only +thing he can communicate to others. In all works of art, +widely speaking, it is first of all the author’s attitude +that is narrated, though in the attitude there be implied a whole +experience and a theory of life. An author who has begged +the question and reposes in some narrow faith cannot, if he +would, express the whole or even many of the sides of this +various existence; for, his own life being maim, some of them are +not admitted in his theory, and were only dimly and unwillingly +recognised in his experience. Hence the smallness, the +triteness, and the inhumanity in works of merely sectarian +religion; and hence we find equal although unsimilar limitation +in works inspired by the spirit of the flesh or the despicable +taste for high society. So that the first duty of any man +who is to write is intellectual. Designedly or not, he has +so far set himself up for a leader of the minds of men; and he +must see that his own mind is kept supple, charitable, and +bright. Everything but prejudice should find a voice +through him; he should see the good in all things; where he has +even a fear that he does not wholly understand, there he should +be wholly silent; and he should recognise from the first that he +has only one tool in his workshop, and that tool is sympathy. <a +name="citation64"></a><a href="#footnote64" +class="citation">[64]</a></p> +<p>The second duty, far harder to define, is moral. There +are a thousand different humours in the mind, and about each of +them, when it is uppermost, some literature tends to be +deposited. Is this to be allowed? Not certainly in +every case, and yet perhaps in more than rigourists would +fancy. It were to be desired that all literary work, and +chiefly works of art, issued from sound, human, healthy, and +potent impulses, whether grave or laughing, humorous, romantic, +or religious.</p> +<p>Yet it cannot be denied that some valuable books are partially +insane; some, mostly religious, partially inhuman; and very many +tainted with morbidity and impotence. We do not loathe a +masterpiece although we gird against its blemishes. We are +not, above all, to look for faults, but merits. There is no +book perfect, even in design; but there are many that will +delight, improve, or encourage the reader. On the one hand, +the Hebrew psalms are the only religious poetry on earth; yet +they contain sallies that savour rankly of the man of +blood. On the other hand, Alfred de Musset had a poisoned +and a contorted nature; I am only quoting that generous and +frivolous giant, old Dumas, when I accuse him of a bad heart; +yet, when the impulse under which he wrote was purely creative, +he could give us works like <i>Carmosine</i> or <i>Fantasio</i>, +in which the last note of the romantic comedy seems to have been +found again to touch and please us. When Flaubert wrote +<i>Madame Bovary</i>, I believe he thought chiefly of a somewhat +morbid realism; and behold! the book turned in his hands into a +masterpiece of appalling morality. But the truth is, when +books are conceived under a great stress, with a soul of ninefold +power, nine times heated and electrified by effort, the +conditions of our being are seized with such an ample grasp, +that, even should the main design be trivial or base, some truth +and beauty cannot fail to be expressed. Out of the strong +comes forth sweetness; but an ill thing poorly done is an ill +thing top and bottom. And so this can be no encouragement +to knock-kneed, feeble-wristed scribes, who must take their +business conscientiously or be ashamed to practise it.</p> +<p>Man is imperfect; yet, in his literature, he must express +himself and his own views and preferences; for to do anything +else is to do a far more perilous thing than to risk being +immoral: it is to be sure of being untrue. To ape a +sentiment, even a good one, is to travesty a sentiment; that will +not be helpful. To conceal a sentiment, if you are sure you +hold it, is to take a liberty with truth. There is probably +no point of view possible to a sane man but contains some truth +and, in the true connection, might be profitable to the +race. I am not afraid of the truth, if any one could tell +it me, but I am afraid of parts of it impertinently +uttered. There is a time to dance and a time to mourn; to +be harsh as well as to be sentimental; to be ascetic as well as +to glorify the appetites; and if a man were to combine all these +extremes into his work, each in its place and proportion, that +work would be the world’s masterpiece of morality as well +as of art. Partiality is immorality; for any book is wrong +that gives a misleading picture of the world and life. The +trouble is that the weakling must be partial; the work of one +proving dank and depressing; of another, cheap and vulgar; of a +third, epileptically sensual; of a fourth, sourly ascetic. +In literature as in conduct, you can never hope to do exactly +right. All you can do is to make as sure as possible; and +for that there is but one rule. Nothing should be done in a +hurry that can be done slowly. It is no use to write a book +and put it by for nine or even ninety years; for in the writing +you will have partly convinced yourself; the delay must precede +any beginning; and if you meditate a work of art, you should +first long roll the subject under the tongue to make sure you +like the flavour, before you brew a volume that shall taste of it +from end to end; or if you propose to enter on the field of +controversy, you should first have thought upon the question +under all conditions, in health as well as in sickness, in sorrow +as well as in joy. It is this nearness of examination +necessary for any true and kind writing, that makes the practice +of the art a prolonged and noble education for the writer.</p> +<p>There is plenty to do, plenty to say, or to say over again, in +the meantime. Any literary work which conveys faithful +facts or pleasing impressions is a service to the public. +It is even a service to be thankfully proud of having +rendered. The slightest novels are a blessing to those in +distress, not chloroform itself a greater. Our fine old +sea-captain’s life was justified when Carlyle soothed his +mind with <i>The King’s Own</i> or <i>Newton +Forster</i>. To please is to serve; and so far from its +being difficult to instruct while you amuse, it is difficult to +do the one thoroughly without the other. Some part of the +writer or his life will crop out in even a vapid book; and to +read a novel that was conceived with any force is to multiply +experience and to exercise the sympathies.</p> +<p>Every article, every piece of verse, every essay, every +<i>entre-filet</i>, is destined to pass, however swiftly, through +the minds of some portion of the public, and to colour, however +transiently, their thoughts. When any subject falls to be +discussed, some scribbler on a paper has the invaluable +opportunity of beginning its discussion in a dignified and human +spirit; and if there were enough who did so in our public press, +neither the public nor the Parliament would find it in their +minds to drop to meaner thoughts. The writer has the chance +to stumble, by the way, on something pleasing, something +interesting, something encouraging, were it only to a single +reader. He will be unfortunate, indeed, if he suit no +one. He has the chance, besides, to stumble on something +that a dull person shall be able to comprehend; and for a dull +person to have read anything and, for that once, comprehended it, +makes a marking epoch in his education.</p> +<p>Here, then, is work worth doing and worth trying to do +well. And so, if I were minded to welcome any great +accession to our trade, it should not be from any reason of a +higher wage, but because it was a trade which was useful in a +very great and in a very high degree; which every honest +tradesman could make more serviceable to mankind in his single +strength; which was difficult to do well and possible to do +better every year; which called for scrupulous thought on the +part of all who practised it, and hence became a perpetual +education to their nobler natures; and which, pay it as you +please, in the large majority of the best cases will still be +underpaid. For surely, at this time of day in the +nineteenth century, there is nothing that an honest man should +fear more timorously than getting and spending more than he +deserves.</p> +<h2><a name="page75"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 75</span>BOOKS +WHICH HAVE INFLUENCED ME <a name="citation75a"></a><a +href="#footnote75a" class="citation">[75a]</a></h2> +<p>The Editor <a name="citation75b"></a><a href="#footnote75b" +class="citation">[75b]</a> has somewhat insidiously laid a trap +for his correspondents, the question put appearing at first so +innocent, truly cutting so deep. It is not, indeed, until +after some reconnaissance and review that the writer awakes to +find himself engaged upon something in the nature of +autobiography, or, perhaps worse, upon a chapter in the life of +that little, beautiful brother whom we once all had, and whom we +have all lost and mourned, the man we ought to have been, the man +we hoped to be. But when word has been passed (even to an +editor), it should, if possible, be kept; and if sometimes I am +wise and say too little, and sometimes weak and say too much, the +blame must lie at the door of the person who entrapped me.</p> +<p>The most influential books, and the truest in their influence, +are works of fiction. They do not pin the reader to a +dogma, which he must afterwards discover to be inexact; they do +not teach him a lesson, which he must afterwards unlearn. +They repeat, they rearrange, they clarify the lessons of life; +they disengage us from ourselves, they constrain us to the +acquaintance of others; and they show us the web of experience, +not as we can see it for ourselves, but with a singular +change—that monstrous, consuming <i>ego</i> of ours being, +for the nonce, struck out. To be so, they must be +reasonably true to the human comedy; and any work that is so +serves the turn of instruction. But the course of our +education is answered best by those poems and romances where we +breathe a magnanimous atmosphere of thought and meet generous and +pious characters. Shakespeare has served me best. Few +living friends have had upon me an influence so strong for good +as Hamlet or Rosalind. The last character, already well +beloved in the reading, I had the good fortune to see, I must +think, in an impressionable hour, played by Mrs. Scott +Siddons. Nothing has ever more moved, more delighted, more +refreshed me; nor has the influence quite passed away. +Kent’s brief speech over the dying Lear had a great effect +upon my mind, and was the burthen of my reflections for long, so +profoundly, so touchingly generous did it appear in sense, so +overpowering in expression. Perhaps my dearest and best +friend outside of Shakespeare is D’Artagnan—the +elderly D’Artagnan of the <i>Vicomte de +Bragelonne</i>. I know not a more human soul, nor, in his +way, a finer; I shall be very sorry for the man who is so much of +a pedant in morals that he cannot learn from the Captain of +Musketeers. Lastly, I must name the <i>Pilgrim’s +Progress</i>, a book that breathes of every beautiful and +valuable emotion.</p> +<p>But of works of art little can be said; their influence is +profound and silent, like the influence of nature; they mould by +contact; we drink them up like water, and are bettered, yet know +not how. It is in books more specifically didactic that we +can follow out the effect, and distinguish and weigh and +compare. A book which has been very influential upon me +fell early into my hands, and so may stand first, though I think +its influence was only sensible later on, and perhaps still keeps +growing, for it is a book not easily outlived: the <i>Essais</i> +of Montaigne. That temperate and genial picture of life is +a great gift to place in the hands of persons of to-day; they +will find in these smiling pages a magazine of heroism and +wisdom, all of an antique strain; they will have their +‘linen decencies’ and excited orthodoxies fluttered, +and will (if they have any gift of reading) perceive that these +have not been fluttered without some excuse and ground of reason; +and (again if they have any gift of reading) they will end by +seeing that this old gentleman was in a dozen ways a finer +fellow, and held in a dozen ways a nobler view of life, than they +or their contemporaries.</p> +<p>The next book, in order of time, to influence me, was the New +Testament, and in particular the Gospel according to St. +Matthew. I believe it would startle and move any one if +they could make a certain effort of imagination and read it +freshly like a book, not droningly and dully like a portion of +the Bible. Any one would then be able to see in it those +truths which we are all courteously supposed to know and all +modestly refrain from applying. But upon this subject it is +perhaps better to be silent.</p> +<p>I come next to Whitman’s <i>Leaves of Grass</i>, a book +of singular service, a book which tumbled the world upside down +for me, blew into space a thousand cobwebs of genteel and ethical +illusion, and, having thus shaken my tabernacle of lies, set me +back again upon a strong foundation of all the original and manly +virtues. But it is, once more, only a book for those who +have the gift of reading. I will be very frank—I +believe it is so with all good books except, perhaps, +fiction. The average man lives, and must live, so wholly in +convention, that gunpowder charges of the truth are more apt to +discompose than to invigorate his creed. Either he cries +out upon blasphemy and indecency, and crouches the closer round +that little idol of part-truths and part-conveniences which is +the contemporary deity, or he is convinced by what is new, +forgets what is old, and becomes truly blasphemous and indecent +himself. New truth is only useful to supplement the old; +rough truth is only wanted to expand, not to destroy, our civil +and often elegant conventions. He who cannot judge had +better stick to fiction and the daily papers. There he will +get little harm, and, in the first at least, some good.</p> +<p>Close upon the back of my discovery of Whitman, I came under +the influence of Herbert Spencer. No more persuasive rabbi +exists, and few better. How much of his vast structure will +bear the touch of time, how much is clay and how much brass, it +were too curious to inquire. But his words, if dry, are +always manly and honest; there dwells in his pages a spirit of +highly abstract joy, plucked naked like an algebraic symbol but +still joyful; and the reader will find there a <i>caput +mortuum</i> of piety, with little indeed of its loveliness, but +with most of its essentials; and these two qualities make him a +wholesome, as his intellectual vigour makes him a bracing, +writer. I should be much of a hound if I lost my gratitude +to Herbert Spencer.</p> +<p><i>Goethe’s Life</i>, by Lewes, had a great importance +for me when it first fell into my hands—a strange instance +of the partiality of man’s good and man’s evil. +I know no one whom I less admire than Goethe; he seems a very +epitome of the sins of genius, breaking open the doors of private +life, and wantonly wounding friends, in that crowning offence of +<i>Werther</i>, and in his own character a mere pen-and-ink +Napoleon, conscious of the rights and duties of superior talents +as a Spanish inquisitor was conscious of the rights and duties of +his office. And yet in his fine devotion to his art, in his +honest and serviceable friendship for Schiller, what lessons are +contained! Biography, usually so false to its office, does +here for once perform for us some of the work of fiction, +reminding us, that is, of the truly mingled tissue of man’s +nature, and how huge faults and shining virtues cohabit and +persevere in the same character. History serves us well to +this effect, but in the originals, not in the pages of the +popular epitomiser, who is bound, by the very nature of his task, +to make us feel the difference of epochs instead of the essential +identity of man, and even in the originals only to those who can +recognise their own human virtues and defects in strange forms, +often inverted and under strange names, often interchanged. +Martial is a poet of no good repute, and it gives a man new +thoughts to read his works dispassionately, and find in this +unseemly jester’s serious passages the image of a kind, +wise, and self-respecting gentleman. It is customary, I +suppose, in reading Martial, to leave out these pleasant verses; +I never heard of them, at least, until I found them for myself; +and this partiality is one among a thousand things that help to +build up our distorted and hysterical conception of the great +Roman Empire.</p> +<p>This brings us by a natural transition to a very noble +book—the <i>Meditations</i> of Marcus Aurelius. The +dispassionate gravity, the noble forgetfulness of self, the +tenderness of others, that are there expressed and were practised +on so great a scale in the life of its writer, make this book a +book quite by itself. No one can read it and not be +moved. Yet it scarcely or rarely appeals to the +feelings—those very mobile, those not very trusty parts of +man. Its address lies further back: its lesson comes more +deeply home; when you have read, you carry away with you a memory +of the man himself; it is as though you had touched a loyal hand, +looked into brave eyes, and made a noble friend; there is another +bond on you thenceforward, binding you to life and to the love of +virtue.</p> +<p>Wordsworth should perhaps come next. Every one has been +influenced by Wordsworth, and it is hard to tell precisely +how. A certain innocence, a rugged austerity of joy, a +sight of the stars, ‘the silence that is in the lonely +hills,’ something of the cold thrill of dawn, cling to his +work and give it a particular address to what is best in +us. I do not know that you learn a lesson; you need +not—Mill did not—agree with any one of his beliefs; +and yet the spell is cast. Such are the best teachers; a +dogma learned is only a new error—the old one was perhaps +as good; but a spirit communicated is a perpetual +possession. These best teachers climb beyond teaching to +the plane of art; it is themselves, and what is best in +themselves, that they communicate.</p> +<p>I should never forgive myself if I forgot <i>The +Egoist</i>. It is art, if you like, but it belongs purely +to didactic art, and from all the novels I have read (and I have +read thousands) stands in a place by itself. Here is a +Nathan for the modern David; here is a book to send the blood +into men’s faces. Satire, the angry picture of human +faults, is not great art; we can all be angry with our neighbour; +what we want is to be shown, not his defects, of which we are too +conscious, but his merits, to which we are too blind. And +<i>The Egoist</i> is a satire; so much must be allowed; but it is +a satire of a singular quality, which tells you nothing of that +obvious mote, which is engaged from first to last with that +invisible beam. It is yourself that is hunted down; these +are your own faults that are dragged into the day and numbered, +with lingering relish, with cruel cunning and precision. A +young friend of Mr. Meredith’s (as I have the story) came +to him in an agony. ‘This is too bad of you,’ +he cried. ‘Willoughby is me!’ ‘No, +my dear fellow,’ said the author; ‘he is all of +us.’</p> +<p>I have read <i>The Egoist</i> five or six times myself, and I +mean to read it again; for I am like the young friend of the +anecdote—I think Willoughby an unmanly but a very +serviceable exposure of myself.</p> +<p>I suppose, when I am done, I shall find that I have forgotten +much that was most influential, as I see already I have forgotten +Thoreau, and Hazlitt, whose paper ‘On the Spirit of +Obligations’ was a turning-point in my life, and Penn, +whose little book of aphorisms had a brief but strong effect on +me, and Mitford’s <i>Tales of Old Japan</i>, wherein I +learned for the first time the proper attitude of any rational +man to his country’s laws—a secret found, and kept, +in the Asiatic islands. That I should commemorate all is +more than I can hope or the Editor could ask. It will be +more to the point, after having said so much upon improving +books, to say a word or two about the improvable reader. +The gift of reading, as I have called it, is not very common, nor +very generally understood. It consists, first of all, in a +vast intellectual endowment—a free grace, I find I must +call it—by which a man rises to understand that he is not +punctually right, nor those from whom he differs absolutely +wrong. He may hold dogmas; he may hold them passionately; +and he may know that others hold them but coldly, or hold them +differently, or hold them not at all. Well, if he has the +gift of reading, these others will be full of meat for him. +They will see the other side of propositions and the other side +of virtues. He need not change his dogma for that, but he +may change his reading of that dogma, and he must supplement and +correct his deductions from it. A human truth, which is +always very much a lie, hides as much of life as it +displays. It is men who hold another truth, or, as it seems +to us, perhaps, a dangerous lie, who can extend our restricted +field of knowledge, and rouse our drowsy consciences. +Something that seems quite new, or that seems insolently false or +very dangerous, is the test of a reader. If he tries to see +what it means, what truth excuses it, he has the gift, and let +him read. If he is merely hurt, or offended, or exclaims +upon his author’s folly, he had better take to the daily +papers; he will never be a reader.</p> +<p>And here, with the aptest illustrative force, after I have +laid down my part-truth, I must step in with its opposite. +For, after all, we are vessels of a very limited content. +Not all men can read all books; it is only in a chosen few that +any man will find his appointed food; and the fittest lessons are +the most palatable, and make themselves welcome to the +mind. A writer learns this early, and it is his chief +support; he goes on unafraid, laying down the law; and he is sure +at heart that most of what he says is demonstrably false, and +much of a mingled strain, and some hurtful, and very little good +for service; but he is sure besides that when his words fall into +the hands of any genuine reader, they will be weighed and +winnowed, and only that which suits will be assimilated; and when +they fall into the hands of one who cannot intelligently read, +they come there quite silent and inarticulate, falling upon deaf +ears, and his secret is kept as if he had not written.</p> +<h2><a name="page93"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 93</span>A NOTE +ON REALISM <a name="citation93"></a><a href="#footnote93" +class="citation">[93]</a></h2> +<p>Style is the invariable mark of any master; and for the +student who does not aspire so high as to be numbered with the +giants, it is still the one quality in which he may improve +himself at will. Passion, wisdom, creative force, the power +of mystery or colour, are allotted in the hour of birth, and can +be neither learned nor simulated. But the just and +dexterous use of what qualities we have, the proportion of one +part to another and to the whole, the elision of the useless, the +accentuation of the important, and the preservation of a uniform +character from end to end—these, which taken together +constitute technical perfection, are to some degree within the +reach of industry and intellectual courage. What to put in +and what to leave out; whether some particular fact be +organically necessary or purely ornamental; whether, if it be +purely ornamental, it may not weaken or obscure the general +design; and finally, whether, if we decide to use it, we should +do so grossly and notably, or in some conventional disguise: are +questions of plastic style continually rearising. And the +sphinx that patrols the highways of executive art has no more +unanswerable riddle to propound.</p> +<p>In literature (from which I must draw my instances) the great +change of the past century has been effected by the admission of +detail. It was inaugurated by the romantic Scott; and at +length, by the semi-romantic Balzac and his more or less wholly +unromantic followers, bound like a duty on the novelist. +For some time it signified and expressed a more ample +contemplation of the conditions of man’s life; but it has +recently (at least in France) fallen into a merely technical and +decorative stage, which it is, perhaps, still too harsh to call +survival. With a movement of alarm, the wiser or more timid +begin to fall a little back from these extremities; they begin to +aspire after a more naked, narrative articulation; after the +succinct, the dignified, and the poetic; and as a means to this, +after a general lightening of this baggage of detail. After +Scott we beheld the starveling story—once, in the hands of +Voltaire, as abstract as a parable—begin to be pampered +upon facts. The introduction of these details developed a +particular ability of hand; and that ability, childishly +indulged, has led to the works that now amaze us on a railway +journey. A man of the unquestionable force of M. Zola +spends himself on technical successes. To afford a popular +flavour and attract the mob, he adds a steady current of what I +may be allowed to call the rancid. That is exciting to the +moralist; but what more particularly interests the artist is this +tendency of the extreme of detail, when followed as a principle, +to degenerate into mere <i>feux-de-joie</i> of literary +tricking. The other day even M. Daudet was to be heard +babbling of audible colours and visible sounds.</p> +<p>This odd suicide of one branch of the realists may serve to +remind us of the fact which underlies a very dusty conflict of +the critics. All representative art, which can be said to +live, is both realistic and ideal; and the realism about which we +quarrel is a matter purely of externals. It is no especial +cultus of nature and veracity, but a mere whim of veering +fashion, that has made us turn our back upon the larger, more +various, and more romantic art of yore. A photographic +exactitude in dialogue is now the exclusive fashion; but even in +the ablest hands it tells us no more—I think it even tells +us less—than Molière, wielding his artificial +medium, has told to us and to all time of Alceste or Orgon, +Dorine or Chrysale. The historical novel is +forgotten. Yet truth to the conditions of man’s +nature and the conditions of man’s life, the truth of +literary art, is free of the ages. It may be told us in a +carpet comedy, in a novel of adventure, or a fairy tale. +The scene may be pitched in London, on the sea-coast of Bohemia, +or away on the mountains of Beulah. And by an odd and +luminous accident, if there is any page of literature calculated +to awake the envy of M. Zola, it must be that <i>Troilus and +Cressida</i> which Shakespeare, in a spasm of unmanly anger with +the world, grafted on the heroic story of the siege of Troy.</p> +<p>This question of realism, let it then be clearly understood, +regards not in the least degree the fundamental truth, but only +the technical method, of a work of art. Be as ideal or as +abstract as you please, you will be none the less veracious; but +if you be weak, you run the risk of being tedious and +inexpressive; and if you be very strong and honest, you may +chance upon a masterpiece.</p> +<p>A work of art is first cloudily conceived in the mind; during +the period of gestation it stands more clearly forward from these +swaddling mists, puts on expressive lineaments, and becomes at +length that most faultless, but also, alas! that incommunicable +product of the human mind, a perfected design. On the +approach to execution all is changed. The artist must now +step down, don his working clothes, and become the artisan. +He now resolutely commits his airy conception, his delicate +Ariel, to the touch of matter; he must decide, almost in a +breath, the scale, the style, the spirit, and the particularity +of execution of his whole design.</p> +<p>The engendering idea of some works is stylistic; a technical +preoccupation stands them instead of some robuster principle of +life. And with these the execution is but play; for the +stylistic problem is resolved beforehand, and all large +originality of treatment wilfully foregone. Such are the +verses, intricately designed, which we have learnt to admire, +with a certain smiling admiration, at the hands of Mr. Lang and +Mr. Dobson; such, too, are those canvases where dexterity or even +breadth of plastic style takes the place of pictorial nobility of +design. So, it may be remarked, it was easier to begin to +write <i>Esmond</i> than <i>Vanity Fair</i>, since, in the first, +the style was dictated by the nature of the plan; and Thackeray, +a man probably of some indolence of mind, enjoyed and got good +profit of this economy of effort. But the case is +exceptional. Usually in all works of art that have been +conceived from within outwards, and generously nourished from the +author’s mind, the moment in which he begins to execute is +one of extreme perplexity and strain. Artists of +indifferent energy and an imperfect devotion to their own ideal +make this ungrateful effort once for all; and, having formed a +style, adhere to it through life. But those of a higher +order cannot rest content with a process which, as they continue +to employ it, must infallibly degenerate towards the academic and +the cut-and-dried. Every fresh work in which they embark is +the signal for a fresh engagement of the whole forces of their +mind; and the changing views which accompany the growth of their +experience are marked by still more sweeping alterations in the +manner of their art. So that criticism loves to dwell upon +and distinguish the varying periods of a Raphael, a Shakespeare, +or a Beethoven.</p> +<p>It is, then, first of all, at this initial and decisive moment +when execution is begun, and thenceforth only in a less degree, +that the ideal and the real do indeed, like good and evil angels, +contend for the direction of the work. Marble, paint, and +language, the pen, the needle, and the brush, all have their +grossnesses, their ineffable impotences, their hours, if I may so +express myself, of insubordination. It is the work and it +is a great part of the delight of any artist to contend with +these unruly tools, and now by brute energy, now by witty +expedient, to drive and coax them to effect his will. Given +these means, so laughably inadequate, and given the interest, the +intensity, and the multiplicity of the actual sensation whose +effect he is to render with their aid, the artist has one main +and necessary resource which he must, in every case and upon any +theory, employ. He must, that is, suppress much and omit +more. He must omit what is tedious or irrelevant, and +suppress what is tedious and necessary. But such facts as, +in regard to the main design, subserve a variety of purposes, he +will perforce and eagerly retain. And it is the mark of the +very highest order of creative art to be woven exclusively of +such. There, any fact that is registered is contrived a +double or a treble debt to pay, and is at once an ornament in its +place, and a pillar in the main design. Nothing would find +room in such a picture that did not serve, at once, to complete +the composition, to accentuate the scheme of colour, to +distinguish the planes of distance, and to strike the note of the +selected sentiment; nothing would be allowed in such a story that +did not, at the same time, expedite the progress of the fable, +build up the characters, and strike home the moral or the +philosophical design. But this is unattainable. As a +rule, so far from building the fabric of our works exclusively +with these, we are thrown into a rapture if we think we can +muster a dozen or a score of them, to be the plums of our +confection. And hence, in order that the canvas may be +filled or the story proceed from point to point, other details +must be admitted. They must be admitted, alas! upon a +doubtful title; many without marriage robes. Thus any work +of art, as it proceeds towards completion, too often—I had +almost written always—loses in force and poignancy of main +design. Our little air is swamped and dwarfed among hardly +relevant orchestration; our little passionate story drowns in a +deep sea of descriptive eloquence or slipshod talk.</p> +<p>But again, we are rather more tempted to admit those +particulars which we know we can describe; and hence those most +of all which, having been described very often, have grown to be +conventionally treated in the practice of our art. These we +choose, as the mason chooses the acanthus to adorn his capital, +because they come naturally to the accustomed hand. The old +stock incidents and accessories, tricks of workmanship and +schemes of composition (all being admirably good, or they would +long have been forgotten) haunt and tempt our fancy, offer us +ready-made but not perfectly appropriate solutions for any +problem that arises, and wean us from the study of nature and the +uncompromising practice of art. To struggle, to face +nature, to find fresh solutions, and give expression to facts +which have not yet been adequately or not yet elegantly +expressed, is to run a little upon the danger of extreme +self-love. Difficulty sets a high price upon achievement; +and the artist may easily fall into the error of the French +naturalists, and consider any fact as welcome to admission if it +be the ground of brilliant handiwork; or, again, into the error +of the modern landscape-painter, who is apt to think that +difficulty overcome and science well displayed can take the place +of what is, after all, the one excuse and breath of +art—charm. A little further, and he will regard charm +in the light of an unworthy sacrifice to prettiness, and the +omission of a tedious passage as an infidelity to art.</p> +<p>We have now the matter of this difference before us. The +idealist, his eye singly fixed upon the greater outlines, loves +rather to fill up the interval with detail of the conventional +order, briefly touched, soberly suppressed in tone, courting +neglect. But the realist, with a fine intemperance, will +not suffer the presence of anything so dead as a convention; he +shall have all fiery, all hot-pressed from nature, all +charactered and notable, seizing the eye. The style that +befits either of these extremes, once chosen, brings with it its +necessary disabilities and dangers. The immediate danger of +the realist is to sacrifice the beauty and significance of the +whole to local dexterity, or, in the insane pursuit of +completion, to immolate his readers under facts; but he comes in +the last resort, and as his energy declines, to discard all +design, abjure all choice, and, with scientific thoroughness, +steadily to communicate matter which is not worth learning. +The danger of the idealist is, of course, to become merely null +and lose all grip of fact, particularity, or passion.</p> +<p>We talk of bad and good. Everything, indeed, is good +which is conceived with honesty and executed with communicative +ardour. But though on neither side is dogmatism fitting, +and though in every case the artist must decide for himself, and +decide afresh and yet afresh for each succeeding work and new +creation; yet one thing may be generally said, that we of the +last quarter of the nineteenth century, breathing as we do the +intellectual atmosphere of our age, are more apt to err upon the +side of realism than to sin in quest of the ideal. Upon +that theory it may be well to watch and correct our own +decisions, always holding back the hand from the least appearance +of irrelevant dexterity, and resolutely fixed to begin no work +that is not philosophical, passionate, dignified, happily +mirthful, or, at the last and least, romantic in design.</p> +<h2><a name="page111"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 111</span>MY +FIRST BOOK: ‘TREASURE ISLAND’ <a +name="citation111"></a><a href="#footnote111" +class="citation">[111]</a></h2> +<p>It was far indeed from being my first book, for I am not a +novelist alone. But I am well aware that my paymaster, the +Great Public, regards what else I have written with indifference, +if not aversion; if it call upon me at all, it calls on me in the +familiar and indelible character; and when I am asked to talk of +my first book, no question in the world but what is meant is my +first novel.</p> +<p>Sooner or later, somehow, anyhow, I was bound to write a +novel. It seems vain to ask why. Men are born with +various manias: from my earliest childhood, it was mine to make a +plaything of imaginary series of events; and as soon as I was +able to write, I became a good friend to the paper-makers. +Reams upon reams must have gone to the making of +‘Rathillet,’ ‘The Pentland Rising,’ <a +name="citation112"></a><a href="#footnote112" +class="citation">[112]</a> ‘The King’s Pardon’ +(otherwise ‘Park Whitehead’), ‘Edward +Daven,’ ‘A Country Dance,’ and ‘A +Vendetta in the West’; and it is consolatory to remember +that these reams are now all ashes, and have been received again +into the soil. I have named but a few of my ill-fated +efforts, only such indeed as came to a fair bulk ere they were +desisted from; and even so they cover a long vista of +years. ‘Rathillet’ was attempted before +fifteen, ‘The Vendetta’ at twenty-nine, and the +succession of defeats lasted unbroken till I was +thirty-one. By that time, I had written little books and +little essays and short stories; and had got patted on the back +and paid for them—though not enough to live upon. I +had quite a reputation, I was the successful man; I passed my +days in toil, the futility of which would sometimes make my cheek +to burn—that I should spend a man’s energy upon this +business, and yet could not earn a livelihood: and still there +shone ahead of me an unattained ideal: although I had attempted +the thing with vigour not less than ten or twelve times, I had +not yet written a novel. All—all my pretty +ones—had gone for a little, and then stopped inexorably +like a schoolboy’s watch. I might be compared to a +cricketer of many years’ standing who should never have +made a run. Anybody can write a short story—a bad +one, I mean—who has industry and paper and time enough; but +not every one may hope to write even a bad novel. It is the +length that kills.</p> +<p>The accepted novelist may take his novel up and put it down, +spend days upon it in vain, and write not any more than he makes +haste to blot. Not so the beginner. Human nature has +certain rights; instinct—the instinct of +self-preservation—forbids that any man (cheered and +supported by the consciousness of no previous victory) should +endure the miseries of unsuccessful literary toil beyond a period +to be measured in weeks. There must be something for hope +to feed upon. The beginner must have a slant of wind, a +lucky vein must be running, he must be in one of those hours when +the words come and the phrases balance of +themselves—<i>even to begin</i>. And having begun, +what a dread looking forward is that until the book shall be +accomplished! For so long a time, the slant is to continue +unchanged, the vein to keep running, for so long a time you must +keep at command the same quality of style: for so long a time +your puppets are to be always vital, always consistent, always +vigorous! I remember I used to look, in those days, upon +every three-volume novel with a sort of veneration, as a +feat—not possibly of literature—but at least of +physical and moral endurance and the courage of Ajax.</p> +<p>In the fated year I came to live with my father and mother at +Kinnaird, above Pitlochry. Then I walked on the red moors +and by the side of the golden burn; the rude, pure air of our +mountains inspirited, if it did not inspire us, and my wife and I +projected a joint volume of logic stories, for which she wrote +‘The Shadow on the Bed,’ and I turned out +‘Thrawn Janet,’ and a first draft of ‘The Merry +Men.’ I love my native air, but it does not love me; +and the end of this delightful period was a cold, a fly-blister, +and a migration by Strathairdle and Glenshee to the Castleton of +Braemar.</p> +<p>There it blew a good deal and rained in a proportion; my +native air was more unkind than man’s ingratitude, and I +must consent to pass a good deal of my time between four walls in +a house lugubriously known as the Late Miss McGregor’s +Cottage. And now admire the finger of predestination. +There was a schoolboy in the Late Miss McGregor’s Cottage, +home from the holidays, and much in want of ‘something +craggy to break his mind upon.’ He had no thought of +literature; it was the art of Raphael that received his fleeting +suffrages; and with the aid of pen and ink and a shilling box of +water colours, he had soon turned one of the rooms into a picture +gallery. My more immediate duty towards the gallery was to +be showman; but I would sometimes unbend a little, join the +artist (so to speak) at the easel, and pass the afternoon with +him in a generous emulation, making coloured drawings. On +one of these occasions, I made the map of an island; it was +elaborately and (I thought) beautifully coloured; the shape of it +took my fancy beyond expression; it contained harbours that +pleased me like sonnets; and with the unconsciousness of the +predestined, I ticketed my performance ‘Treasure +Island.’ I am told there are people who do not care +for maps, and find it hard to believe. The names, the +shapes of the woodlands, the courses of the roads and rivers, the +prehistoric footsteps of man still distinctly traceable up hill +and down dale, the mills and the ruins, the ponds and the +ferries, perhaps the <i>Standing Stone</i> or the <i>Druidic +Circle</i> on the heath; here is an inexhaustible fund of +interest for any man with eyes to see or twopence-worth of +imagination to understand with! No child but must remember +laying his head in the grass, staring into the infinitesimal +forest and seeing it grow populous with fairy armies.</p> +<p>Somewhat in this way, as I paused upon my map of +‘Treasure Island,’ the future character of the book +began to appear there visibly among imaginary woods; and their +brown faces and bright weapons peeped out upon me from unexpected +quarters, as they passed to and fro, fighting and hunting +treasure, on these few square inches of a flat projection. +The next thing I knew I had some papers before me and was writing +out a list of chapters. How often have I done so, and the +thing gone no further! But there seemed elements of success +about this enterprise. It was to be a story for boys; no +need of psychology or fine writing; and I had a boy at hand to be +a touchstone. Women were excluded. I was unable to +handle a brig (which the <i>Hispaniola</i> should have been), but +I thought I could make shift to sail her as a schooner without +public shame. And then I had an idea for John Silver from +which I promised myself funds of entertainment; to take an +admired friend of mine (whom the reader very likely knows and +admires as much as I do), to deprive him of all his finer +qualities and higher graces of temperament, to leave him with +nothing but his strength, his courage, his quickness, and his +magnificent geniality, and to try to express these in terms of +the culture of a raw tarpaulin. Such psychical surgery is, +I think, a common way of ‘making character’; perhaps +it is, indeed, the only way. We can put in the quaint +figure that spoke a hundred words with us yesterday by the +wayside; but do we know him? Our friend, with his infinite +variety and flexibility, we know—but can we put him +in? Upon the first, we must engraft secondary and imaginary +qualities, possibly all wrong; from the second, knife in hand, we +must cut away and deduct the needless arborescence of his nature, +but the trunk and the few branches that remain we may at least be +fairly sure of.</p> +<p>On a chill September morning, by the cheek of a brisk fire, +and the rain drumming on the window, I began <i>The Sea Cook</i>, +for that was the original title. I have begun (and +finished) a number of other books, but I cannot remember to have +sat down to one of them with more complacency. It is not to +be wondered at, for stolen waters are proverbially sweet. I +am now upon a painful chapter. No doubt the parrot once +belonged to Robinson Crusoe. No doubt the skeleton is +conveyed from Poe. I think little of these, they are +trifles and details; and no man can hope to have a monopoly of +skeletons or make a corner in talking birds. The stockade, +I am told, is from <i>Masterman Ready</i>. It may be, I +care not a jot. These useful writers had fulfilled the +poet’s saying: departing, they had left behind them +Footprints on the sands of time, Footprints which perhaps +another—and I was the other! It is my debt to +Washington Irving that exercises my conscience, and justly so, +for I believe plagiarism was rarely carried farther. I +chanced to pick up the <i>Tales of a Traveller</i> some years ago +with a view to an anthology of prose narrative, and the book flew +up and struck me: Billy Bones, his chest, the company in the +parlour, the whole inner spirit, and a good deal of the material +detail of my first chapters—all were there, all were the +property of Washington Irving. But I had no guess of it +then as I sat writing by the fireside, in what seemed the +spring-tides of a somewhat pedestrian inspiration; nor yet day by +day, after lunch, as I read aloud my morning’s work to the +family. It seemed to me original as sin; it seemed to +belong to me like my right eye. I had counted on one boy, I +found I had two in my audience. My father caught fire at +once with all the romance and childishness of his original +nature. His own stories, that every night of his life he +put himself to sleep with, dealt perpetually with ships, roadside +inns, robbers, old sailors, and commercial travellers before the +era of steam. He never finished one of these romances; the +lucky man did not require to! But in <i>Treasure Island</i> +he recognised something kindred to his own imagination; it was +<i>his</i> kind of picturesque; and he not only heard with +delight the daily chapter, but set himself acting to +collaborate. When the time came for Billy Bones’s +chest to be ransacked, he must have passed the better part of a +day preparing, on the back of a legal envelope, an inventory of +its contents, which I exactly followed; and the name of +‘Flint’s old ship’—the +<i>Walrus</i>—was given at his particular request. +And now who should come dropping in, <i>ex machinâ</i>, but +Dr. Japp, like the disguised prince who is to bring down the +curtain upon peace and happiness in the last act; for he carried +in his pocket, not a horn or a talisman, but a +publisher—had, in fact, been charged by my old friend, Mr. +Henderson, to unearth new writers for <i>Young Folks</i>. +Even the ruthlessness of a united family recoiled before the +extreme measure of inflicting on our guest the mutilated members +of <i>The Sea Cook</i>; at the same time, we would by no means +stop our readings; and accordingly the tale was begun again at +the beginning, and solemnly re-delivered for the benefit of Dr. +Japp. From that moment on, I have thought highly of his +critical faculty; for when he left us, he carried away the +manuscript in his portmanteau.</p> +<p>Here, then, was everything to keep me up, sympathy, help, and +now a positive engagement. I had chosen besides a very easy +style. Compare it with the almost contemporary ‘Merry +Men’, one reader may prefer the one style, one the +other—’tis an affair of character, perhaps of mood; +but no expert can fail to see that the one is much more +difficult, and the other much easier to maintain. It seems +as though a full-grown experienced man of letters might engage to +turn out <i>Treasure Island</i> at so many pages a day, and keep +his pipe alight. But alas! this was not my case. +Fifteen days I stuck to it, and turned out fifteen chapters; and +then, in the early paragraphs of the sixteenth, ignominiously +lost hold. My mouth was empty; there was not one word of +<i>Treasure Island</i> in my bosom; and here were the proofs of +the beginning already waiting me at the ‘Hand and +Spear’! Then I corrected them, living for the most +part alone, walking on the heath at Weybridge in dewy autumn +mornings, a good deal pleased with what I had done, and more +appalled than I can depict to you in words at what remained for +me to do. I was thirty-one; I was the head of a family; I +had lost my health; I had never yet paid my way, never yet made +£200 a year; my father had quite recently bought back and +cancelled a book that was judged a failure: was this to be +another and last fiasco? I was indeed very close on +despair; but I shut my mouth hard, and during the journey to +Davos, where I was to pass the winter, had the resolution to +think of other things and bury myself in the novels of M. de +Boisgobey. Arrived at my destination, down I sat one +morning to the unfinished tale; and behold! it flowed from me +like small talk; and in a second tide of delighted industry, and +again at a rate of a chapter a day, I finished <i>Treasure +Island</i>. It had to be transcribed almost exactly; my +wife was ill; the schoolboy remained alone of the faithful; and +John Addington Symonds (to whom I timidly mentioned what I was +engaged on) looked on me askance. He was at that time very +eager I should write on the characters of Theophrastus: so far +out may be the judgments of the wisest men. But Symonds (to +be sure) was scarce the confidant to go to for sympathy on a +boy’s story. He was large-minded; ‘a full +man,’ if there was one; but the very name of my enterprise +would suggest to him only capitulations of sincerity and +solecisms of style. Well! he was not far wrong.</p> +<p><i>Treasure Island</i>—it was Mr. Henderson who deleted +the first title, <i>The Sea Cook</i>—appeared duly in the +story paper, where it figured in the ignoble midst, without +woodcuts, and attracted not the least attention. I did not +care. I liked the tale myself, for much the same reason as +my father liked the beginning: it was my kind of +picturesque. I was not a little proud of John Silver, also; +and to this day rather admire that smooth and formidable +adventurer. What was infinitely more exhilarating, I had +passed a landmark; I had finished a tale, and written ‘The +End’ upon my manuscript, as I had not done since ‘The +Pentland Rising,’ when I was a boy of sixteen not yet at +college. In truth it was so by a set of lucky accidents; +had not Dr. Japp come on his visit, had not the tale flowed from +me with singular case, it must have been laid aside like its +predecessors, and found a circuitous and unlamented way to the +fire. Purists may suggest it would have been better +so. I am not of that mind. The tale seems to have +given much pleasure, and it brought (or, was the means of +bringing) fire and food and wine to a deserving family in which I +took an interest. I need scarcely say I mean my own.</p> +<p>But the adventures of <i>Treasure Island</i> are not yet quite +at an end. I had written it up to the map. The map +was the chief part of my plot. For instance, I had called +an islet ‘Skeleton Island,’ not knowing what I meant, +seeking only for the immediate picturesque, and it was to justify +this name that I broke into the gallery of Mr. Poe and stole +Flint’s pointer. And in the same way, it was because +I had made two harbours that the <i>Hispaniola</i> was sent on +her wanderings with Israel Hands. The time came when it was +decided to republish, and I sent in my manuscript, and the map +along with it, to Messrs. Cassell. The proofs came, they +were corrected, but I heard nothing of the map. I wrote and +asked; was told it had never been received, and sat aghast. +It is one thing to draw a map at random, set a scale in one +corner of it at a venture, and write up a story to the +measurements. It is quite another to have to examine a +whole book, make an inventory of all the allusions contained in +it, and with a pair of compasses, painfully design a map to suit +the data. I did it; and the map was drawn again in my +father’s office, with embellishments of blowing whales and +sailing ships, and my father himself brought into service a knack +he had of various writing, and elaborately <i>forged</i> the +signature of Captain Flint, and the sailing directions of Billy +Bones. But somehow it was never <i>Treasure Island</i> to +me.</p> +<p>I have said the map was the most of the plot. I might +almost say it was the whole. A few reminiscences of Poe, +Defoe, and Washington Irving, a copy of Johnson’s +<i>Buccaneers</i>, the name of the Dead Man’s Chest from +Kingsley’s <i>At Last</i>, some recollections of canoeing +on the high seas, and the map itself, with its infinite, eloquent +suggestion, made up the whole of my materials. It is, +perhaps, not often that a map figures so largely in a tale, yet +it is always important. The author must know his +countryside, whether real or imaginary, like his hand; the +distances, the points of the compass, the place of the +sun’s rising, the behaviour of the moon, should all be +beyond cavil. And how troublesome the moon is! I have +come to grief over the moon in <i>Prince Otto</i>, and so soon as +that was pointed out to me, adopted a precaution which I +recommend to other men—I never write now without an +almanack. With an almanack, and the map of the country, and +the plan of every house, either actually plotted on paper or +already and immediately apprehended in the mind, a man may hope +to avoid some of the grossest possible blunders. With the +map before him, he will scarce allow the sun to set in the east, +as it does in <i>The Antiquary</i>. With the almanack at +hand, he will scarce allow two horsemen, journeying on the most +urgent affair, to employ six days, from three of the Monday +morning till late in the Saturday night, upon a journey of, say, +ninety or a hundred miles, and before the week is out, and still +on the same nags, to cover fifty in one day, as may be read at +length in the inimitable novel of <i>Rob Roy</i>. And it is +certainly well, though far from necessary, to avoid such +‘croppers.’ But it is my contention—my +superstition, if you like—that who is faithful to his map, +and consults it, and draws from it his inspiration, daily and +hourly, gains positive support, and not mere negative immunity +from accident. The tale has a root there; it grows in that +soil; it has a spine of its own behind the words. Better if +the country be real, and he has walked every foot of it and knows +every milestone. But even with imaginary places, he will do +well in the beginning to provide a map; as he studies it, +relations will appear that he had not thought upon; he will +discover obvious, though unsuspected, short-cuts and footprints +for his messengers; and even when a map is not all the plot, as +it was in <i>Treasure Island</i>, it will be found to be a mine +of suggestion.</p> +<h2><a name="page135"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 135</span>THE +GENESIS OF ‘THE MASTER OF BALLANTRAE’</h2> +<p>I was walking one night in the verandah of a small house in +which I lived, outside the hamlet of Saranac. It was +winter; the night was very dark; the air extraordinary clear and +cold, and sweet with the purity of forests. From a good way +below, the river was to be heard contending with ice and +boulders: a few lights appeared, scattered unevenly among the +darkness, but so far away as not to lessen the sense of +isolation. For the making of a story here were fine +conditions. I was besides moved with the spirit of +emulation, for I had just finished my third or fourth perusal of +<i>The Phantom Ship</i>. ‘Come,’ said I to my +engine, ‘let us make a tale, a story of many years and +countries, of the sea and the land, savagery and civilisation; a +story that shall have the same large features, and may be treated +in the same summary elliptic method as the book you have been +reading and admiring.’ I was here brought up with a +reflection exceedingly just in itself, but which, as the sequel +shows, I failed to profit by. I saw that Marryat, not less +than Homer, Milton, and Virgil, profited by the choice of a +familiar and legendary subject; so that he prepared his readers +on the very title-page; and this set me cudgelling my brains, if +by any chance I could hit upon some similar belief to be the +centre-piece of my own meditated fiction. In the course of +this vain search there cropped up in my memory a singular case of +a buried and resuscitated fakir, which I had been often told by +an uncle of mine, then lately dead, Inspector-General John +Balfour.</p> +<p>On such a fine frosty night, with no wind and the thermometer +below zero, the brain works with much vivacity; and the next +moment I had seen the circumstance transplanted from India and +the tropics to the Adirondack wilderness and the stringent cold +of the Canadian border. Here then, almost before I had +begun my story, I had two countries, two of the ends of the earth +involved: and thus though the notion of the resuscitated man +failed entirely on the score of general acceptation, or even (as +I have since found) acceptability, it fitted at once with my +design of a tale of many lands; and this decided me to consider +further of its possibilities. The man who should thus be +buried was the first question: a good man, whose return to life +would be hailed by the reader and the other characters with +gladness? This trenched upon the Christian picture, and was +dismissed. If the idea, then, was to be of any use at all +for me, I had to create a kind of evil genius to his friends and +family, take him through many disappearances, and make this final +restoration from the pit of death, in the icy American +wilderness, the last and the grimmest of the series. I need +not tell my brothers of the craft that I was now in the most +interesting moment of an author’s life; the hours that +followed that night upon the balcony, and the following nights +and days, whether walking abroad or lying wakeful in my bed, were +hours of unadulterated joy. My mother, who was then living +with me alone, perhaps had less enjoyment; for, in the absence of +my wife, who is my usual helper in these times of parturition, I +must spur her up at all seasons to hear me relate and try to +clarify my unformed fancies.</p> +<p>And while I was groping for the fable and the character +required, behold I found them lying ready and nine years old in +my memory. Pease porridge hot, pease porridge cold, pease +porridge in the pot, nine years old. Was there ever a more +complete justification of the rule of Horace? Here, +thinking of quite other things, I had stumbled on the solution, +or perhaps I should rather say (in stagewright phrase) the +Curtain or final Tableau of a story conceived long before on the +moors between Pitlochry and Strathardle, conceived in Highland +rain, in the blend of the smell of heather and bog-plants, and +with a mind full of the Athole correspondence and the memories of +the dumlicide Justice. So long ago, so far away it was, +that I had first evoked the faces and the mutual tragic situation +of the men of Durrisdeer.</p> +<p>My story was now world-wide enough: Scotland, India, and +America being all obligatory scenes. But of these India was +strange to me except in books; I had never known any living +Indian save a Parsee, a member of my club in London, equally +civilised, and (to all seeing) equally accidental with +myself. It was plain, thus far, that I should have to get +into India and out of it again upon a foot of fairy lightness; +and I believe this first suggested to me the idea of the +Chevalier Burke for a narrator. It was at first intended +that he should be Scottish, and I was then filled with fears that +he might prove only the degraded shadow of my own Alan +Breck. Presently, however, it began to occur to me it would +be like my Master to curry favour with the Prince’s +Irishmen; and that an Irish refugee would have a particular +reason to find himself in India with his countryman, the +unfortunate Lally. Irish, therefore, I decided he should +be, and then, all of a sudden, I was aware of a tall shadow +across my path, the shadow of Barry Lyndon. No man (in Lord +Foppington’s phrase) of a nice morality could go very deep +with my Master: in the original idea of this story conceived in +Scotland, this companion had been besides intended to be worse +than the bad elder son with whom (as it was then meant) he was to +visit Scotland; if I took an Irishman, and a very bad Irishman, +in the midst of the eighteenth century, how was I to evade Barry +Lyndon? The wretch besieged me, offering his services; he +gave me excellent references; he proved that he was highly fitted +for the work I had to do; he, or my own evil heart, suggested it +was easy to disguise his ancient livery wit a little lace and a +few frogs and buttons, so that Thackeray himself should hardly +recognise him. And then of a sudden there came to me +memories of a young Irishman, with whom I was once intimate, and +had spent long nights walking and talking with, upon a very +desolate coast in a bleak autumn: I recalled him as a youth of an +extraordinary moral simplicity—almost vacancy; plastic to +any influence, the creature of his admirations: and putting such +a youth in fancy into the career of a soldier of fortune, it +occurred to me that he would serve my turn as well as Mr. Lyndon, +and in place of entering into competition with the Master, would +afford a slight though a distinct relief. I know not if I +have done him well, though his moral dissertations always highly +entertained me: but I own I have been surprised to find that he +reminded some critics of Barry Lyndon after all. . . .</p> +<h2><a name="page145"></a><span class="pagenum">p. +145</span>PREFACE TO ‘THE MASTER OF BALLANTRAE’ <a +name="citation145"></a><a href="#footnote145" +class="citation">[145]</a></h2> +<p>Although an old, consistent exile, the editor of the following +pages revisits now and again the city of which he exults to be a +native; and there are few things more strange, more painful, or +more salutary, than such revisitations. Outside, in foreign +spots, he comes by surprise and awakens more attention than he +had expected; in his own city, the relation is reversed, and he +stands amazed to be so little recollected. Elsewhere he is +refreshed to see attractive faces, to remark possible friends; +there he scouts the long streets, with a pang at heart, for the +faces and friends that are no more. Elsewhere he is +delighted with the presence of what is new, there tormented by +the absence of what is old. Elsewhere he is content to be +his present self; there he is smitten with an equal regret for +what he once was and for what he once hoped to be.</p> +<p>He was feeling all this dimly, as he drove from the station, +on his last visit; he was feeling it still as he alighted at the +door of his friend Mr. Johnstone Thomson, W.S., with whom he was +to stay. A hearty welcome, a face not altogether changed, a +few words that sounded of old days, a laugh provoked and shared, +a glimpse in passing of the snowy cloth and bright decanters and +the Piranesis on the dining-room wall, brought him to his +bed-room with a somewhat lightened cheer, and when he and Mr. +Thomson sat down a few minutes later, cheek by jowl, and pledged +the past in a preliminary bumper, he was already almost consoled, +he had already almost forgiven himself his two unpardonable +errors, that he should ever have left his native city, or ever +returned to it.</p> +<p>‘I have something quite in your way,’ said Mr. +Thomson. ‘I wished to do honour to your arrival; +because, my dear fellow, it is my own youth that comes back along +with you; in a very tattered and withered state, to be sure, +but—well!—all that’s left of it.’</p> +<p>‘A great deal better than nothing,’ said the +editor. ‘But what is this which is quite in my +way?’</p> +<p>‘I was coming to that,’ said Mr. Thomson: +‘Fate has put it in my power to honour your arrival with +something really original by way of dessert. A +mystery.’</p> +<p>‘A mystery?’ I repeated.</p> +<p>‘Yes,’ said his friend, ‘a mystery. It +may prove to be nothing, and it may prove to be a great +deal. But in the meanwhile it is truly mysterious, no eye +having looked on it for near a hundred years; it is highly +genteel, for it treats of a titled family; and it ought to be +melodramatic, for (according to the superscription) it is +concerned with death.’</p> +<p>‘I think I rarely heard a more obscure or a more +promising annunciation,’ the other remarked. +‘But what is It?’</p> +<p>‘You remember my predecessor’s, old Peter +M‘Brair’s business?’</p> +<p>‘I remember him acutely; he could not look at me without +a pang of reprobation, and he could not feel the pang without +betraying it. He was to me a man of a great historical +interest, but the interest was not returned.’</p> +<p>‘Ah well, we go beyond him,’ said Mr. +Thomson. ‘I daresay old Peter knew as little about +this as I do. You see, I succeeded to a prodigious +accumulation of old law-papers and old tin boxes, some of them of +Peter’s hoarding, some of his father’s, John, first +of the dynasty, a great man in his day. Among other +collections were all the papers of the Durrisdeers.’</p> +<p>‘The Durrisdeers!’ cried I. ‘My dear +fellow, these may be of the greatest interest. One of them +was out in the ’45; one had some strange passages with the +devil—you will find a note of it in Law’s +<i>Memorials</i>, I think; and there was an unexplained tragedy, +I know not what, much later, about a hundred years +ago—‘</p> +<p>‘More than a hundred years ago,’ said Mr. +Thomson. ‘In 1783.’</p> +<p>‘How do you know that? I mean some +death.’</p> +<p>‘Yes, the lamentable deaths of my lord Durrisdeer and +his brother, the Master of Ballantrae (attainted in the +troubles),’ said Mr. Thomson with something the tone of a +man quoting. ‘Is that it?’</p> +<p>‘To say truth,’ said I, ‘I have only seen +some dim reference to the things in memoirs; and heard some +traditions dimmer still, through my uncle (whom I think you +knew). My uncle lived when he was a boy in the +neighbourhood of St. Bride’s; he has often told me of the +avenue closed up and grown over with grass, the great gates never +opened, the last lord and his old maid sister who lived in the +back parts of the house, a quiet, plain, poor, hum-drum couple it +would seem—but pathetic too, as the last of that stirring +and brave house—and, to the country folk, faintly terrible +from some deformed traditions.’</p> +<p>‘Yes,’ said Mr. Thomson. Henry Graeme Durie, +the last lord, died in 1820; his sister, the Honourable Miss +Katherine Durie, in ’27; so much I know; and by what I have +been going over the last few days, they were what you say, +decent, quiet people and not rich. To say truth, it was a +letter of my lord’s that put me on the search for the +packet we are going to open this evening. Some papers could +not be found; and he wrote to Jack M‘Brair suggesting they +might be among those sealed up by a Mr. Mackellar. +M‘Brair answered, that the papers in question were all in +Mackellar’s own hand, all (as the writer understood) of a +purely narrative character; and besides, said he, “I am +bound not to open them before the year 1889.” You may +fancy if these words struck me: I instituted a hunt through all +the M‘Brair repositories; and at last hit upon that packet +which (if you have had enough wine) I propose to show you at +once.’</p> +<p>In the smoking-room, to which my host now led me, was a +packet, fastened with many seals and enclosed in a single sheet +of strong paper thus endorsed:—</p> +<blockquote><p>Papers relating to the lives and lamentable deaths +of the late Lord Durisdeer, and his elder brother James, commonly +called Master of Ballantrae, attainted in the troubles: entrusted +into the hands of John M‘Brair in the Lawnmarket of +Edinburgh, W.S.; this 20th day of September Anno Domini 1789; by +him to be kept secret until the revolution of one hundred years +complete, or until the 20th day of September 1889: the same +compiled and written by me,</p> +<p style="text-align: right"><span class="smcap">Ephraim +Mackellar</span>,<br /> +<i>For near forty years Land Steward on the</i><br /> +<i>estates of His Lordship</i>.</p> +</blockquote> +<p>As Mr. Thomson is a married man, I will not say what hour had +struck when we laid down the last of the following pages; but I +will give a few words of what ensued.</p> +<p>‘Here,’ said Mr. Thomson, ‘is a novel ready +to your hand: all you have to do is to work up the scenery, +develop the characters, and improve the style.’</p> +<p>‘My dear fellow,’ said I, ‘they are just the +three things that I would rather die than set my hand to. +It shall be published as it stands.’</p> +<p>‘But it’s so bald,’ objected Mr. +Thomson.</p> +<p>‘I believe there is nothing so noble as baldness,’ +replied I, ‘and I am sure there is nothing so +interesting. I would have all literature bald, and all +authors (if you like) but one.’</p> +<p>‘Well, well,’ said Mr. Thomson, ‘we shall +see.’</p> +<div class="gapmediumline"> </div> +<p style="text-align: center">Printed by T. and A. <span +class="smcap">Constable</span>, Printers to His Majesty<br /> +at the Edinburgh University Press</p> +<h2>FOOTNOTES</h2> +<p><a name="footnote3"></a><a href="#citation3" +class="footnote">[3]</a> First published in the +Contemporary Review, April 1885</p> +<p><a name="footnote21"></a><a href="#citation21" +class="footnote">[21]</a> Milton.</p> +<p><a name="footnote24"></a><a href="#citation24" +class="footnote">[24]</a> Milton.</p> +<p><a name="footnote33"></a><a href="#citation33" +class="footnote">[33]</a> Milton.</p> +<p><a name="footnote34"></a><a href="#citation34" +class="footnote">[34]</a> As PVF will continue to haunt us +through our English examples, take, by way of comparison, this +Latin verse, of which it forms a chief adornment, and do not hold +me answerable for the all too Roman freedom of the sense: +‘Hanc volo, quæ facilis, quæ palliolata +vagatur.’</p> +<p><a name="footnote35"></a><a href="#citation35" +class="footnote">[35]</a> Coleridge.</p> +<p><a name="footnote36"></a><a href="#citation36" +class="footnote">[36]</a> Antony and Cleopatra.</p> +<p><a name="footnote37a"></a><a href="#citation37a" +class="footnote">[37a]</a> Cymbeline.</p> +<p><a name="footnote37b"></a><a href="#citation37b" +class="footnote">[37b]</a> The V is in +‘of.’</p> +<p><a name="footnote38"></a><a href="#citation38" +class="footnote">[38]</a> Troilus and Cressida.</p> +<p><a name="footnote47a"></a><a href="#citation47a" +class="footnote">[47a]</a> First published in the +<i>Fortnightly Review</i>, April 1881.</p> +<p><a name="footnote47b"></a><a href="#citation47b" +class="footnote">[47b]</a> Mr. James Payn.</p> +<p><a name="footnote64"></a><a href="#citation64" +class="footnote">[64]</a> A footnote, at least, is due to +the admirable example set before all young writers in the width +of literary sympathy displayed by Mr. Swinburne. He runs +forth to welcome merit, whether in Dickens or Trollope, whether +in Villon, Milton, or Pope. This is, in criticism, the +attitude we should all seek to preserve; not only in that, but in +every branch of literary work.</p> +<p><a name="footnote75a"></a><a href="#citation75a" +class="footnote">[75a]</a> First published in the +<i>British Weekly</i>, May 13, 1887.</p> +<p><a name="footnote75b"></a><a href="#citation75b" +class="footnote">[75b]</a> Of the <i>British +Weekly</i>.</p> +<p><a name="footnote93"></a><a href="#citation93" +class="footnote">[93]</a> First published in the +<i>Magazine of Art</i> in 1883.</p> +<p><a name="footnote111"></a><a href="#citation111" +class="footnote">[111]</a> First published in the +<i>Idler</i>, August 1894.</p> +<p><a name="footnote112"></a><a href="#citation112" +class="footnote">[112]</a> <i>Ne pas confondre</i>. +Not the slim green pamphlet with the imprint of Andrew Elliot, +for which (as I see with amazement from the book-lists) the +gentlemen of England are willing to pay fancy prices; but its +predecessor, a bulky historical romance without a spark of merit, +and now deleted from the world.</p> +<p><a name="footnote145"></a><a href="#citation145" +class="footnote">[145]</a> 1889.</p> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ESSAYS IN THE ART OF WRITING***</p> +<pre> + + +***** This file should be named 492-h.htm or 492-h.zip****** + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/4/9/492 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</pre></body> +</html> diff --git a/492-h/images/p0b.jpg b/492-h/images/p0b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..32c97af --- /dev/null +++ b/492-h/images/p0b.jpg diff --git a/492-h/images/p0s.jpg b/492-h/images/p0s.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..685eff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/492-h/images/p0s.jpg diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6bdedb --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #492 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/492) diff --git a/old/artow10.txt b/old/artow10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39f2c63 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/artow10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2499 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Art of Writing and Other Essays +by Robert Louis Stevenson +(#22 in our series by Robert Louis Stevenson) + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Art of Writing and Other Essays + +Author: Robert Louis Stevenson + +Release Date: April, 1996 [EBook #492] +[This file was first posted on February 21, 1996] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE ART OF WRITING *** + + + + +Transcribed from the 1905 Chatto & Windus edition by David Price, +email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk + + + + +ESSAYS IN THE ART OF WRITING + + + + +Contents: + On some technical elements of style in literature + The morality of the profession of letters + Books which have influenced me + A note on realism + My first book: 'Treasure Island' + The genesis of 'the master of Ballantrae' + Preface to 'the master of Ballantrae' + + + +ON SOME TECHNICAL ELEMENTS OF STYLE IN LITERATURE {1} + + + +There is nothing more disenchanting to man than to be shown the +springs and mechanism of any art. All our arts and occupations lie +wholly on the surface; it is on the surface that we perceive their +beauty, fitness, and significance; and to pry below is to be +appalled by their emptiness and shocked by the coarseness of the +strings and pulleys. In a similar way, psychology itself, when +pushed to any nicety, discovers an abhorrent baldness, but rather +from the fault of our analysis than from any poverty native to the +mind. And perhaps in aesthetics the reason is the same: those +disclosures which seem fatal to the dignity of art seem so perhaps +only in the proportion of our ignorance; and those conscious and +unconscious artifices which it seems unworthy of the serious artist +to employ were yet, if we had the power to trace them to their +springs, indications of a delicacy of the sense finer than we +conceive, and hints of ancient harmonies in nature. This ignorance +at least is largely irremediable. We shall never learn the +affinities of beauty, for they lie too deep in nature and too far +back in the mysterious history of man. The amateur, in +consequence, will always grudgingly receive details of method, +which can be stated but never can wholly be explained; nay, on the +principle laid down in Hudibras, that + + +'Still the less they understand, +The more they admire the sleight-of-hand,' + + +many are conscious at each new disclosure of a diminution in the +ardour of their pleasure. I must therefore warn that well-known +character, the general reader, that I am here embarked upon a most +distasteful business: taking down the picture from the wall and +looking on the back; and, like the inquiring child, pulling the +musical cart to pieces. + +1. Choice of Words.--The art of literature stands apart from among +its sisters, because the material in which the literary artist +works is the dialect of life; hence, on the one hand, a strange +freshness and immediacy of address to the public mind, which is +ready prepared to understand it; but hence, on the other, a +singular limitation. The sister arts enjoy the use of a plastic +and ductile material, like the modeller's clay; literature alone is +condemned to work in mosaic with finite and quite rigid words. You +have seen these blocks, dear to the nursery: this one a pillar, +that a pediment, a third a window or a vase. It is with blocks of +just such arbitrary size and figure that the literary architect is +condemned to design the palace of his art. Nor is this all; for +since these blocks, or words, are the acknowledged currency of our +daily affairs, there are here possible none of those suppressions +by which other arts obtain relief, continuity, and vigour: no +hieroglyphic touch, no smoothed impasto, no inscrutable shadow, as +in painting; no blank wall, as in architecture; but every word, +phrase, sentence, and paragraph must move in a logical progression, +and convey a definite conventional import. + +Now the first merit which attracts in the pages of a good writer, +or the talk of a brilliant conversationalist, is the apt choice and +contrast of the words employed. It is, indeed, a strange art to +take these blocks, rudely conceived for the purpose of the market +or the bar, and by tact of application touch them to the finest +meanings and distinctions, restore to them their primal energy, +wittily shift them to another issue, or make of them a drum to +rouse the passions. But though this form of merit is without doubt +the most sensible and seizing, it is far from being equally present +in all writers. The effect of words in Shakespeare, their singular +justice, significance, and poetic charm, is different, indeed, from +the effect of words in Addison or Fielding. Or, to take an example +nearer home, the words in Carlyle seem electrified into an energy +of lineament, like the faces of men furiously moved; whilst the +words in Macaulay, apt enough to convey his meaning, harmonious +enough in sound, yet glide from the memory like undistinguished +elements in a general effect. But the first class of writers have +no monopoly of literary merit. There is a sense in which Addison +is superior to Carlyle; a sense in which Cicero is better than +Tacitus, in which Voltaire excels Montaigne: it certainly lies not +in the choice of words; it lies not in the interest or value of the +matter; it lies not in force of intellect, of poetry, or of humour. +The three first are but infants to the three second; and yet each, +in a particular point of literary art, excels his superior in the +whole. What is that point? + +2. The Web.--Literature, although it stands apart by reason of the +great destiny and general use of its medium in the affairs of men, +is yet an art like other arts. Of these we may distinguish two +great classes: those arts, like sculpture, painting, acting, which +are representative, or, as used to be said very clumsily, +imitative; and those, like architecture, music, and the dance, +which are self-sufficient, and merely presentative. Each class, in +right of this distinction, obeys principles apart; yet both may +claim a common ground of existence, and it may be said with +sufficient justice that the motive and end of any art whatever is +to make a pattern; a pattern, it may be, of colours, of sounds, of +changing attitudes, geometrical figures, or imitative lines; but +still a pattern. That is the plane on which these sisters meet; it +is by this that they are arts; and if it be well they should at +times forget their childish origin, addressing their intelligence +to virile tasks, and performing unconsciously that necessary +function of their life, to make a pattern, it is still imperative +that the pattern shall be made. + +Music and literature, the two temporal arts, contrive their pattern +of sounds in time; or, in other words, of sounds and pauses. +Communication may be made in broken words, the business of life be +carried on with substantives alone; but that is not what we call +literature; and the true business of the literary artist is to +plait or weave his meaning, involving it around itself; so that +each sentence, by successive phrases, shall first come into a kind +of knot, and then, after a moment of suspended meaning, solve and +clear itself. In every properly constructed sentence there should +be observed this knot or hitch; so that (however delicately) we are +led to foresee, to expect, and then to welcome the successive +phrases. The pleasure may be heightened by an element of surprise, +as, very grossly, in the common figure of the antithesis, or, with +much greater subtlety, where an antithesis is first suggested and +then deftly evaded. Each phrase, besides, is to be comely in +itself; and between the implication and the evolution of the +sentence there should be a satisfying equipoise of sound; for +nothing more often disappoints the ear than a sentence solemnly and +sonorously prepared, and hastily and weakly finished. Nor should +the balance be too striking and exact, for the one rule is to be +infinitely various; to interest, to disappoint, to surprise, and +yet still to gratify; to be ever changing, as it were, the stitch, +and yet still to give the effect of an ingenious neatness. + +The conjurer juggles with two oranges, and our pleasure in +beholding him springs from this, that neither is for an instant +overlooked or sacrificed. So with the writer. His pattern, which +is to please the supersensual ear, is yet addressed, throughout and +first of all, to the demands of logic. Whatever be the +obscurities, whatever the intricacies of the argument, the neatness +of the fabric must not suffer, or the artist has been proved +unequal to his design. And, on the other hand, no form of words +must be selected, no knot must be tied among the phrases, unless +knot and word be precisely what is wanted to forward and illuminate +the argument; for to fail in this is to swindle in the game. The +genius of prose rejects the cheville no less emphatically than the +laws of verse; and the cheville, I should perhaps explain to some +of my readers, is any meaningless or very watered phrase employed +to strike a balance in the sound. Pattern and argument live in +each other; and it is by the brevity, clearness, charm, or emphasis +of the second, that we judge the strength and fitness of the first. + +Style is synthetic; and the artist, seeking, so to speak, a peg to +plait about, takes up at once two or more elements or two or more +views of the subject in hand; combines, implicates, and contrasts +them; and while, in one sense, he was merely seeking an occasion +for the necessary knot, he will be found, in the other, to have +greatly enriched the meaning, or to have transacted the work of two +sentences in the space of one. In the change from the successive +shallow statements of the old chronicler to the dense and luminous +flow of highly synthetic narrative, there is implied a vast amount +of both philosophy and wit. The philosophy we clearly see, +recognising in the synthetic writer a far more deep and stimulating +view of life, and a far keener sense of the generation and affinity +of events. The wit we might imagine to be lost; but it is not so, +for it is just that wit, these perpetual nice contrivances, these +difficulties overcome, this double purpose attained, these two +oranges kept simultaneously dancing in the air, that, consciously +or not, afford the reader his delight. Nay, and this wit, so +little recognised, is the necessary organ of that philosophy which +we so much admire. That style is therefore the most perfect, not, +as fools say, which is the most natural, for the most natural is +the disjointed babble of the chronicler; but which attains the +highest degree of elegant and pregnant implication unobtrusively; +or if obtrusively, then with the greatest gain to sense and vigour. +Even the derangement of the phrases from their (so-called) natural +order is luminous for the mind; and it is by the means of such +designed reversal that the elements of a judgment may be most +pertinently marshalled, or the stages of a complicated action most +perspicuously bound into one. + +The web, then, or the pattern: a web at once sensuous and logical, +an elegant and pregnant texture: that is style, that is the +foundation of the art of literature. Books indeed continue to be +read, for the interest of the fact or fable, in which this quality +is poorly represented, but still it will be there. And, on the +other hand, how many do we continue to peruse and reperuse with +pleasure whose only merit is the elegance of texture? I am tempted +to mention Cicero; and since Mr. Anthony Trollope is dead, I will. +It is a poor diet for the mind, a very colourless and toothless +'criticism of life'; but we enjoy the pleasure of a most intricate +and dexterous pattern, every stitch a model at once of elegance and +of good sense; and the two oranges, even if one of them be rotten, +kept dancing with inimitable grace. + +Up to this moment I have had my eye mainly upon prose; for though +in verse also the implication of the logical texture is a crowning +beauty, yet in verse it may be dispensed with. You would think +that here was a death-blow to all I have been saying; and far from +that, it is but a new illustration of the principle involved. For +if the versifier is not bound to weave a pattern of his own, it is +because another pattern has been formally imposed upon him by the +laws of verse. For that is the essence of a prosody. Verse may be +rhythmical; it may be merely alliterative; it may, like the French, +depend wholly on the (quasi) regular recurrence of the rhyme; or, +like the Hebrew, it may consist in the strangely fanciful device of +repeating the same idea. It does not matter on what principle the +law is based, so it be a law. It may be pure convention; it may +have no inherent beauty; all that we have a right to ask of any +prosody is, that it shall lay down a pattern for the writer, and +that what it lays down shall be neither too easy nor too hard. +Hence it comes that it is much easier for men of equal facility to +write fairly pleasing verse than reasonably interesting prose; for +in prose the pattern itself has to be invented, and the +difficulties first created before they can be solved. Hence, +again, there follows the peculiar greatness of the true versifier: +such as Shakespeare, Milton, and Victor Hugo, whom I place beside +them as versifier merely, not as poet. These not only knit and +knot the logical texture of the style with all the dexterity and +strength of prose; they not only fill up the pattern of the verse +with infinite variety and sober wit; but they give us, besides, a +rare and special pleasure, by the art, comparable to that of +counterpoint, with which they follow at the same time, and now +contrast, and now combine, the double pattern of the texture and +the verse. Here the sounding line concludes; a little further on, +the well-knit sentence; and yet a little further, and both will +reach their solution on the same ringing syllable. The best that +can be offered by the best writer of prose is to show us the +development of the idea and the stylistic pattern proceed hand in +hand, sometimes by an obvious and triumphant effort, sometimes with +a great air of ease and nature. The writer of verse, by virtue of +conquering another difficulty, delights us with a new series of +triumphs. He follows three purposes where his rival followed only +two; and the change is of precisely the same nature as that from +melody to harmony. Or if you prefer to return to the juggler, +behold him now, to the vastly increased enthusiasm of the +spectators, juggling with three oranges instead of two. Thus it +is: added difficulty, added beauty; and the pattern, with every +fresh element, becoming more interesting in itself. + +Yet it must not be thought that verse is simply an addition; +something is lost as well as something gained; and there remains +plainly traceable, in comparing the best prose with the best verse, +a certain broad distinction of method in the web. Tight as the +versifier may draw the knot of logic, yet for the ear he still +leaves the tissue of the sentence floating somewhat loose. In +prose, the sentence turns upon a pivot, nicely balanced, and fits +into itself with an obtrusive neatness like a puzzle. The ear +remarks and is singly gratified by this return and balance; while +in verse it is all diverted to the measure. To find comparable +passages is hard; for either the versifier is hugely the superior +of the rival, or, if he be not, and still persist in his more +delicate enterprise, he fails to be as widely his inferior. But +let us select them from the pages of the same writer, one who was +ambidexter; let us take, for instance, Rumour's Prologue to the +Second Part of Henry IV., a fine flourish of eloquence in +Shakespeare's second manner, and set it side by side with +Falstaff's praise of sherris, act iv. scene iii.; or let us compare +the beautiful prose spoken throughout by Rosalind and Orlando; +compare, for example, the first speech of all, Orlando's speech to +Adam, with what passage it shall please you to select--the Seven +Ages from the same play, or even such a stave of nobility as +Othello's farewell to war; and still you will be able to perceive, +if you have an ear for that class of music, a certain superior +degree of organisation in the prose; a compacter fitting of the +parts; a balance in the swing and the return as of a throbbing +pendulum. We must not, in things temporal, take from those who +have little, the little that they have; the merits of prose are +inferior, but they are not the same; it is a little kingdom, but an +independent. + +3. Rhythm of the Phrase.--Some way back, I used a word which still +awaits an application. Each phrase, I said, was to be comely; but +what is a comely phrase? In all ideal and material points, +literature, being a representative art, must look for analogies to +painting and the like; but in what is technical and executive, +being a temporal art, it must seek for them in music. Each phrase +of each sentence, like an air or a recitative in music, should be +so artfully compounded out of long and short, out of accented and +unaccented, as to gratify the sensual ear. And of this the ear is +the sole judge. It is impossible to lay down laws. Even in our +accentual and rhythmic language no analysis can find the secret of +the beauty of a verse; how much less, then, of those phrases, such +as prose is built of, which obey no law but to be lawless and yet +to please? The little that we know of verse (and for my part I owe +it all to my friend Professor Fleeming Jenkin) is, however, +particularly interesting in the present connection. We have been +accustomed to describe the heroic line as five iambic feet, and to +be filled with pain and confusion whenever, as by the conscientious +schoolboy, we have heard our own description put in practice. + +'All night | the dread | less an | gel un | pursued,' {2} + +goes the schoolboy; but though we close our ears, we cling to our +definition, in spite of its proved and naked insufficiency. Mr. +Jenkin was not so easily pleased, and readily discovered that the +heroic line consists of four groups, or, if you prefer the phrase, +contains four pauses: + + +'All night | the dreadless | angel | unpursued.' + + +Four groups, each practically uttered as one word: the first, in +this case, an iamb; the second, an amphibrachys; the third, a +trochee; and the fourth, an amphimacer; and yet our schoolboy, with +no other liberty but that of inflicting pain, had triumphantly +scanned it as five iambs. Perceive, now, this fresh richness of +intricacy in the web; this fourth orange, hitherto unremarked, but +still kept flying with the others. What had seemed to be one thing +it now appears is two; and, like some puzzle in arithmetic, the +verse is made at the same time to read in fives and to read in +fours. + +But again, four is not necessary. We do not, indeed, find verses +in six groups, because there is not room for six in the ten +syllables; and we do not find verses of two, because one of the +main distinctions of verse from prose resides in the comparative +shortness of the group; but it is even common to find verses of +three. Five is the one forbidden number; because five is the +number of the feet; and if five were chosen, the two patterns would +coincide, and that opposition which is the life of verse would +instantly be lost. We have here a clue to the effect of +polysyllables, above all in Latin, where they are so common and +make so brave an architecture in the verse; for the polysyllable is +a group of Nature's making. If but some Roman would return from +Hades (Martial, for choice), and tell me by what conduct of the +voice these thundering verses should be uttered--'Aut Lacedoe- +monium Tarentum,' for a case in point--I feel as if I should enter +at last into the full enjoyment of the best of human verses. + +But, again, the five feet are all iambic, or supposed to be; by the +mere count of syllables the four groups cannot be all iambic; as a +question of elegance, I doubt if any one of them requires to be so; +and I am certain that for choice no two of them should scan the +same. The singular beauty of the verse analysed above is due, so +far as analysis can carry us, part, indeed, to the clever +repetition of L, D, and N, but part to this variety of scansion in +the groups. The groups which, like the bar in music, break up the +verse for utterance, fall uniambically; and in declaiming a so- +called iambic verse, it may so happen that we never utter one +iambic foot. And yet to this neglect of the original beat there is +a limit. + + +'Athens, the eye of Greece, mother of arts,' {3} + + +is, with all its eccentricities, a good heroic line; for though it +scarcely can be said to indicate the beat of the iamb, it certainly +suggests no other measure to the ear. But begin + + +'Mother Athens, eye of Greece,' + + +or merely 'Mother Athens,' and the game is up, for the trochaic +beat has been suggested. The eccentric scansion of the groups is +an adornment; but as soon as the original beat has been forgotten, +they cease implicitly to be eccentric. Variety is what is sought; +but if we destroy the original mould, one of the terms of this +variety is lost, and we fall back on sameness. Thus, both as to +the arithmetical measure of the verse, and the degree of regularity +in scansion, we see the laws of prosody to have one common purpose: +to keep alive the opposition of two schemes simultaneously +followed; to keep them notably apart, though still coincident; and +to balance them with such judicial nicety before the reader, that +neither shall be unperceived and neither signally prevail. + +The rule of rhythm in prose is not so intricate. Here, too, we +write in groups, or phrases, as I prefer to call them, for the +prose phrase is greatly longer and is much more nonchalantly +uttered than the group in verse; so that not only is there a +greater interval of continuous sound between the pauses, but, for +that very reason, word is linked more readily to word by a more +summary enunciation. Still, the phrase is the strict analogue of +the group, and successive phrases, like successive groups, must +differ openly in length and rhythm. The rule of scansion in verse +is to suggest no measure but the one in hand; in prose, to suggest +no measure at all. Prose must be rhythmical, and it may be as much +so as you will; but it must not be metrical. It may be anything, +but it must not be verse. A single heroic line may very well pass +and not disturb the somewhat larger stride of the prose style; but +one following another will produce an instant impression of +poverty, flatness, and disenchantment. The same lines delivered +with the measured utterance of verse would perhaps seem rich in +variety. By the more summary enunciation proper to prose, as to a +more distant vision, these niceties of difference are lost. A +whole verse is uttered as one phrase; and the ear is soon wearied +by a succession of groups identical in length. The prose writer, +in fact, since he is allowed to be so much less harmonious, is +condemned to a perpetually fresh variety of movement on a larger +scale, and must never disappoint the ear by the trot of an accepted +metre. And this obligation is the third orange with which he has +to juggle, the third quality which the prose writer must work into +his pattern of words. It may be thought perhaps that this is a +quality of ease rather than a fresh difficulty; but such is the +inherently rhythmical strain of the English language, that the bad +writer--and must I take for example that admired friend of my +boyhood, Captain Reid?--the inexperienced writer, as Dickens in his +earlier attempts to be impressive, and the jaded writer, as any one +may see for himself, all tend to fall at once into the production +of bad blank verse. And here it may be pertinently asked, Why bad? +And I suppose it might be enough to answer that no man ever made +good verse by accident, and that no verse can ever sound otherwise +than trivial when uttered with the delivery of prose. But we can +go beyond such answers. The weak side of verse is the regularity +of the beat, which in itself is decidedly less impressive than the +movement of the nobler prose; and it is just into this weak side, +and this alone, that our careless writer falls. A peculiar density +and mass, consequent on the nearness of the pauses, is one of the +chief good qualities of verse; but this our accidental versifier, +still following after the swift gait and large gestures of prose, +does not so much as aspire to imitate. Lastly, since he remains +unconscious that he is making verse at all, it can never occur to +him to extract those effects of counterpoint and opposition which I +have referred to as the final grace and justification of verse, +and, I may add, of blank verse in particular. + +4. Contents of the Phrase.--Here is a great deal of talk about +rhythm--and naturally; for in our canorous language rhythm is +always at the door. But it must not be forgotten that in some +languages this element is almost, if not quite, extinct, and that +in our own it is probably decaying. The even speech of many +educated Americans sounds the note of danger. I should see it go +with something as bitter as despair, but I should not be desperate. +As in verse no element, not even rhythm, is necessary, so, in prose +also, other sorts of beauty will arise and take the place and play +the part of those that we outlive. The beauty of the expected beat +in verse, the beauty in prose of its larger and more lawless +melody, patent as they are to English hearing, are already silent +in the ears of our next neighbours; for in France the oratorical +accent and the pattern of the web have almost or altogether +succeeded to their places; and the French prose writer would be +astounded at the labours of his brother across the Channel, and how +a good quarter of his toil, above all invita Minerva, is to avoid +writing verse. So wonderfully far apart have races wandered in +spirit, and so hard it is to understand the literature next door! + +Yet French prose is distinctly better than English; and French +verse, above all while Hugo lives, it will not do to place upon one +side. What is more to our purpose, a phrase or a verse in French +is easily distinguishable as comely or uncomely. There is then +another element of comeliness hitherto overlooked in this analysis: +the contents of the phrase. Each phrase in literature is built of +sounds, as each phrase in music consists of notes. One sound +suggests, echoes, demands, and harmonises with another; and the art +of rightly using these concordances is the final art in literature. +It used to be a piece of good advice to all young writers to avoid +alliteration; and the advice was sound, in so far as it prevented +daubing. None the less for that, was it abominable nonsense, and +the mere raving of those blindest of the blind who will not see. +The beauty of the contents of a phrase, or of a sentence, depends +implicitly upon alliteration and upon assonance. The vowel demands +to be repeated; the consonant demands to be repeated; and both cry +aloud to be perpetually varied. You may follow the adventures of a +letter through any passage that has particularly pleased you; find +it, perhaps, denied a while, to tantalise the ear; find it fired +again at you in a whole broadside; or find it pass into congenerous +sounds, one liquid or labial melting away into another. And you +will find another and much stranger circumstance. Literature is +written by and for two senses: a sort of internal ear, quick to +perceive 'unheard melodies'; and the eye, which directs the pen and +deciphers the printed phrase. Well, even as there are rhymes for +the eye, so you will find that there are assonances and +alliterations; that where an author is running the open A, deceived +by the eye and our strange English spelling, he will often show a +tenderness for the flat A; and that where he is running a +particular consonant, he will not improbably rejoice to write it +down even when it is mute or bears a different value. + +Here, then, we have a fresh pattern--a pattern, to speak grossly, +of letters--which makes the fourth preoccupation of the prose +writer, and the fifth of the versifier. At times it is very +delicate and hard to perceive, and then perhaps most excellent and +winning (I say perhaps); but at times again the elements of this +literal melody stand more boldly forward and usurp the ear. It +becomes, therefore, somewhat a matter of conscience to select +examples; and as I cannot very well ask the reader to help me, I +shall do the next best by giving him the reason or the history of +each selection. The two first, one in prose, one in verse, I chose +without previous analysis, simply as engaging passages that had +long re-echoed in my ear. + +'I cannot praise a fugitive and cloistered virtue, unexercised and +unbreathed, that never sallies out and sees her adversary, but +slinks out of the race where that immortal garland is to be run +for, not without dust and heat.' {4} Down to 'virtue,' the current +S and R are both announced and repeated unobtrusively, and by way +of a grace-note that almost inseparable group PVF is given entire. +{5} The next phrase is a period of repose, almost ugly in itself, +both S and R still audible, and B given as the last fulfilment of +PVF. In the next four phrases, from 'that never' down to 'run +for,' the mask is thrown off, and, but for a slight repetition of +the F and V, the whole matter turns, almost too obtrusively, on S +and R; first S coming to the front, and then R. In the concluding +phrase all these favourite letters, and even the flat A, a timid +preference for which is just perceptible, are discarded at a blow +and in a bundle; and to make the break more obvious, every word +ends with a dental, and all but one with T, for which we have been +cautiously prepared since the beginning. The singular dignity of +the first clause, and this hammer-stroke of the last, go far to +make the charm of this exquisite sentence. But it is fair to own +that S and R are used a little coarsely. + + +'In Xanady did Kubla Khan (KANDL) +A stately pleasure dome decree, (KDLSR) +Where Alph the sacred river ran, (KANDLSR) +Through caverns measureless to man, (KANLSR) +Down to a sunless sea.' {6} (NDLS) + + +Here I have put the analysis of the main group alongside the lines; +and the more it is looked at, the more interesting it will seem. +But there are further niceties. In lines two and four, the current +S is most delicately varied with Z. In line three, the current +flat A is twice varied with the open A, already suggested in line +two, and both times ('where' and 'sacred') in conjunction with the +current R. In the same line F and V (a harmony in themselves, even +when shorn of their comrade P) are admirably contrasted. And in +line four there is a marked subsidiary M, which again was announced +in line two. I stop from weariness, for more might yet be said. + +My next example was recently quoted from Shakespeare as an example +of the poet's colour sense. Now, I do not think literature has +anything to do with colour, or poets anyway the better of such a +sense; and I instantly attacked this passage, since 'purple' was +the word that had so pleased the writer of the article, to see if +there might not be some literary reason for its use. It will be +seen that I succeeded amply; and I am bound to say I think the +passage exceptional in Shakespeare--exceptional, indeed, in +literature; but it was not I who chose it. + + +'The BaRge she sat iN, like a BURNished throNe +BURNT oN the water: the POOP was BeateN gold, +PURPle the sails and so PUR* Fumed that * per +The wiNds were love-sick with them.' {7} + + +It may be asked why I have put the F of 'perfumed' in capitals; and +I reply, because this change from P to F is the completion of that +from B to P, already so adroitly carried out. Indeed, the whole +passage is a monument of curious ingenuity; and it seems scarce +worth while to indicate the subsidiary S, L, and W. In the same +article, a second passage from Shakespeare was quoted, once again +as an example of his colour sense: + + +'A mole cinque-spotted like the crimson drops +I' the bottom of a cowslip.' {8} + + +It is very curious, very artificial, and not worth while to analyse +at length: I leave it to the reader. But before I turn my back on +Shakespeare, I should like to quote a passage, for my own pleasure, +and for a very model of every technical art: + + +But in the wind and tempest of her frown, +W. P. V.{9} F. (st) (ow) +Distinction with a loud and powerful fan, +W.P. F. (st) (ow) L. + +Puffing at all, winnows the light away; +W. P. F. L. +And what hath mass and matter by itself +W. F. L. M. A. +Lies rich in virtue and unmingled.' {10} +V. L. M. + + +From these delicate and choice writers I turned with some curiosity +to a player of the big drum--Macaulay. I had in hand the two- +volume edition, and I opened at the beginning of the second volume. +Here was what I read: + +'The violence of revolutions is generally proportioned to the +degree of the maladministration which has produced them. It is +therefore not strange that the government of Scotland, having been +during many years greatly more corrupt than the government of +England, should have fallen with a far heavier ruin. The movement +against the last king of the house of Stuart was in England +conservative, in Scotland destructive. The English complained not +of the law, but of the violation of the law.' + +This was plain-sailing enough; it was our old friend PVF, floated +by the liquids in a body; but as I read on, and turned the page, +and still found PVF with his attendant liquids, I confess my mind +misgave me utterly. This could be no trick of Macaulay's; it must +be the nature of the English tongue. In a kind of despair, I +turned half-way through the volume; and coming upon his lordship +dealing with General Cannon, and fresh from Claverhouse and +Killiecrankie, here, with elucidative spelling, was my reward: + +'Meanwhile the disorders of Kannon's Kamp went on inKreasing. He +Kalled a Kouncil of war to Konsider what Kourse it would be +advisable to taKe. But as soon as the Kouncil had met, a +preliminary Kuestion was raised. The army was almost eKsKlusively +a Highland army. The recent vKktory had been won eKsKlusively by +Highland warriors. Great chieFs who had brought siKs or SeVen +hundred Fighting men into the Field did not think it Fair that they +should be outVoted by gentlemen From Ireland, and From the Low +Kountries, who bore indeed King James's Kommission, and were Kalled +Kolonels and Kaptains, but who were Kolonels without regiments and +Kaptains without Kompanies.' + +A moment of FV in all this world of K's! It was not the English +language, then, that was an instrument of one string, but Macaulay +that was an incomparable dauber. + +It was probably from this barbaric love of repeating the same +sound, rather than from any design of clearness, that he acquired +his irritating habit of repeating words; I say the one rather than +the other, because such a trick of the ear is deeper-seated and +more original in man than any logical consideration. Few writers, +indeed, are probably conscious of the length to which they push +this melody of letters. One, writing very diligently, and only +concerned about the meaning of his words and the rhythm of his +phrases, was struck into amazement by the eager triumph with which +he cancelled one expression to substitute another. Neither changed +the sense; both being mono-syllables, neither could affect the +scansion; and it was only by looking back on what he had already +written that the mystery was solved: the second word contained an +open A, and for nearly half a page he had been riding that vowel to +the death. + +In practice, I should add, the ear is not always so exacting; and +ordinary writers, in ordinary moments, content themselves with +avoiding what is harsh, and here and there, upon a rare occasion, +buttressing a phrase, or linking two together, with a patch of +assonance or a momentary jingle of alliteration. To understand how +constant is this preoccupation of good writers, even where its +results are least obtrusive, it is only necessary to turn to the +bad. There, indeed, you will find cacophony supreme, the rattle of +incongruous consonants only relieved by the jaw-breaking hiatus, +and whole phrases not to be articulated by the powers of man. + +Conclusion.--We may now briefly enumerate the elements of style. +We have, peculiar to the prose writer, the task of keeping his +phrases large, rhythmical, and pleasing to the ear, without ever +allowing them to fall into the strictly metrical: peculiar to the +versifier, the task of combining and contrasting his double, +treble, and quadruple pattern, feet and groups, logic and metre-- +harmonious in diversity: common to both, the task of artfully +combining the prime elements of language into phrases that shall be +musical in the mouth; the task of weaving their argument into a +texture of committed phrases and of rounded periods--but this +particularly binding in the case of prose: and, again common to +both, the task of choosing apt, explicit, and communicative words. +We begin to see now what an intricate affair is any perfect +passage; how many faculties, whether of taste or pure reason, must +be held upon the stretch to make it; and why, when it is made, it +should afford us so complete a pleasure. From the arrangement of +according letters, which is altogether arabesque and sensual, up to +the architecture of the elegant and pregnant sentence, which is a +vigorous act of the pure intellect, there is scarce a faculty in +man but has been exercised. We need not wonder, then, if perfect +sentences are rare, and perfect pages rarer. + + + +THE MORALITY OF THE PROFESSION OF LETTERS {11} + + + +The profession of letters has been lately debated in the public +prints; and it has been debated, to put the matter mildly, from a +point of view that was calculated to surprise high-minded men, and +bring a general contempt on books and reading. Some time ago, in +particular, a lively, pleasant, popular writer {12} devoted an +essay, lively and pleasant like himself, to a very encouraging view +of the profession. We may be glad that his experience is so +cheering, and we may hope that all others, who deserve it, shall be +as handsomely rewarded; but I do not think we need be at all glad +to have this question, so important to the public and ourselves, +debated solely on the ground of money. The salary in any business +under heaven is not the only, nor indeed the first, question. That +you should continue to exist is a matter for your own +consideration; but that your business should be first honest, and +second useful, are points in which honour and morality are +concerned. If the writer to whom I refer succeeds in persuading a +number of young persons to adopt this way of life with an eye set +singly on the livelihood, we must expect them in their works to +follow profit only, and we must expect in consequence, if he will +pardon me the epithets, a slovenly, base, untrue, and empty +literature. Of that writer himself I am not speaking: he is +diligent, clean, and pleasing; we all owe him periods of +entertainment, and he has achieved an amiable popularity which he +has adequately deserved. But the truth is, he does not, or did not +when he first embraced it, regard his profession from this purely +mercenary side. He went into it, I shall venture to say, if not +with any noble design, at least in the ardour of a first love; and +he enjoyed its practice long before he paused to calculate the +wage. The other day an author was complimented on a piece of work, +good in itself and exceptionally good for him, and replied, in +terms unworthy of a commercial traveller that as the book was not +briskly selling he did not give a copper farthing for its merit. +It must not be supposed that the person to whom this answer was +addressed received it as a profession of faith; he knew, on the +other hand, that it was only a whiff of irritation; just as we +know, when a respectable writer talks of literature as a way of +life, like shoemaking, but not so useful, that he is only debating +one aspect of a question, and is still clearly conscious of a dozen +others more important in themselves and more central to the matter +in hand. But while those who treat literature in this penny-wise +and virtue-foolish spirit are themselves truly in possession of a +better light, it does not follow that the treatment is decent or +improving, whether for themselves or others. To treat all subjects +in the highest, the most honourable, and the pluckiest spirit, +consistent with the fact, is the first duty of a writer. If he be +well paid, as I am glad to hear he is, this duty becomes the more +urgent, the neglect of it the more disgraceful. And perhaps there +is no subject on which a man should speak so gravely as that +industry, whatever it may be, which is the occupation or delight of +his life; which is his tool to earn or serve with; and which, if it +be unworthy, stamps himself as a mere incubus of dumb and greedy +bowels on the shoulders of labouring humanity. On that subject +alone even to force the note might lean to virtue's side. It is to +be hoped that a numerous and enterprising generation of writers +will follow and surpass the present one; but it would be better if +the stream were stayed, and the roll of our old, honest English +books were closed, than that esurient book-makers should continue +and debase a brave tradition, and lower, in their own eyes, a +famous race. Better that our serene temples were deserted than +filled with trafficking and juggling priests. + +There are two just reasons for the choice of any way of life: the +first is inbred taste in the chooser; the second some high utility +in the industry selected. Literature, like any other art, is +singularly interesting to the artist; and, in a degree peculiar to +itself among the arts, it is useful to mankind. These are the +sufficient justifications for any young man or woman who adopts it +as the business of his life. I shall not say much about the wages. +A writer can live by his writing. If not so luxuriously as by +other trades, then less luxuriously. The nature of the work he +does all day will more affect his happiness than the quality of his +dinner at night. Whatever be your calling, and however much it +brings you in the year, you could still, you know, get more by +cheating. We all suffer ourselves to be too much concerned about a +little poverty; but such considerations should not move us in the +choice of that which is to be the business and justification of so +great a portion of our lives; and like the missionary, the patriot, +or the philosopher, we should all choose that poor and brave career +in which we can do the most and best for mankind. Now Nature, +faithfully followed, proves herself a careful mother. A lad, for +some liking to the jingle of words, betakes himself to letters for +his life; by-and-by, when he learns more gravity, he finds that he +has chosen better than he knew; that if he earns little, he is +earning it amply; that if he receives a small wage, he is in a +position to do considerable services; that it is in his power, in +some small measure, to protect the oppressed and to defend the +truth. So kindly is the world arranged, such great profit may +arise from a small degree of human reliance on oneself, and such, +in particular, is the happy star of this trade of writing, that it +should combine pleasure and profit to both parties, and be at once +agreeable, like fiddling, and useful, like good preaching. + +This is to speak of literature at its highest; and with the four +great elders who are still spared to our respect and admiration, +with Carlyle, Ruskin, Browning, and Tennyson before us, it would be +cowardly to consider it at first in any lesser aspect. But while +we cannot follow these athletes, while we may none of us, perhaps, +be very vigorous, very original, or very wise, I still contend +that, in the humblest sort of literary work, we have it in our +power either to do great harm or great good. We may seek merely to +please; we may seek, having no higher gift, merely to gratify the +idle nine days' curiosity of our contemporaries; or we may essay, +however feebly, to instruct. In each of these we shall have to +deal with that remarkable art of words which, because it is the +dialect of life, comes home so easily and powerfully to the minds +of men; and since that is so, we contribute, in each of these +branches, to build up the sum of sentiments and appreciations which +goes by the name of Public Opinion or Public Feeling. The total of +a nation's reading, in these days of daily papers, greatly modifies +the total of the nation's speech; and the speech and reading, taken +together, form the efficient educational medium of youth. A good +man or woman may keep a youth some little while in clearer air; but +the contemporary atmosphere is all-powerful in the end on the +average of mediocre characters. The copious Corinthian baseness of +the American reporter or the Parisian chroniquear, both so lightly +readable, must exercise an incalculable influence for ill; they +touch upon all subjects, and on all with the same ungenerous hand; +they begin the consideration of all, in young and unprepared minds, +in an unworthy spirit; on all, they supply some pungency for dull +people to quote. The mere body of this ugly matter overwhelms the +rare utterances of good men; the sneering, the selfish, and the +cowardly are scattered in broad sheets on every table, while the +antidote, in small volumes, lies unread upon the shelf. I have +spoken of the American and the French, not because they are so much +baser, but so much more readable, than the English; their evil is +done more effectively, in America for the masses, in French for the +few that care to read; but with us as with them, the duties of +literature are daily neglected, truth daily perverted and +suppressed, and grave subjects daily degraded in the treatment. +The journalist is not reckoned an important officer; yet judge of +the good he might do, the harm he does; judge of it by one instance +only: that when we find two journals on the reverse sides of +politics each, on the same day, openly garbling a piece of news for +the interest of its own party, we smile at the discovery (no +discovery now!) as over a good joke and pardonable stratagem. +Lying so open is scarce lying, it is true; but one of the things +that we profess to teach our young is a respect for truth; and I +cannot think this piece of education will be crowned with any great +success, so long as some of us practise and the rest openly approve +of public falsehood. + +There are two duties incumbent upon any man who enters on the +business of writing: truth to the fact and a good spirit in the +treatment. In every department of literature, though so low as +hardly to deserve the name, truth to the fact is of importance to +the education and comfort of mankind, and so hard to preserve, that +the faithful trying to do so will lend some dignity to the man who +tries it. Our judgments are based upon two things: first, upon +the original preferences of our soul; but, second, upon the mass of +testimony to the nature of God, man, and the universe which reaches +us, in divers manners, from without. For the most part these +divers manners are reducible to one, all that we learn of past +times and much that we learn of our own reaching us through the +medium of books or papers, and even he who cannot read learning +from the same source at second-hand and by the report of him who +can. Thus the sum of the contemporary knowledge or ignorance of +good and evil is, in large measure, the handiwork of those who +write. Those who write have to see that each man's knowledge is, +as near as they can make it, answerable to the facts of life; that +he shall not suppose himself an angel or a monster; nor take this +world for a hell; nor be suffered to imagine that all rights are +concentred in his own caste or country, or all veracities in his +own parochial creed. Each man should learn what is within him, +that he may strive to mend; he must be taught what is without him, +that he may be kind to others. It can never be wrong to tell him +the truth; for, in his disputable state, weaving as he goes his +theory of life, steering himself, cheering or reproving others, all +facts are of the first importance to his conduct; and even if a +fact shall discourage or corrupt him, it is still best that he +should know it; for it is in this world as it is, and not in a +world made easy by educational suppressions, that he must win his +way to shame or glory. In one word, it must always be foul to tell +what is false; and it can never be safe to suppress what is true. +The very fact that you omit may be the fact which somebody was +wanting, for one man's meat is another man's poison, and I have +known a person who was cheered by the perusal of Candide. Every +fact is a part of that great puzzle we must set together; and none +that comes directly in a writer's path but has some nice relations, +unperceivable by him, to the totality and bearing of the subject +under hand. Yet there are certain classes of fact eternally more +necessary than others, and it is with these that literature must +first bestir itself. They are not hard to distinguish, nature once +more easily leading us; for the necessary, because the efficacious, +facts are those which are most interesting to the natural mind of +man. Those which are coloured, picturesque, human, and rooted in +morality, and those, on the other hand, which are clear, +indisputable, and a part of science, are alone vital in importance, +seizing by their interest, or useful to communicate. So far as the +writer merely narrates, he should principally tell of these. He +should tell of the kind and wholesome and beautiful elements of our +life; he should tell unsparingly of the evil and sorrow of the +present, to move us with instances: he should tell of wise and +good people in the past, to excite us by example; and of these he +should tell soberly and truthfully, not glossing faults, that we +may neither grow discouraged with ourselves nor exacting to our +neighbours. So the body of contemporary literature, ephemeral and +feeble in itself, touches in the minds of men the springs of +thought and kindness, and supports them (for those who will go at +all are easily supported) on their way to what is true and right. +And if, in any degree, it does so now, how much more might it do so +if the writers chose! There is not a life in all the records of +the past but, properly studied, might lend a hint and a help to +some contemporary. There is not a juncture in to-day's affairs but +some useful word may yet be said of it. Even the reporter has an +office, and, with clear eyes and honest language, may unveil +injustices and point the way to progress. And for a last word: in +all narration there is only one way to be clever, and that is to be +exact. To be vivid is a secondary quality which must presuppose +the first; for vividly to convey a wrong impression is only to make +failure conspicuous. + +But a fact may be viewed on many sides; it may be chronicled with +rage, tears, laughter, indifference, or admiration, and by each of +these the story will be transformed to something else. The +newspapers that told of the return of our representatives from +Berlin, even if they had not differed as to the facts, would have +sufficiently differed by their spirits; so that the one description +would have been a second ovation, and the other a prolonged insult. +The subject makes but a trifling part of any piece of literature, +and the view of the writer is itself a fact more important because +less disputable than the others. Now this spirit in which a +subject is regarded, important in all kinds of literary work, +becomes all-important in works of fiction, meditation, or rhapsody; +for there it not only colours but itself chooses the facts; not +only modifies but shapes the work. And hence, over the far larger +proportion of the field of literature, the health or disease of the +writer's mind or momentary humour forms not only the leading +feature of his work, but is, at bottom, the only thing he can +communicate to others. In all works of art, widely speaking, it is +first of all the author's attitude that is narrated, though in the +attitude there be implied a whole experience and a theory of life. +An author who has begged the question and reposes in some narrow +faith cannot, if he would, express the whole or even many of the +sides of this various existence; for, his own life being maim, some +of them are not admitted in his theory, and were only dimly and +unwillingly recognised in his experience. Hence the smallness, the +triteness, and the inhumanity in works of merely sectarian +religion; and hence we find equal although unsimilar limitation in +works inspired by the spirit of the flesh or the despicable taste +for high society. So that the first duty of any man who is to +write is intellectual. Designedly or not, he has so far set +himself up for a leader of the minds of men; and he must see that +his own mind is kept supple, charitable, and bright. Everything +but prejudice should find a voice through him; he should see the +good in all things; where he has even a fear that he does not +wholly understand, there he should be wholly silent; and he should +recognise from the first that he has only one tool in his workshop, +and that tool is sympathy. {13} + +The second duty, far harder to define, is moral. There are a +thousand different humours in the mind, and about each of them, +when it is uppermost, some literature tends to be deposited. Is +this to be allowed? Not certainly in every case, and yet perhaps +in more than rigourists would fancy. It were to be desired that +all literary work, and chiefly works of art, issued from sound, +human, healthy, and potent impulses, whether grave or laughing, +humorous, romantic, or religious. + +Yet it cannot be denied that some valuable books are partially +insane; some, mostly religious, partially inhuman; and very many +tainted with morbidity and impotence. We do not loathe a +masterpiece although we gird against its blemishes. We are not, +above all, to look for faults, but merits. There is no book +perfect, even in design; but there are many that will delight, +improve, or encourage the reader. On the one hand, the Hebrew +psalms are the only religious poetry on earth; yet they contain +sallies that savour rankly of the man of blood. On the other hand, +Alfred de Musset had a poisoned and a contorted nature; I am only +quoting that generous and frivolous giant, old Dumas, when I accuse +him of a bad heart; yet, when the impulse under which he wrote was +purely creative, he could give us works like Carmosine or Fantasio, +in which the last note of the romantic comedy seems to have been +found again to touch and please us. When Flaubert wrote Madame +Bovary, I believe he thought chiefly of a somewhat morbid realism; +and behold! the book turned in his hands into a masterpiece of +appalling morality. But the truth is, when books are conceived +under a great stress, with a soul of ninefold power, nine times +heated and electrified by effort, the conditions of our being are +seized with such an ample grasp, that, even should the main design +be trivial or base, some truth and beauty cannot fail to be +expressed. Out of the strong comes forth sweetness; but an ill +thing poorly done is an ill thing top and bottom. And so this can +be no encouragement to knock-kneed, feeble-wristed scribes, who +must take their business conscientiously or be ashamed to practise +it. + +Man is imperfect; yet, in his literature, he must express himself +and his own views and preferences; for to do anything else is to do +a far more perilous thing than to risk being immoral: it is to be +sure of being untrue. To ape a sentiment, even a good one, is to +travesty a sentiment; that will not be helpful. To conceal a +sentiment, if you are sure you hold it, is to take a liberty with +truth. There is probably no point of view possible to a sane man +but contains some truth and, in the true connection, might be +profitable to the race. I am not afraid of the truth, if any one +could tell it me, but I am afraid of parts of it impertinently +uttered. There is a time to dance and a time to mourn; to be harsh +as well as to be sentimental; to be ascetic as well as to glorify +the appetites; and if a man were to combine all these extremes into +his work, each in its place and proportion, that work would be the +world's masterpiece of morality as well as of art. Partiality is +immorality; for any book is wrong that gives a misleading picture +of the world and life. The trouble is that the weakling must be +partial; the work of one proving dank and depressing; of another, +cheap and vulgar; of a third, epileptically sensual; of a fourth, +sourly ascetic. In literature as in conduct, you can never hope to +do exactly right. All you can do is to make as sure as possible; +and for that there is but one rule. Nothing should be done in a +hurry that can be done slowly. It is no use to write a book and +put it by for nine or even ninety years; for in the writing you +will have partly convinced yourself; the delay must precede any +beginning; and if you meditate a work of art, you should first long +roll the subject under the tongue to make sure you like the +flavour, before you brew a volume that shall taste of it from end +to end; or if you propose to enter on the field of controversy, you +should first have thought upon the question under all conditions, +in health as well as in sickness, in sorrow as well as in joy. It +is this nearness of examination necessary for any true and kind +writing, that makes the practice of the art a prolonged and noble +education for the writer. + +There is plenty to do, plenty to say, or to say over again, in the +meantime. Any literary work which conveys faithful facts or +pleasing impressions is a service to the public. It is even a +service to be thankfully proud of having rendered. The slightest +novels are a blessing to those in distress, not chloroform itself a +greater. Our fine old sea-captain's life was justified when +Carlyle soothed his mind with The King's Own or Newton Forster. To +please is to serve; and so far from its being difficult to instruct +while you amuse, it is difficult to do the one thoroughly without +the other. Some part of the writer or his life will crop out in +even a vapid book; and to read a novel that was conceived with any +force is to multiply experience and to exercise the sympathies. + +Every article, every piece of verse, every essay, every entre- +filet, is destined to pass, however swiftly, through the minds of +some portion of the public, and to colour, however transiently, +their thoughts. When any subject falls to be discussed, some +scribbler on a paper has the invaluable opportunity of beginning +its discussion in a dignified and human spirit; and if there were +enough who did so in our public press, neither the public nor the +Parliament would find it in their minds to drop to meaner thoughts. +The writer has the chance to stumble, by the way, on something +pleasing, something interesting, something encouraging, were it +only to a single reader. He will be unfortunate, indeed, if he +suit no one. He has the chance, besides, to stumble on something +that a dull person shall be able to comprehend; and for a dull +person to have read anything and, for that once, comprehended it, +makes a marking epoch in his education. + +Here, then, is work worth doing and worth trying to do well. And +so, if I were minded to welcome any great accession to our trade, +it should not be from any reason of a higher wage, but because it +was a trade which was useful in a very great and in a very high +degree; which every honest tradesman could make more serviceable to +mankind in his single strength; which was difficult to do well and +possible to do better every year; which called for scrupulous +thought on the part of all who practised it, and hence became a +perpetual education to their nobler natures; and which, pay it as +you please, in the large majority of the best cases will still be +underpaid. For surely, at this time of day in the nineteenth +century, there is nothing that an honest man should fear more +timorously than getting and spending more than he deserves. + + + +BOOKS WHICH HAVE INFLUENCED ME {14} + + + +The Editor {15} has somewhat insidiously laid a trap for his +correspondents, the question put appearing at first so innocent, +truly cutting so deep. It is not, indeed, until after some +reconnaissance and review that the writer awakes to find himself +engaged upon something in the nature of autobiography, or, perhaps +worse, upon a chapter in the life of that little, beautiful brother +whom we once all had, and whom we have all lost and mourned, the +man we ought to have been, the man we hoped to be. But when word +has been passed (even to an editor), it should, if possible, be +kept; and if sometimes I am wise and say too little, and sometimes +weak and say too much, the blame must lie at the door of the person +who entrapped me. + +The most influential books, and the truest in their influence, are +works of fiction. They do not pin the reader to a dogma, which he +must afterwards discover to be inexact; they do not teach him a +lesson, which he must afterwards unlearn. They repeat, they +rearrange, they clarify the lessons of life; they disengage us from +ourselves, they constrain us to the acquaintance of others; and +they show us the web of experience, not as we can see it for +ourselves, but with a singular change--that monstrous, consuming +ego of ours being, for the nonce, struck out. To be so, they must +be reasonably true to the human comedy; and any work that is so +serves the turn of instruction. But the course of our education is +answered best by those poems and romances where we breathe a +magnanimous atmosphere of thought and meet generous and pious +characters. Shakespeare has served me best. Few living friends +have had upon me an influence so strong for good as Hamlet or +Rosalind. The last character, already well beloved in the reading, +I had the good fortune to see, I must think, in an impressionable +hour, played by Mrs. Scott Siddons. Nothing has ever more moved, +more delighted, more refreshed me; nor has the influence quite +passed away. Kent's brief speech over the dying Lear had a great +effect upon my mind, and was the burthen of my reflections for +long, so profoundly, so touchingly generous did it appear in sense, +so overpowering in expression. Perhaps my dearest and best friend +outside of Shakespeare is D'Artagnan--the elderly D'Artagnan of the +Vicomte de Bragelonne. I know not a more human soul, nor, in his +way, a finer; I shall be very sorry for the man who is so much of a +pedant in morals that he cannot learn from the Captain of +Musketeers. Lastly, I must name the Pilgrim's Progress, a book +that breathes of every beautiful and valuable emotion. + +But of works of art little can be said; their influence is profound +and silent, like the influence of nature; they mould by contact; we +drink them up like water, and are bettered, yet know not how. It +is in books more specifically didactic that we can follow out the +effect, and distinguish and weigh and compare. A book which has +been very influential upon me fell early into my hands, and so may +stand first, though I think its influence was only sensible later +on, and perhaps still keeps growing, for it is a book not easily +outlived: the Essais of Montaigne. That temperate and genial +picture of life is a great gift to place in the hands of persons of +to-day; they will find in these smiling pages a magazine of heroism +and wisdom, all of an antique strain; they will have their 'linen +decencies' and excited orthodoxies fluttered, and will (if they +have any gift of reading) perceive that these have not been +fluttered without some excuse and ground of reason; and (again if +they have any gift of reading) they will end by seeing that this +old gentleman was in a dozen ways a finer fellow, and held in a +dozen ways a nobler view of life, than they or their +contemporaries. + +The next book, in order of time, to influence me, was the New +Testament, and in particular the Gospel according to St. Matthew. +I believe it would startle and move any one if they could make a +certain effort of imagination and read it freshly like a book, not +droningly and dully like a portion of the Bible. Any one would +then be able to see in it those truths which we are all courteously +supposed to know and all modestly refrain from applying. But upon +this subject it is perhaps better to be silent. + +I come next to Whitman's Leaves of Grass, a book of singular +service, a book which tumbled the world upside down for me, blew +into space a thousand cobwebs of genteel and ethical illusion, and, +having thus shaken my tabernacle of lies, set me back again upon a +strong foundation of all the original and manly virtues. But it +is, once more, only a book for those who have the gift of reading. +I will be very frank--I believe it is so with all good books +except, perhaps, fiction. The average man lives, and must live, so +wholly in convention, that gunpowder charges of the truth are more +apt to discompose than to invigorate his creed. Either he cries +out upon blasphemy and indecency, and crouches the closer round +that little idol of part-truths and part-conveniences which is the +contemporary deity, or he is convinced by what is new, forgets what +is old, and becomes truly blasphemous and indecent himself. New +truth is only useful to supplement the old; rough truth is only +wanted to expand, not to destroy, our civil and often elegant +conventions. He who cannot judge had better stick to fiction and +the daily papers. There he will get little harm, and, in the first +at least, some good. + +Close upon the back of my discovery of Whitman, I came under the +influence of Herbert Spencer. No more persuasive rabbi exists, and +few better. How much of his vast structure will bear the touch of +time, how much is clay and how much brass, it were too curious to +inquire. But his words, if dry, are always manly and honest; there +dwells in his pages a spirit of highly abstract joy, plucked naked +like an algebraic symbol but still joyful; and the reader will find +there a caput mortuum of piety, with little indeed of its +loveliness, but with most of its essentials; and these two +qualities make him a wholesome, as his intellectual vigour makes +him a bracing, writer. I should be much of a hound if I lost my +gratitude to Herbert Spencer. + +Goethe's Life, by Lewes, had a great importance for me when it +first fell into my hands--a strange instance of the partiality of +man's good and man's evil. I know no one whom I less admire than +Goethe; he seems a very epitome of the sins of genius, breaking +open the doors of private life, and wantonly wounding friends, in +that crowning offence of Werther, and in his own character a mere +pen-and-ink Napoleon, conscious of the rights and duties of +superior talents as a Spanish inquisitor was conscious of the +rights and duties of his office. And yet in his fine devotion to +his art, in his honest and serviceable friendship for Schiller, +what lessons are contained! Biography, usually so false to its +office, does here for once perform for us some of the work of +fiction, reminding us, that is, of the truly mingled tissue of +man's nature, and how huge faults and shining virtues cohabit and +persevere in the same character. History serves us well to this +effect, but in the originals, not in the pages of the popular +epitomiser, who is bound, by the very nature of his task, to make +us feel the difference of epochs instead of the essential identity +of man, and even in the originals only to those who can recognise +their own human virtues and defects in strange forms, often +inverted and under strange names, often interchanged. Martial is a +poet of no good repute, and it gives a man new thoughts to read his +works dispassionately, and find in this unseemly jester's serious +passages the image of a kind, wise, and self-respecting gentleman. +It is customary, I suppose, in reading Martial, to leave out these +pleasant verses; I never heard of them, at least, until I found +them for myself; and this partiality is one among a thousand things +that help to build up our distorted and hysterical conception of +the great Roman Empire. + +This brings us by a natural transition to a very noble book--the +Meditations of Marcus Aurelius. The dispassionate gravity, the +noble forgetfulness of self, the tenderness of others, that are +there expressed and were practised on so great a scale in the life +of its writer, make this book a book quite by itself. No one can +read it and not be moved. Yet it scarcely or rarely appeals to the +feelings--those very mobile, those not very trusty parts of man. +Its address lies further back: its lesson comes more deeply home; +when you have read, you carry away with you a memory of the man +himself; it is as though you had touched a loyal hand, looked into +brave eyes, and made a noble friend; there is another bond on you +thenceforward, binding you to life and to the love of virtue. + +Wordsworth should perhaps come next. Every one has been influenced +by Wordsworth, and it is hard to tell precisely how. A certain +innocence, a rugged austerity of joy, a sight of the stars, 'the +silence that is in the lonely hills,' something of the cold thrill +of dawn, cling to his work and give it a particular address to what +is best in us. I do not know that you learn a lesson; you need +not--Mill did not--agree with any one of his beliefs; and yet the +spell is cast. Such are the best teachers; a dogma learned is only +a new error--the old one was perhaps as good; but a spirit +communicated is a perpetual possession. These best teachers climb +beyond teaching to the plane of art; it is themselves, and what is +best in themselves, that they communicate. + +I should never forgive myself if I forgot The Egoist. It is art, +if you like, but it belongs purely to didactic art, and from all +the novels I have read (and I have read thousands) stands in a +place by itself. Here is a Nathan for the modern David; here is a +book to send the blood into men's faces. Satire, the angry picture +of human faults, is not great art; we can all be angry with our +neighbour; what we want is to be shown, not his defects, of which +we are too conscious, but his merits, to which we are too blind. +And The Egoist is a satire; so much must be allowed; but it is a +satire of a singular quality, which tells you nothing of that +obvious mote, which is engaged from first to last with that +invisible beam. It is yourself that is hunted down; these are your +own faults that are dragged into the day and numbered, with +lingering relish, with cruel cunning and precision. A young friend +of Mr. Meredith's (as I have the story) came to him in an agony. +'This is too bad of you,' he cried. 'Willoughby is me!' 'No, my +dear fellow,' said the author; 'he is all of us.' + +I have read The Egoist five or six times myself, and I mean to read +it again; for I am like the young friend of the anecdote--I think +Willoughby an unmanly but a very serviceable exposure of myself. + +I suppose, when I am done, I shall find that I have forgotten much +that was most influential, as I see already I have forgotten +Thoreau, and Hazlitt, whose paper 'On the Spirit of Obligations' +was a turning-point in my life, and Penn, whose little book of +aphorisms had a brief but strong effect on me, and Mitford's Tales +of Old Japan, wherein I learned for the first time the proper +attitude of any rational man to his country's laws--a secret found, +and kept, in the Asiatic islands. That I should commemorate all is +more than I can hope or the Editor could ask. It will be more to +the point, after having said so much upon improving books, to say a +word or two about the improvable reader. The gift of reading, as I +have called it, is not very common, nor very generally understood. +It consists, first of all, in a vast intellectual endowment--a free +grace, I find I must call it--by which a man rises to understand +that he is not punctually right, nor those from whom he differs +absolutely wrong. He may hold dogmas; he may hold them +passionately; and he may know that others hold them but coldly, or +hold them differently, or hold them not at all. Well, if he has +the gift of reading, these others will be full of meat for him. +They will see the other side of propositions and the other side of +virtues. He need not change his dogma for that, but he may change +his reading of that dogma, and he must supplement and correct his +deductions from it. A human truth, which is always very much a +lie, hides as much of life as it displays. It is men who hold +another truth, or, as it seems to us, perhaps, a dangerous lie, who +can extend our restricted field of knowledge, and rouse our drowsy +consciences. Something that seems quite new, or that seems +insolently false or very dangerous, is the test of a reader. If he +tries to see what it means, what truth excuses it, he has the gift, +and let him read. If he is merely hurt, or offended, or exclaims +upon his author's folly, he had better take to the daily papers; he +will never be a reader. + +And here, with the aptest illustrative force, after I have laid +down my part-truth, I must step in with its opposite. For, after +all, we are vessels of a very limited content. Not all men can +read all books; it is only in a chosen few that any man will find +his appointed food; and the fittest lessons are the most palatable, +and make themselves welcome to the mind. A writer learns this +early, and it is his chief support; he goes on unafraid, laying +down the law; and he is sure at heart that most of what he says is +demonstrably false, and much of a mingled strain, and some hurtful, +and very little good for service; but he is sure besides that when +his words fall into the hands of any genuine reader, they will be +weighed and winnowed, and only that which suits will be +assimilated; and when they fall into the hands of one who cannot +intelligently read, they come there quite silent and inarticulate, +falling upon deaf ears, and his secret is kept as if he had not +written. + + + +A NOTE ON REALISM {16} + + + +Style is the invariable mark of any master; and for the student who +does not aspire so high as to be numbered with the giants, it is +still the one quality in which he may improve himself at will. +Passion, wisdom, creative force, the power of mystery or colour, +are allotted in the hour of birth, and can be neither learned nor +simulated. But the just and dexterous use of what qualities we +have, the proportion of one part to another and to the whole, the +elision of the useless, the accentuation of the important, and the +preservation of a uniform character from end to end--these, which +taken together constitute technical perfection, are to some degree +within the reach of industry and intellectual courage. What to put +in and what to leave out; whether some particular fact be +organically necessary or purely ornamental; whether, if it be +purely ornamental, it may not weaken or obscure the general design; +and finally, whether, if we decide to use it, we should do so +grossly and notably, or in some conventional disguise: are +questions of plastic style continually rearising. And the sphinx +that patrols the highways of executive art has no more unanswerable +riddle to propound. + +In literature (from which I must draw my instances) the great +change of the past century has been effected by the admission of +detail. It was inaugurated by the romantic Scott; and at length, +by the semi-romantic Balzac and his more or less wholly unromantic +followers, bound like a duty on the novelist. For some time it +signified and expressed a more ample contemplation of the +conditions of man's life; but it has recently (at least in France) +fallen into a merely technical and decorative stage, which it is, +perhaps, still too harsh to call survival. With a movement of +alarm, the wiser or more timid begin to fall a little back from +these extremities; they begin to aspire after a more naked, +narrative articulation; after the succinct, the dignified, and the +poetic; and as a means to this, after a general lightening of this +baggage of detail. After Scott we beheld the starveling story-- +once, in the hands of Voltaire, as abstract as a parable --begin to +be pampered upon facts. The introduction of these details +developed a particular ability of hand; and that ability, +childishly indulged, has led to the works that now amaze us on a +railway journey. A man of the unquestionable force of M. Zola +spends himself on technical successes. To afford a popular flavour +and attract the mob, he adds a steady current of what I may be +allowed to call the rancid. That is exciting to the moralist; but +what more particularly interests the artist is this tendency of the +extreme of detail, when followed as a principle, to degenerate into +mere feux-de-joie of literary tricking. The other day even M. +Daudet was to be heard babbling of audible colours and visible +sounds. + +This odd suicide of one branch of the realists may serve to remind +us of the fact which underlies a very dusty conflict of the +critics. All representative art, which can be said to live, is +both realistic and ideal; and the realism about which we quarrel is +a matter purely of externals. It is no especial cultus of nature +and veracity, but a mere whim of veering fashion, that has made us +turn our back upon the larger, more various, and more romantic art +of yore. A photographic exactitude in dialogue is now the +exclusive fashion; but even in the ablest hands it tells us no +more--I think it even tells us less--than Moliere, wielding his +artificial medium, has told to us and to all time of Alceste or +Orgon, Dorine or Chrysale. The historical novel is forgotten. Yet +truth to the conditions of man's nature and the conditions of man's +life, the truth of literary art, is free of the ages. It may be +told us in a carpet comedy, in a novel of adventure, or a fairy +tale. The scene may be pitched in London, on the sea-coast of +Bohemia, or away on the mountains of Beulah. And by an odd and +luminous accident, if there is any page of literature calculated to +awake the envy of M. Zola, it must be that Troilus and Cressida +which Shakespeare, in a spasm of unmanly anger with the world, +grafted on the heroic story of the siege of Troy. + +This question of realism, let it then be clearly understood, +regards not in the least degree the fundamental truth, but only the +technical method, of a work of art. Be as ideal or as abstract as +you please, you will be none the less veracious; but if you be +weak, you run the risk of being tedious and inexpressive; and if +you be very strong and honest, you may chance upon a masterpiece. + +A work of art is first cloudily conceived in the mind; during the +period of gestation it stands more clearly forward from these +swaddling mists, puts on expressive lineaments, and becomes at +length that most faultless, but also, alas! that incommunicable +product of the human mind, a perfected design. On the approach to +execution all is changed. The artist must now step down, don his +working clothes, and become the artisan. He now resolutely commits +his airy conception, his delicate Ariel, to the touch of matter; he +must decide, almost in a breath, the scale, the style, the spirit, +and the particularity of execution of his whole design. + +The engendering idea of some works is stylistic; a technical +preoccupation stands them instead of some robuster principle of +life. And with these the execution is but play; for the stylistic +problem is resolved beforehand, and all large originality of +treatment wilfully foregone. Such are the verses, intricately +designed, which we have learnt to admire, with a certain smiling +admiration, at the hands of Mr. Lang and Mr. Dobson; such, too, are +those canvases where dexterity or even breadth of plastic style +takes the place of pictorial nobility of design. So, it may be +remarked, it was easier to begin to write Esmond than Vanity Fair, +since, in the first, the style was dictated by the nature of the +plan; and Thackeray, a man probably of some indolence of mind, +enjoyed and got good profit of this economy of effort. But the +case is exceptional. Usually in all works of art that have been +conceived from within outwards, and generously nourished from the +author's mind, the moment in which he begins to execute is one of +extreme perplexity and strain. Artists of indifferent energy and +an imperfect devotion to their own ideal make this ungrateful +effort once for all; and, having formed a style, adhere to it +through life. But those of a higher order cannot rest content with +a process which, as they continue to employ it, must infallibly +degenerate towards the academic and the cut-and-dried. Every fresh +work in which they embark is the signal for a fresh engagement of +the whole forces of their mind; and the changing views which +accompany the growth of their experience are marked by still more +sweeping alterations in the manner of their art. So that criticism +loves to dwell upon and distinguish the varying periods of a +Raphael, a Shakespeare, or a Beethoven. + +It is, then, first of all, at this initial and decisive moment when +execution is begun, and thenceforth only in a less degree, that the +ideal and the real do indeed, like good and evil angels, contend +for the direction of the work. Marble, paint, and language, the +pen, the needle, and the brush, all have their grossnesses, their +ineffable impotences, their hours, if I may so express myself, of +insubordination. It is the work and it is a great part of the +delight of any artist to contend with these unruly tools, and now +by brute energy, now by witty expedient, to drive and coax them to +effect his will. Given these means, so laughably inadequate, and +given the interest, the intensity, and the multiplicity of the +actual sensation whose effect he is to render with their aid, the +artist has one main and necessary resource which he must, in every +case and upon any theory, employ. He must, that is, suppress much +and omit more. He must omit what is tedious or irrelevant, and +suppress what is tedious and necessary. But such facts as, in +regard to the main design, subserve a variety of purposes, he will +perforce and eagerly retain. And it is the mark of the very +highest order of creative art to be woven exclusively of such. +There, any fact that is registered is contrived a double or a +treble debt to pay, and is at once an ornament in its place, and a +pillar in the main design. Nothing would find room in such a +picture that did not serve, at once, to complete the composition, +to accentuate the scheme of colour, to distinguish the planes of +distance, and to strike the note of the selected sentiment; nothing +would be allowed in such a story that did not, at the same time, +expedite the progress of the fable, build up the characters, and +strike home the moral or the philosophical design. But this is +unattainable. As a rule, so far from building the fabric of our +works exclusively with these, we are thrown into a rapture if we +think we can muster a dozen or a score of them, to be the plums of +our confection. And hence, in order that the canvas may be filled +or the story proceed from point to point, other details must be +admitted. They must be admitted, alas! upon a doubtful title; many +without marriage robes. Thus any work of art, as it proceeds +towards completion, too often--I had almost written always--loses +in force and poignancy of main design. Our little air is swamped +and dwarfed among hardly relevant orchestration; our little +passionate story drowns in a deep sea of descriptive eloquence or +slipshod talk. + +But again, we are rather more tempted to admit those particulars +which we know we can describe; and hence those most of all which, +having been described very often, have grown to be conventionally +treated in the practice of our art. These we choose, as the mason +chooses the acanthus to adorn his capital, because they come +naturally to the accustomed hand. The old stock incidents and +accessories, tricks of workmanship and schemes of composition (all +being admirably good, or they would long have been forgotten) haunt +and tempt our fancy, offer us ready-made but not perfectly +appropriate solutions for any problem that arises, and wean us from +the study of nature and the uncompromising practice of art. To +struggle, to face nature, to find fresh solutions, and give +expression to facts which have not yet been adequately or not yet +elegantly expressed, is to run a little upon the danger of extreme +self-love. Difficulty sets a high price upon achievement; and the +artist may easily fall into the error of the French naturalists, +and consider any fact as welcome to admission if it be the ground +of brilliant handiwork; or, again, into the error of the modern +landscape-painter, who is apt to think that difficulty overcome and +science well displayed can take the place of what is, after all, +the one excuse and breath of art--charm. A little further, and he +will regard charm in the light of an unworthy sacrifice to +prettiness, and the omission of a tedious passage as an infidelity +to art. + +We have now the matter of this difference before us. The idealist, +his eye singly fixed upon the greater outlines, loves rather to +fill up the interval with detail of the conventional order, briefly +touched, soberly suppressed in tone, courting neglect. But the +realist, with a fine intemperance, will not suffer the presence of +anything so dead as a convention; he shall have all fiery, all hot- +pressed from nature, all charactered and notable, seizing the eye. +The style that befits either of these extremes, once chosen, brings +with it its necessary disabilities and dangers. The immediate +danger of the realist is to sacrifice the beauty and significance +of the whole to local dexterity, or, in the insane pursuit of +completion, to immolate his readers under facts; but he comes in +the last resort, and as his energy declines, to discard all design, +abjure all choice, and, with scientific thoroughness, steadily to +communicate matter which is not worth learning. The danger of the +idealist is, of course, to become merely null and lose all grip of +fact, particularity, or passion. + +We talk of bad and good. Everything, indeed, is good which is +conceived with honesty and executed with communicative ardour. But +though on neither side is dogmatism fitting, and though in every +case the artist must decide for himself, and decide afresh and yet +afresh for each succeeding work and new creation; yet one thing may +be generally said, that we of the last quarter of the nineteenth +century, breathing as we do the intellectual atmosphere of our age, +are more apt to err upon the side of realism than to sin in quest +of the ideal. Upon that theory it may be well to watch and correct +our own decisions, always holding back the hand from the least +appearance of irrelevant dexterity, and resolutely fixed to begin +no work that is not philosophical, passionate, dignified, happily +mirthful, or, at the last and least, romantic in design. + + + +MY FIRST BOOK: 'TREASURE ISLAND' {17} + + + +It was far indeed from being my first book, for I am not a novelist +alone. But I am well aware that my paymaster, the Great Public, +regards what else I have written with indifference, if not +aversion; if it call upon me at all, it calls on me in the familiar +and indelible character; and when I am asked to talk of my first +book, no question in the world but what is meant is my first novel. + +Sooner or later, somehow, anyhow, I was bound to write a novel. It +seems vain to ask why. Men are born with various manias: from my +earliest childhood, it was mine to make a plaything of imaginary +series of events; and as soon as I was able to write, I became a +good friend to the paper-makers. Reams upon reams must have gone +to the making of 'Rathillet,' 'The Pentland Rising,' {18} 'The +King's Pardon' (otherwise 'Park Whitehead'), 'Edward Daven,' 'A +Country Dance,' and 'A Vendetta in the West'; and it is consolatory +to remember that these reams are now all ashes, and have been +received again into the soil. I have named but a few of my ill- +fated efforts, only such indeed as came to a fair bulk ere they +were desisted from; and even so they cover a long vista of years. +'Rathillet' was attempted before fifteen, 'The Vendetta' at twenty- +nine, and the succession of defeats lasted unbroken till I was +thirty-one. By that time, I had written little books and little +essays and short stories; and had got patted on the back and paid +for them--though not enough to live upon. I had quite a +reputation, I was the successful man; I passed my days in toil, the +futility of which would sometimes make my cheek to burn--that I +should spend a man's energy upon this business, and yet could not +earn a livelihood: and still there shone ahead of me an unattained +ideal: although I had attempted the thing with vigour not less +than ten or twelve times, I had not yet written a novel. All--all +my pretty ones--had gone for a little, and then stopped inexorably +like a schoolboy's watch. I might be compared to a cricketer of +many years' standing who should never have made a run. Anybody can +write a short story--a bad one, I mean--who has industry and paper +and time enough; but not every one may hope to write even a bad +novel. It is the length that kills. + +The accepted novelist may take his novel up and put it down, spend +days upon it in vain, and write not any more than he makes haste to +blot. Not so the beginner. Human nature has certain rights; +instinct--the instinct of self-preservation--forbids that any man +(cheered and supported by the consciousness of no previous victory) +should endure the miseries of unsuccessful literary toil beyond a +period to be measured in weeks. There must be something for hope +to feed upon. The beginner must have a slant of wind, a lucky vein +must be running, he must be in one of those hours when the words +come and the phrases balance of themselves--EVEN TO BEGIN. And +having begun, what a dread looking forward is that until the book +shall be accomplished! For so long a time, the slant is to +continue unchanged, the vein to keep running, for so long a time +you must keep at command the same quality of style: for so long a +time your puppets are to be always vital, always consistent, always +vigorous! I remember I used to look, in those days, upon every +three-volume novel with a sort of veneration, as a feat--not +possibly of literature--but at least of physical and moral +endurance and the courage of Ajax. + +In the fated year I came to live with my father and mother at +Kinnaird, above Pitlochry. Then I walked on the red moors and by +the side of the golden burn; the rude, pure air of our mountains +inspirited, if it did not inspire us, and my wife and I projected a +joint volume of logic stories, for which she wrote 'The Shadow on +the Bed,' and I turned out 'Thrawn Janet,' and a first draft of +'The Merry Men.' I love my native air, but it does not love me; +and the end of this delightful period was a cold, a fly-blister, +and a migration by Strathairdle and Glenshee to the Castleton of +Braemar. + +There it blew a good deal and rained in a proportion; my native air +was more unkind than man's ingratitude, and I must consent to pass +a good deal of my time between four walls in a house lugubriously +known as the Late Miss McGregor's Cottage. And now admire the +finger of predestination. There was a schoolboy in the Late Miss +McGregor's Cottage, home from the holidays, and much in want of +'something craggy to break his mind upon.' He had no thought of +literature; it was the art of Raphael that received his fleeting +suffrages; and with the aid of pen and ink and a shilling box of +water colours, he had soon turned one of the rooms into a picture +gallery. My more immediate duty towards the gallery was to be +showman; but I would sometimes unbend a little, join the artist (so +to speak) at the easel, and pass the afternoon with him in a +generous emulation, making coloured drawings. On one of these +occasions, I made the map of an island; it was elaborately and (I +thought) beautifully coloured; the shape of it took my fancy beyond +expression; it contained harbours that pleased me like sonnets; and +with the unconsciousness of the predestined, I ticketed my +performance 'Treasure Island.' I am told there are people who do +not care for maps, and find it hard to believe. The names, the +shapes of the woodlands, the courses of the roads and rivers, the +prehistoric footsteps of man still distinctly traceable up hill and +down dale, the mills and the ruins, the ponds and the ferries, +perhaps the Standing Stone or the Druidic Circle on the heath; here +is an inexhaustible fund of interest for any man with eyes to see +or twopence-worth of imagination to understand with! No child but +must remember laying his head in the grass, staring into the +infinitesimal forest and seeing it grow populous with fairy armies. + +Somewhat in this way, as I paused upon my map of 'Treasure Island,' +the future character of the book began to appear there visibly +among imaginary woods; and their brown faces and bright weapons +peeped out upon me from unexpected quarters, as they passed to and +fro, fighting and hunting treasure, on these few square inches of a +flat projection. The next thing I knew I had some papers before me +and was writing out a list of chapters. How often have I done so, +and the thing gone no further! But there seemed elements of +success about this enterprise. It was to be a story for boys; no +need of psychology or fine writing; and I had a boy at hand to be a +touchstone. Women were excluded. I was unable to handle a brig +(which the Hispaniola should have been), but I thought I could make +shift to sail her as a schooner without public shame. And then I +had an idea for John Silver from which I promised myself funds of +entertainment; to take an admired friend of mine (whom the reader +very likely knows and admires as much as I do), to deprive him of +all his finer qualities and higher graces of temperament, to leave +him with nothing but his strength, his courage, his quickness, and +his magnificent geniality, and to try to express these in terms of +the culture of a raw tarpaulin. Such psychical surgery is, I +think, a common way of 'making character'; perhaps it is, indeed, +the only way. We can put in the quaint figure that spoke a hundred +words with us yesterday by the wayside; but do we know him? Our +friend, with his infinite variety and flexibility, we know--but can +we put him in? Upon the first, we must engraft secondary and +imaginary qualities, possibly all wrong; from the second, knife in +hand, we must cut away and deduct the needless arborescence of his +nature, but the trunk and the few branches that remain we may at +least be fairly sure of. + +On a chill September morning, by the cheek of a brisk fire, and the +rain drumming on the window, I began The Sea Cook, for that was the +original title. I have begun (and finished) a number of other +books, but I cannot remember to have sat down to one of them with +more complacency. It is not to be wondered at, for stolen waters +are proverbially sweet. I am now upon a painful chapter. No doubt +the parrot once belonged to Robinson Crusoe. No doubt the skeleton +is conveyed from Poe. I think little of these, they are trifles +and details; and no man can hope to have a monopoly of skeletons or +make a corner in talking birds. The stockade, I am told, is from +Masterman Ready. It may be, I care not a jot. These useful +writers had fulfilled the poet's saying: departing, they had left +behind them Footprints on the sands of time, Footprints which +perhaps another--and I was the other! It is my debt to Washington +Irving that exercises my conscience, and justly so, for I believe +plagiarism was rarely carried farther. I chanced to pick up the +Tales of a Traveller some years ago with a view to an anthology of +prose narrative, and the book flew up and struck me: Billy Bones, +his chest, the company in the parlour, the whole inner spirit, and +a good deal of the material detail of my first chapters--all were +there, all were the property of Washington Irving. But I had no +guess of it then as I sat writing by the fireside, in what seemed +the spring-tides of a somewhat pedestrian inspiration; nor yet day +by day, after lunch, as I read aloud my morning's work to the +family. It seemed to me original as sin; it seemed to belong to me +like my right eye. I had counted on one boy, I found I had two in +my audience. My father caught fire at once with all the romance +and childishness of his original nature. His own stories, that +every night of his life he put himself to sleep with, dealt +perpetually with ships, roadside inns, robbers, old sailors, and +commercial travellers before the era of steam. He never finished +one of these romances; the lucky man did not require to! But in +Treasure Island he recognised something kindred to his own +imagination; it was HIS kind of picturesque; and he not only heard +with delight the daily chapter, but set himself acting to +collaborate. When the time came for Billy Bones's chest to be +ransacked, he must have passed the better part of a day preparing, +on the back of a legal envelope, an inventory of its contents, +which I exactly followed; and the name of 'Flint's old ship'--the +Walrus--was given at his particular request. And now who should +come dropping in, ex machina, but Dr. Japp, like the disguised +prince who is to bring down the curtain upon peace and happiness in +the last act; for he carried in his pocket, not a horn or a +talisman, but a publisher--had, in fact, been charged by my old +friend, Mr. Henderson, to unearth new writers for Young Folks. +Even the ruthlessness of a united family recoiled before the +extreme measure of inflicting on our guest the mutilated members of +The Sea Cook; at the same time, we would by no means stop our +readings; and accordingly the tale was begun again at the +beginning, and solemnly re-delivered for the benefit of Dr. Japp. +From that moment on, I have thought highly of his critical faculty; +for when he left us, he carried away the manuscript in his +portmanteau. + +Here, then, was everything to keep me up, sympathy, help, and now a +positive engagement. I had chosen besides a very easy style. +Compare it with the almost contemporary 'Merry Men', one reader may +prefer the one style, one the other--'tis an affair of character, +perhaps of mood; but no expert can fail to see that the one is much +more difficult, and the other much easier to maintain. It seems as +though a full-grown experienced man of letters might engage to turn +out Treasure Island at so many pages a day, and keep his pipe +alight. But alas! this was not my case. Fifteen days I stuck to +it, and turned out fifteen chapters; and then, in the early +paragraphs of the sixteenth, ignominiously lost hold. My mouth was +empty; there was not one word of Treasure Island in my bosom; and +here were the proofs of the beginning already waiting me at the +'Hand and Spear'! Then I corrected them, living for the most part +alone, walking on the heath at Weybridge in dewy autumn mornings, a +good deal pleased with what I had done, and more appalled than I +can depict to you in words at what remained for me to do. I was +thirty-one; I was the head of a family; I had lost my health; I had +never yet paid my way, never yet made 200 pounds a year; my father +had quite recently bought back and cancelled a book that was judged +a failure: was this to be another and last fiasco? I was indeed +very close on despair; but I shut my mouth hard, and during the +journey to Davos, where I was to pass the winter, had the +resolution to think of other things and bury myself in the novels +of M. de Boisgobey. Arrived at my destination, down I sat one +morning to the unfinished tale; and behold! it flowed from me like +small talk; and in a second tide of delighted industry, and again +at a rate of a chapter a day, I finished Treasure Island. It had +to be transcribed almost exactly; my wife was ill; the schoolboy +remained alone of the faithful; and John Addington Symonds (to whom +I timidly mentioned what I was engaged on) looked on me askance. +He was at that time very eager I should write on the characters of +Theophrastus: so far out may be the judgments of the wisest men. +But Symonds (to be sure) was scarce the confidant to go to for +sympathy on a boy's story. He was large-minded; 'a full man,' if +there was one; but the very name of my enterprise would suggest to +him only capitulations of sincerity and solecisms of style. Well! +he was not far wrong. + +Treasure Island--it was Mr. Henderson who deleted the first title, +The Sea Cook--appeared duly in the story paper, where it figured in +the ignoble midst, without woodcuts, and attracted not the least +attention. I did not care. I liked the tale myself, for much the +same reason as my father liked the beginning: it was my kind of +picturesque. I was not a little proud of John Silver, also; and to +this day rather admire that smooth and formidable adventurer. What +was infinitely more exhilarating, I had passed a landmark; I had +finished a tale, and written 'The End' upon my manuscript, as I had +not done since 'The Pentland Rising,' when I was a boy of sixteen +not yet at college. In truth it was so by a set of lucky +accidents; had not Dr. Japp come on his visit, had not the tale +flowed from me with singular case, it must have been laid aside +like its predecessors, and found a circuitous and unlamented way to +the fire. Purists may suggest it would have been better so. I am +not of that mind. The tale seems to have given much pleasure, and +it brought (or, was the means of bringing) fire and food and wine +to a deserving family in which I took an interest. I need scarcely +say I mean my own. + +But the adventures of Treasure Island are not yet quite at an end. +I had written it up to the map. The map was the chief part of my +plot. For instance, I had called an islet 'Skeleton Island,' not +knowing what I meant, seeking only for the immediate picturesque, +and it was to justify this name that I broke into the gallery of +Mr. Poe and stole Flint's pointer. And in the same way, it was +because I had made two harbours that the Hispaniola was sent on her +wanderings with Israel Hands. The time came when it was decided to +republish, and I sent in my manuscript, and the map along with it, +to Messrs. Cassell. The proofs came, they were corrected, but I +heard nothing of the map. I wrote and asked; was told it had never +been received, and sat aghast. It is one thing to draw a map at +random, set a scale in one corner of it at a venture, and write up +a story to the measurements. It is quite another to have to +examine a whole book, make an inventory of all the allusions +contained in it, and with a pair of compasses, painfully design a +map to suit the data. I did it; and the map was drawn again in my +father's office, with embellishments of blowing whales and sailing +ships, and my father himself brought into service a knack he had of +various writing, and elaborately FORGED the signature of Captain +Flint, and the sailing directions of Billy Bones. But somehow it +was never Treasure Island to me. + +I have said the map was the most of the plot. I might almost say +it was the whole. A few reminiscences of Poe, Defoe, and +Washington Irving, a copy of Johnson's Buccaneers, the name of the +Dead Man's Chest from Kingsley's At Last, some recollections of +canoeing on the high seas, and the map itself, with its infinite, +eloquent suggestion, made up the whole of my materials. It is, +perhaps, not often that a map figures so largely in a tale, yet it +is always important. The author must know his countryside, whether +real or imaginary, like his hand; the distances, the points of the +compass, the place of the sun's rising, the behaviour of the moon, +should all be beyond cavil. And how troublesome the moon is! I +have come to grief over the moon in Prince Otto, and so soon as +that was pointed out to me, adopted a precaution which I recommend +to other men--I never write now without an almanack. With an +almanack, and the map of the country, and the plan of every house, +either actually plotted on paper or already and immediately +apprehended in the mind, a man may hope to avoid some of the +grossest possible blunders. With the map before him, he will +scarce allow the sun to set in the east, as it does in The +Antiquary. With the almanack at hand, he will scarce allow two +horsemen, journeying on the most urgent affair, to employ six days, +from three of the Monday morning till late in the Saturday night, +upon a journey of, say, ninety or a hundred miles, and before the +week is out, and still on the same nags, to cover fifty in one day, +as may be read at length in the inimitable novel of Rob Roy. And +it is certainly well, though far from necessary, to avoid such +'croppers.' But it is my contention--my superstition, if you like- +-that who is faithful to his map, and consults it, and draws from +it his inspiration, daily and hourly, gains positive support, and +not mere negative immunity from accident. The tale has a root +there; it grows in that soil; it has a spine of its own behind the +words. Better if the country be real, and he has walked every foot +of it and knows every milestone. But even with imaginary places, +he will do well in the beginning to provide a map; as he studies +it, relations will appear that he had not thought upon; he will +discover obvious, though unsuspected, short-cuts and footprints for +his messengers; and even when a map is not all the plot, as it was +in Treasure Island, it will be found to be a mine of suggestion. + + + +THE GENESIS OF 'THE MASTER OF BALLANTRAE' + + + +I was walking one night in the verandah of a small house in which I +lived, outside the hamlet of Saranac. It was winter; the night was +very dark; the air extraordinary clear and cold, and sweet with the +purity of forests. From a good way below, the river was to be +heard contending with ice and boulders: a few lights appeared, +scattered unevenly among the darkness, but so far away as not to +lessen the sense of isolation. For the making of a story here were +fine conditions. I was besides moved with the spirit of emulation, +for I had just finished my third or fourth perusal of The Phantom +Ship. 'Come,' said I to my engine, 'let us make a tale, a story of +many years and countries, of the sea and the land, savagery and +civilisation; a story that shall have the same large features, and +may be treated in the same summary elliptic method as the book you +have been reading and admiring.' I was here brought up with a +reflection exceedingly just in itself, but which, as the sequel +shows, I failed to profit by. I saw that Marryat, not less than +Homer, Milton, and Virgil, profited by the choice of a familiar and +legendary subject; so that he prepared his readers on the very +title-page; and this set me cudgelling my brains, if by any chance +I could hit upon some similar belief to be the centre-piece of my +own meditated fiction. In the course of this vain search there +cropped up in my memory a singular case of a buried and +resuscitated fakir, which I had been often told by an uncle of +mine, then lately dead, Inspector-General John Balfour. + +On such a fine frosty night, with no wind and the thermometer below +zero, the brain works with much vivacity; and the next moment I had +seen the circumstance transplanted from India and the tropics to +the Adirondack wilderness and the stringent cold of the Canadian +border. Here then, almost before I had begun my story, I had two +countries, two of the ends of the earth involved: and thus though +the notion of the resuscitated man failed entirely on the score of +general acceptation, or even (as I have since found) acceptability, +it fitted at once with my design of a tale of many lands; and this +decided me to consider further of its possibilities. The man who +should thus be buried was the first question: a good man, whose +return to life would be hailed by the reader and the other +characters with gladness? This trenched upon the Christian +picture, and was dismissed. If the idea, then, was to be of any +use at all for me, I had to create a kind of evil genius to his +friends and family, take him through many disappearances, and make +this final restoration from the pit of death, in the icy American +wilderness, the last and the grimmest of the series. I need not +tell my brothers of the craft that I was now in the most +interesting moment of an author's life; the hours that followed +that night upon the balcony, and the following nights and days, +whether walking abroad or lying wakeful in my bed, were hours of +unadulterated joy. My mother, who was then living with me alone, +perhaps had less enjoyment; for, in the absence of my wife, who is +my usual helper in these times of parturition, I must spur her up +at all seasons to hear me relate and try to clarify my unformed +fancies. + +And while I was groping for the fable and the character required, +behold I found them lying ready and nine years old in my memory. +Pease porridge hot, pease porridge cold, pease porridge in the pot, +nine years old. Was there ever a more complete justification of +the rule of Horace? Here, thinking of quite other things, I had +stumbled on the solution, or perhaps I should rather say (in +stagewright phrase) the Curtain or final Tableau of a story +conceived long before on the moors between Pitlochry and +Strathardle, conceived in Highland rain, in the blend of the smell +of heather and bog-plants, and with a mind full of the Athole +correspondence and the memories of the dumlicide Justice. So long +ago, so far away it was, that I had first evoked the faces and the +mutual tragic situation of the men of Durrisdeer. + +My story was now world-wide enough: Scotland, India, and America +being all obligatory scenes. But of these India was strange to me +except in books; I had never known any living Indian save a Parsee, +a member of my club in London, equally civilised, and (to all +seeing) equally accidental with myself. It was plain, thus far, +that I should have to get into India and out of it again upon a +foot of fairy lightness; and I believe this first suggested to me +the idea of the Chevalier Burke for a narrator. It was at first +intended that he should be Scottish, and I was then filled with +fears that he might prove only the degraded shadow of my own Alan +Breck. Presently, however, it began to occur to me it would be +like my Master to curry favour with the Prince's Irishmen; and that +an Irish refugee would have a particular reason to find himself in +India with his countryman, the unfortunate Lally. Irish, +therefore, I decided he should be, and then, all of a sudden, I was +aware of a tall shadow across my path, the shadow of Barry Lyndon. +No man (in Lord Foppington's phrase) of a nice morality could go +very deep with my Master: in the original idea of this story +conceived in Scotland, this companion had been besides intended to +be worse than the bad elder son with whom (as it was then meant) he +was to visit Scotland; if I took an Irishman, and a very bad +Irishman, in the midst of the eighteenth century, how was I to +evade Barry Lyndon? The wretch besieged me, offering his services; +he gave me excellent references; he proved that he was highly +fitted for the work I had to do; he, or my own evil heart, +suggested it was easy to disguise his ancient livery wit a little +lace and a few frogs and buttons, so that Thackeray himself should +hardly recognise him. And then of a sudden there came to me +memories of a young Irishman, with whom I was once intimate, and +had spent long nights walking and talking with, upon a very +desolate coast in a bleak autumn: I recalled him as a youth of an +extraordinary moral simplicity--almost vacancy; plastic to any +influence, the creature of his admirations: and putting such a +youth in fancy into the career of a soldier of fortune, it occurred +to me that he would serve my turn as well as Mr. Lyndon, and in +place of entering into competition with the Master, would afford a +slight though a distinct relief. I know not if I have done him +well, though his moral dissertations always highly entertained me: +but I own I have been surprised to find that he reminded some +critics of Barry Lyndon after all. . . . + + + +PREFACE TO 'THE MASTER OF BALLANTRAE' {19} + + + +Although an old, consistent exile, the editor of the following +pages revisits now and again the city of which he exults to be a +native; and there are few things more strange, more painful, or +more salutary, than such revisitations. Outside, in foreign spots, +he comes by surprise and awakens more attention than he had +expected; in his own city, the relation is reversed, and he stands +amazed to be so little recollected. Elsewhere he is refreshed to +see attractive faces, to remark possible friends; there he scouts +the long streets, with a pang at heart, for the faces and friends +that are no more. Elsewhere he is delighted with the presence of +what is new, there tormented by the absence of what is old. +Elsewhere he is content to be his present self; there he is smitten +with an equal regret for what he once was and for what he once +hoped to be. + +He was feeling all this dimly, as he drove from the station, on his +last visit; he was feeling it still as he alighted at the door of +his friend Mr. Johnstone Thomson, W.S., with whom he was to stay. +A hearty welcome, a face not altogether changed, a few words that +sounded of old days, a laugh provoked and shared, a glimpse in +passing of the snowy cloth and bright decanters and the Piranesis +on the dining-room wall, brought him to his bed-room with a +somewhat lightened cheer, and when he and Mr. Thomson sat down a +few minutes later, cheek by jowl, and pledged the past in a +preliminary bumper, he was already almost consoled, he had already +almost forgiven himself his two unpardonable errors, that he should +ever have left his native city, or ever returned to it. + +'I have something quite in your way,' said Mr. Thomson. 'I wished +to do honour to your arrival; because, my dear fellow, it is my own +youth that comes back along with you; in a very tattered and +withered state, to be sure, but--well!--all that's left of it.' + +'A great deal better than nothing,' said the editor. 'But what is +this which is quite in my way?' + +'I was coming to that,' said Mr. Thomson: 'Fate has put it in my +power to honour your arrival with something really original by way +of dessert. A mystery.' + +'A mystery?' I repeated. + +'Yes,' said his friend, 'a mystery. It may prove to be nothing, +and it may prove to be a great deal. But in the meanwhile it is +truly mysterious, no eye having looked on it for near a hundred +years; it is highly genteel, for it treats of a titled family; and +it ought to be melodramatic, for (according to the superscription) +it is concerned with death.' + +'I think I rarely heard a more obscure or a more promising +annunciation,' the other remarked. 'But what is It?' + +'You remember my predecessor's, old Peter M'Brair's business?' + +'I remember him acutely; he could not look at me without a pang of +reprobation, and he could not feel the pang without betraying it. +He was to me a man of a great historical interest, but the interest +was not returned.' + +'Ah well, we go beyond him,' said Mr. Thomson. 'I daresay old +Peter knew as little about this as I do. You see, I succeeded to a +prodigious accumulation of old law-papers and old tin boxes, some +of them of Peter's hoarding, some of his father's, John, first of +the dynasty, a great man in his day. Among other collections were +all the papers of the Durrisdeers.' + +'The Durrisdeers!' cried I. 'My dear fellow, these may be of the +greatest interest. One of them was out in the '45; one had some +strange passages with the devil--you will find a note of it in +Law's Memorials, I think; and there was an unexplained tragedy, I +know not what, much later, about a hundred years ago--' + +'More than a hundred years ago,' said Mr. Thomson. 'In 1783.' + +'How do you know that? I mean some death.' + +'Yes, the lamentable deaths of my lord Durrisdeer and his brother, +the Master of Ballantrae (attainted in the troubles),' said Mr. +Thomson with something the tone of a man quoting. 'Is that it?' + +'To say truth,' said I, 'I have only seen some dim reference to the +things in memoirs; and heard some traditions dimmer still, through +my uncle (whom I think you knew). My uncle lived when he was a boy +in the neighbourhood of St. Bride's; he has often told me of the +avenue closed up and grown over with grass, the great gates never +opened, the last lord and his old maid sister who lived in the back +parts of the house, a quiet, plain, poor, hum-drum couple it would +seem--but pathetic too, as the last of that stirring and brave +house--and, to the country folk, faintly terrible from some +deformed traditions.' + +'Yes,' said Mr. Thomson. Henry Graeme Durie, the last lord, died +in 1820; his sister, the Honourable Miss Katherine Durie, in '27; +so much I know; and by what I have been going over the last few +days, they were what you say, decent, quiet people and not rich. +To say truth, it was a letter of my lord's that put me on the +search for the packet we are going to open this evening. Some +papers could not be found; and he wrote to Jack M'Brair suggesting +they might be among those sealed up by a Mr. Mackellar. M'Brair +answered, that the papers in question were all in Mackellar's own +hand, all (as the writer understood) of a purely narrative +character; and besides, said he, "I am bound not to open them +before the year 1889." You may fancy if these words struck me: I +instituted a hunt through all the M'Brair repositories; and at last +hit upon that packet which (if you have had enough wine) I propose +to show you at once.' + +In the smoking-room, to which my host now led me, was a packet, +fastened with many seals and enclosed in a single sheet of strong +paper thus endorsed:- + + +Papers relating to the lives and lamentable deaths of the late Lord +Durisdeer, and his elder brother James, commonly called Master of +Ballantrae, attainted in the troubles: entrusted into the hands of +John M'Brair in the Lawnmarket of Edinburgh, W.S.; this 20th day of +September Anno Domini 1789; by him to be kept secret until the +revolution of one hundred years complete, or until the 20th day of +September 1889: the same compiled and written by me, + +EPHRAIM MACKELLAR, + +For near forty years Land Steward on the +estates of His Lordship. + +As Mr. Thomson is a married man, I will not say what hour had +struck when we laid down the last of the following pages; but I +will give a few words of what ensued. + +'Here,' said Mr. Thomson, 'is a novel ready to your hand: all you +have to do is to work up the scenery, develop the characters, and +improve the style.' + +'My dear fellow,' said I, 'they are just the three things that I +would rather die than set my hand to. It shall be published as it +stands.' + +'But it's so bald,' objected Mr. Thomson. + +'I believe there is nothing so noble as baldness,' replied I, 'and +I am sure there is nothing so interesting. I would have all +literature bald, and all authors (if you like) but one.' + +'Well, well,' said Mr. Thomson, 'we shall see.' + + + +Footnotes: + + +{1} First published in the Contemporary Review, April 1885 + +{2} Milton. + +{3} Milton. + +{4} Milton. + +{5} As PVF will continue to haunt us through our English examples, +take, by way of comparison, this Latin verse, of which it forms a +chief adornment, and do not hold me answerable for the all too +Roman freedom of the sense: 'Hanc volo, quae facilis, quae +palliolata vagatur.' + +{6} Coleridge. + +{7} Antony and Cleopatra. + +{8} Cymbeline. + +{9} The V is in 'of.' + +{10} Troilus and Cressida. + +{11} First published in the Fortnightly Review, April 1881. + +{12} Mr. James Payn. + +{13} A footnote, at least, is due to the admirable example set +before all young writers in the width of literary sympathy +displayed by Mr. Swinburne. He runs forth to welcome merit, +whether in Dickens or Trollope, whether in Villon, Milton, or Pope. +This is, in criticism, the attitude we should all seek to preserve; +not only in that, but in every branch of literary work. + +{14} First published in the British Weekly, May 13, 1887. + +{15} Of the British Weekly. + +{16} First published in the Magazine of Art in 1883. + +{17} First published in the Idler, August 1894. + +{18} Ne pas confondre. Not the slim green pamphlet with the +imprint of Andrew Elliot, for which (as I see with amazement from +the book-lists) the gentlemen of England are willing to pay fancy +prices; but its predecessor, a bulky historical romance without a +spark of merit, and now deleted from the world. + +{19} 1889. + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE ART OF WRITING *** + +This file should be named artow10.txt or artow10.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, artow11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, artow10a.txt + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 + +Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/artow10.zip b/old/artow10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..392d036 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/artow10.zip diff --git a/old/artow10h.htm b/old/artow10h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..063a2e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/artow10h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2452 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII"> +<title>The Art of Writing and Other Essays</title> +</head> +<body> +<h2> +<a href="#startoftext">The Art of Writing and Other Essays, by Robert Louis Stevenson</a> +</h2> +<pre> +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Art of Writing and Other Essays +by Robert Louis Stevenson +(#22 in our series by Robert Louis Stevenson) + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Art of Writing and Other Essays + +Author: Robert Louis Stevenson + +Release Date: April, 1996 [EBook #492] +[This file was first posted on February 21, 1996] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII +</pre> +<p> +<a name="startoftext"></a> +Transcribed from the 1905 Chatto & Windus edition by David Price, +email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +ESSAYS IN THE ART OF WRITING<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +Contents:<br> + On some technical elements of style in literature<br> + The morality of the profession of letters<br> + Books which have influenced me<br> + A note on realism<br> + My first book: ‘Treasure Island’<br> + The genesis of ‘the master of Ballantrae’<br> + Preface to ‘the master of Ballantrae’<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +ON SOME TECHNICAL ELEMENTS OF STYLE IN LITERATURE <a name="citation1"></a><a href="#footnote1">{1}</a><br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +There is nothing more disenchanting to man than to be shown the springs +and mechanism of any art. All our arts and occupations lie wholly +on the surface; it is on the surface that we perceive their beauty, +fitness, and significance; and to pry below is to be appalled by their +emptiness and shocked by the coarseness of the strings and pulleys. +In a similar way, psychology itself, when pushed to any nicety, discovers +an abhorrent baldness, but rather from the fault of our analysis than +from any poverty native to the mind. And perhaps in aesthetics +the reason is the same: those disclosures which seem fatal to the dignity +of art seem so perhaps only in the proportion of our ignorance; and +those conscious and unconscious artifices which it seems unworthy of +the serious artist to employ were yet, if we had the power to trace +them to their springs, indications of a delicacy of the sense finer +than we conceive, and hints of ancient harmonies in nature. This +ignorance at least is largely irremediable. We shall never learn +the affinities of beauty, for they lie too deep in nature and too far +back in the mysterious history of man. The amateur, in consequence, +will always grudgingly receive details of method, which can be stated +but never can wholly be explained; nay, on the principle laid down in +<i>Hudibras</i>, that<br> +<br> +<br> +‘Still the less they understand,<br> +The more they admire the sleight-of-hand,’<br> +<br> +<br> +many are conscious at each new disclosure of a diminution in the ardour +of their pleasure. I must therefore warn that well-known character, +the general reader, that I am here embarked upon a most distasteful +business: taking down the picture from the wall and looking on the back; +and, like the inquiring child, pulling the musical cart to pieces.<br> +<br> +<i>1. Choice of Words</i>. - The art of literature stands apart +from among its sisters, because the material in which the literary artist +works is the dialect of life; hence, on the one hand, a strange freshness +and immediacy of address to the public mind, which is ready prepared +to understand it; but hence, on the other, a singular limitation. +The sister arts enjoy the use of a plastic and ductile material, like +the modeller’s clay; literature alone is condemned to work in +mosaic with finite and quite rigid words. You have seen these +blocks, dear to the nursery: this one a pillar, that a pediment, a third +a window or a vase. It is with blocks of just such arbitrary size +and figure that the literary architect is condemned to design the palace +of his art. Nor is this all; for since these blocks, or words, +are the acknowledged currency of our daily affairs, there are here possible +none of those suppressions by which other arts obtain relief, continuity, +and vigour: no hieroglyphic touch, no smoothed impasto, no inscrutable +shadow, as in painting; no blank wall, as in architecture; but every +word, phrase, sentence, and paragraph must move in a logical progression, +and convey a definite conventional import.<br> +<br> +Now the first merit which attracts in the pages of a good writer, or +the talk of a brilliant conversationalist, is the apt choice and contrast +of the words employed. It is, indeed, a strange art to take these +blocks, rudely conceived for the purpose of the market or the bar, and +by tact of application touch them to the finest meanings and distinctions, +restore to them their primal energy, wittily shift them to another issue, +or make of them a drum to rouse the passions. But though this +form of merit is without doubt the most sensible and seizing, it is +far from being equally present in all writers. The effect of words +in Shakespeare, their singular justice, significance, and poetic charm, +is different, indeed, from the effect of words in Addison or Fielding. +Or, to take an example nearer home, the words in Carlyle seem electrified +into an energy of lineament, like the faces of men furiously moved; +whilst the words in Macaulay, apt enough to convey his meaning, harmonious +enough in sound, yet glide from the memory like undistinguished elements +in a general effect. But the first class of writers have no monopoly +of literary merit. There is a sense in which Addison is superior +to Carlyle; a sense in which Cicero is better than Tacitus, in which +Voltaire excels Montaigne: it certainly lies not in the choice of words; +it lies not in the interest or value of the matter; it lies not in force +of intellect, of poetry, or of humour. The three first are but +infants to the three second; and yet each, in a particular point of +literary art, excels his superior in the whole. What is that point?<br> +<br> +<i>2. The Web</i>. - Literature, although it stands apart by reason +of the great destiny and general use of its medium in the affairs of +men, is yet an art like other arts. Of these we may distinguish +two great classes: those arts, like sculpture, painting, acting, which +are representative, or, as used to be said very clumsily, imitative; +and those, like architecture, music, and the dance, which are self-sufficient, +and merely presentative. Each class, in right of this distinction, +obeys principles apart; yet both may claim a common ground of existence, +and it may be said with sufficient justice that the motive and end of +any art whatever is to make a pattern; a pattern, it may be, of colours, +of sounds, of changing attitudes, geometrical figures, or imitative +lines; but still a pattern. That is the plane on which these sisters +meet; it is by this that they are arts; and if it be well they should +at times forget their childish origin, addressing their intelligence +to virile tasks, and performing unconsciously that necessary function +of their life, to make a pattern, it is still imperative that the pattern +shall be made.<br> +<br> +Music and literature, the two temporal arts, contrive their pattern +of sounds in time; or, in other words, of sounds and pauses. Communication +may be made in broken words, the business of life be carried on with +substantives alone; but that is not what we call literature; and the +true business of the literary artist is to plait or weave his meaning, +involving it around itself; so that each sentence, by successive phrases, +shall first come into a kind of knot, and then, after a moment of suspended +meaning, solve and clear itself. In every properly constructed +sentence there should be observed this knot or hitch; so that (however +delicately) we are led to foresee, to expect, and then to welcome the +successive phrases. The pleasure may be heightened by an element +of surprise, as, very grossly, in the common figure of the antithesis, +or, with much greater subtlety, where an antithesis is first suggested +and then deftly evaded. Each phrase, besides, is to be comely +in itself; and between the implication and the evolution of the sentence +there should be a satisfying equipoise of sound; for nothing more often +disappoints the ear than a sentence solemnly and sonorously prepared, +and hastily and weakly finished. Nor should the balance be too +striking and exact, for the one rule is to be infinitely various; to +interest, to disappoint, to surprise, and yet still to gratify; to be +ever changing, as it were, the stitch, and yet still to give the effect +of an ingenious neatness.<br> +<br> +The conjurer juggles with two oranges, and our pleasure in beholding +him springs from this, that neither is for an instant overlooked or +sacrificed. So with the writer. His pattern, which is to +please the supersensual ear, is yet addressed, throughout and first +of all, to the demands of logic. Whatever be the obscurities, +whatever the intricacies of the argument, the neatness of the fabric +must not suffer, or the artist has been proved unequal to his design. +And, on the other hand, no form of words must be selected, no knot must +be tied among the phrases, unless knot and word be precisely what is +wanted to forward and illuminate the argument; for to fail in this is +to swindle in the game. The genius of prose rejects the <i>cheville</i>no +less emphatically than the laws of verse; and the <i>cheville</i>, I +should perhaps explain to some of my readers, is any meaningless or +very watered phrase employed to strike a balance in the sound. +Pattern and argument live in each other; and it is by the brevity, clearness, +charm, or emphasis of the second, that we judge the strength and fitness +of the first.<br> +<br> +Style is synthetic; and the artist, seeking, so to speak, a peg to plait +about, takes up at once two or more elements or two or more views of +the subject in hand; combines, implicates, and contrasts them; and while, +in one sense, he was merely seeking an occasion for the necessary knot, +he will be found, in the other, to have greatly enriched the meaning, +or to have transacted the work of two sentences in the space of one. +In the change from the successive shallow statements of the old chronicler +to the dense and luminous flow of highly synthetic narrative, there +is implied a vast amount of both philosophy and wit. The philosophy +we clearly see, recognising in the synthetic writer a far more deep +and stimulating view of life, and a far keener sense of the generation +and affinity of events. The wit we might imagine to be lost; but +it is not so, for it is just that wit, these perpetual nice contrivances, +these difficulties overcome, this double purpose attained, these two +oranges kept simultaneously dancing in the air, that, consciously or +not, afford the reader his delight. Nay, and this wit, so little +recognised, is the necessary organ of that philosophy which we so much +admire. That style is therefore the most perfect, not, as fools +say, which is the most natural, for the most natural is the disjointed +babble of the chronicler; but which attains the highest degree of elegant +and pregnant implication unobtrusively; or if obtrusively, then with +the greatest gain to sense and vigour. Even the derangement of +the phrases from their (so-called) natural order is luminous for the +mind; and it is by the means of such designed reversal that the elements +of a judgment may be most pertinently marshalled, or the stages of a +complicated action most perspicuously bound into one.<br> +<br> +The web, then, or the pattern: a web at once sensuous and logical, an +elegant and pregnant texture: that is style, that is the foundation +of the art of literature. Books indeed continue to be read, for +the interest of the fact or fable, in which this quality is poorly represented, +but still it will be there. And, on the other hand, how many do +we continue to peruse and reperuse with pleasure whose only merit is +the elegance of texture? I am tempted to mention Cicero; and since +Mr. Anthony Trollope is dead, I will. It is a poor diet for the +mind, a very colourless and toothless ‘criticism of life’; +but we enjoy the pleasure of a most intricate and dexterous pattern, +every stitch a model at once of elegance and of good sense; and the +two oranges, even if one of them be rotten, kept dancing with inimitable +grace.<br> +<br> +Up to this moment I have had my eye mainly upon prose; for though in +verse also the implication of the logical texture is a crowning beauty, +yet in verse it may be dispensed with. You would think that here +was a death-blow to all I have been saying; and far from that, it is +but a new illustration of the principle involved. For if the versifier +is not bound to weave a pattern of his own, it is because another pattern +has been formally imposed upon him by the laws of verse. For that +is the essence of a prosody. Verse may be rhythmical; it may be +merely alliterative; it may, like the French, depend wholly on the (quasi) +regular recurrence of the rhyme; or, like the Hebrew, it may consist +in the strangely fanciful device of repeating the same idea. It +does not matter on what principle the law is based, so it be a law. +It may be pure convention; it may have no inherent beauty; all that +we have a right to ask of any prosody is, that it shall lay down a pattern +for the writer, and that what it lays down shall be neither too easy +nor too hard. Hence it comes that it is much easier for men of +equal facility to write fairly pleasing verse than reasonably interesting +prose; for in prose the pattern itself has to be invented, and the difficulties +first created before they can be solved. Hence, again, there follows +the peculiar greatness of the true versifier: such as Shakespeare, Milton, +and Victor Hugo, whom I place beside them as versifier merely, not as +poet. These not only knit and knot the logical texture of the +style with all the dexterity and strength of prose; they not only fill +up the pattern of the verse with infinite variety and sober wit; but +they give us, besides, a rare and special pleasure, by the art, comparable +to that of counterpoint, with which they follow at the same time, and +now contrast, and now combine, the double pattern of the texture and +the verse. Here the sounding line concludes; a little further +on, the well-knit sentence; and yet a little further, and both will +reach their solution on the same ringing syllable. The best that +can be offered by the best writer of prose is to show us the development +of the idea and the stylistic pattern proceed hand in hand, sometimes +by an obvious and triumphant effort, sometimes with a great air of ease +and nature. The writer of verse, by virtue of conquering another +difficulty, delights us with a new series of triumphs. He follows +three purposes where his rival followed only two; and the change is +of precisely the same nature as that from melody to harmony. Or +if you prefer to return to the juggler, behold him now, to the vastly +increased enthusiasm of the spectators, juggling with three oranges +instead of two. Thus it is: added difficulty, added beauty; and +the pattern, with every fresh element, becoming more interesting in +itself.<br> +<br> +Yet it must not be thought that verse is simply an addition; something +is lost as well as something gained; and there remains plainly traceable, +in comparing the best prose with the best verse, a certain broad distinction +of method in the web. Tight as the versifier may draw the knot +of logic, yet for the ear he still leaves the tissue of the sentence +floating somewhat loose. In prose, the sentence turns upon a pivot, +nicely balanced, and fits into itself with an obtrusive neatness like +a puzzle. The ear remarks and is singly gratified by this return +and balance; while in verse it is all diverted to the measure. +To find comparable passages is hard; for either the versifier is hugely +the superior of the rival, or, if he be not, and still persist in his +more delicate enterprise, he fails to be as widely his inferior. +But let us select them from the pages of the same writer, one who was +ambidexter; let us take, for instance, Rumour’s Prologue to the +Second Part of <i>Henry IV</i>., a fine flourish of eloquence in Shakespeare’s +second manner, and set it side by side with Falstaff’s praise +of sherris, act iv. scene iii.; or let us compare the beautiful prose +spoken throughout by Rosalind and Orlando; compare, for example, the +first speech of all, Orlando’s speech to Adam, with what passage +it shall please you to select - the Seven Ages from the same play, or +even such a stave of nobility as Othello’s farewell to war; and +still you will be able to perceive, if you have an ear for that class +of music, a certain superior degree of organisation in the prose; a +compacter fitting of the parts; a balance in the swing and the return +as of a throbbing pendulum. We must not, in things temporal, take +from those who have little, the little that they have; the merits of +prose are inferior, but they are not the same; it is a little kingdom, +but an independent.<br> +<br> +<i>3. Rhythm of the Phrase</i>. - Some way back, I used a word +which still awaits an application. Each phrase, I said, was to +be comely; but what is a comely phrase? In all ideal and material +points, literature, being a representative art, must look for analogies +to painting and the like; but in what is technical and executive, being +a temporal art, it must seek for them in music. Each phrase of +each sentence, like an air or a recitative in music, should be so artfully +compounded out of long and short, out of accented and unaccented, as +to gratify the sensual ear. And of this the ear is the sole judge. +It is impossible to lay down laws. Even in our accentual and rhythmic +language no analysis can find the secret of the beauty of a verse; how +much less, then, of those phrases, such as prose is built of, which +obey no law but to be lawless and yet to please? The little that +we know of verse (and for my part I owe it all to my friend Professor +Fleeming Jenkin) is, however, particularly interesting in the present +connection. We have been accustomed to describe the heroic line +as five iambic feet, and to be filled with pain and confusion whenever, +as by the conscientious schoolboy, we have heard our own description +put in practice.<br> +<br> +‘All night | the dreàd | less àn | gel ùn +| pursùed,’ <a name="citation2"></a><a href="#footnote2">{2}</a><br> +<br> +goes the schoolboy; but though we close our ears, we cling to our definition, +in spite of its proved and naked insufficiency. Mr. Jenkin was +not so easily pleased, and readily discovered that the heroic line consists +of four groups, or, if you prefer the phrase, contains four pauses:<br> +<br> +<br> +‘All night | the dreadless | angel | unpursued.’<br> +<br> +<br> +Four groups, each practically uttered as one word: the first, in this +case, an iamb; the second, an amphibrachys; the third, a trochee; and +the fourth, an amphimacer; and yet our schoolboy, with no other liberty +but that of inflicting pain, had triumphantly scanned it as five iambs. +Perceive, now, this fresh richness of intricacy in the web; this fourth +orange, hitherto unremarked, but still kept flying with the others. +What had seemed to be one thing it now appears is two; and, like some +puzzle in arithmetic, the verse is made at the same time to read in +fives and to read in fours.<br> +<br> +But again, four is not necessary. We do not, indeed, find verses +in six groups, because there is not room for six in the ten syllables; +and we do not find verses of two, because one of the main distinctions +of verse from prose resides in the comparative shortness of the group; +but it is even common to find verses of three. Five is the one +forbidden number; because five is the number of the feet; and if five +were chosen, the two patterns would coincide, and that opposition which +is the life of verse would instantly be lost. We have here a clue +to the effect of polysyllables, above all in Latin, where they are so +common and make so brave an architecture in the verse; for the polysyllable +is a group of Nature’s making. If but some Roman would return +from Hades (Martial, for choice), and tell me by what conduct of the +voice these thundering verses should be uttered - ‘<i>Aut</i> +<i>Lacedoe-monium Tarentum</i>,’ for a case in point - I feel +as if I should enter at last into the full enjoyment of the best of +human verses.<br> +<br> +But, again, the five feet are all iambic, or supposed to be; by the +mere count of syllables the four groups cannot be all iambic; as a question +of elegance, I doubt if any one of them requires to be so; and I am +certain that for choice no two of them should scan the same. The +singular beauty of the verse analysed above is due, so far as analysis +can carry us, part, indeed, to the clever repetition of L, D, and N, +but part to this variety of scansion in the groups. The groups +which, like the bar in music, break up the verse for utterance, fall +uniambically; and in declaiming a so-called iambic verse, it may so +happen that we never utter one iambic foot. And yet to this neglect +of the original beat there is a limit.<br> +<br> +<br> +‘Athens, the eye of Greece, mother of arts,’ <a name="citation3"></a><a href="#footnote3">{3}</a><br> +<br> +<br> +is, with all its eccentricities, a good heroic line; for though it scarcely +can be said to indicate the beat of the iamb, it certainly suggests +no other measure to the ear. But begin<br> +<br> +<br> +‘Mother Athens, eye of Greece,’<br> +<br> +<br> +or merely ‘Mother Athens,’ and the game is up, for the trochaic +beat has been suggested. The eccentric scansion of the groups +is an adornment; but as soon as the original beat has been forgotten, +they cease implicitly to be eccentric. Variety is what is sought; +but if we destroy the original mould, one of the terms of this variety +is lost, and we fall back on sameness. Thus, both as to the arithmetical +measure of the verse, and the degree of regularity in scansion, we see +the laws of prosody to have one common purpose: to keep alive the opposition +of two schemes simultaneously followed; to keep them notably apart, +though still coincident; and to balance them with such judicial nicety +before the reader, that neither shall be unperceived and neither signally +prevail.<br> +<br> +The rule of rhythm in prose is not so intricate. Here, too, we +write in groups, or phrases, as I prefer to call them, for the prose +phrase is greatly longer and is much more nonchalantly uttered than +the group in verse; so that not only is there a greater interval of +continuous sound between the pauses, but, for that very reason, word +is linked more readily to word by a more summary enunciation. +Still, the phrase is the strict analogue of the group, and successive +phrases, like successive groups, must differ openly in length and rhythm. +The rule of scansion in verse is to suggest no measure but the one in +hand; in prose, to suggest no measure at all. Prose must be rhythmical, +and it may be as much so as you will; but it must not be metrical. +It may be anything, but it must not be verse. A single heroic +line may very well pass and not disturb the somewhat larger stride of +the prose style; but one following another will produce an instant impression +of poverty, flatness, and disenchantment. The same lines delivered +with the measured utterance of verse would perhaps seem rich in variety. +By the more summary enunciation proper to prose, as to a more distant +vision, these niceties of difference are lost. A whole verse is +uttered as one phrase; and the ear is soon wearied by a succession of +groups identical in length. The prose writer, in fact, since he +is allowed to be so much less harmonious, is condemned to a perpetually +fresh variety of movement on a larger scale, and must never disappoint +the ear by the trot of an accepted metre. And this obligation +is the third orange with which he has to juggle, the third quality which +the prose writer must work into his pattern of words. It may be +thought perhaps that this is a quality of ease rather than a fresh difficulty; +but such is the inherently rhythmical strain of the English language, +that the bad writer - and must I take for example that admired friend +of my boyhood, Captain Reid? - the inexperienced writer, as Dickens +in his earlier attempts to be impressive, and the jaded writer, as any +one may see for himself, all tend to fall at once into the production +of bad blank verse. And here it may be pertinently asked, Why +bad? And I suppose it might be enough to answer that no man ever +made good verse by accident, and that no verse can ever sound otherwise +than trivial when uttered with the delivery of prose. But we can +go beyond such answers. The weak side of verse is the regularity +of the beat, which in itself is decidedly less impressive than the movement +of the nobler prose; and it is just into this weak side, and this alone, +that our careless writer falls. A peculiar density and mass, consequent +on the nearness of the pauses, is one of the chief good qualities of +verse; but this our accidental versifier, still following after the +swift gait and large gestures of prose, does not so much as aspire to +imitate. Lastly, since he remains unconscious that he is making +verse at all, it can never occur to him to extract those effects of +counterpoint and opposition which I have referred to as the final grace +and justification of verse, and, I may add, of blank verse in particular.<br> +<br> +<i>4. Contents of the Phrase</i>. - Here is a great deal of talk +about rhythm - and naturally; for in our canorous language rhythm is +always at the door. But it must not be forgotten that in some +languages this element is almost, if not quite, extinct, and that in +our own it is probably decaying. The even speech of many educated +Americans sounds the note of danger. I should see it go with something +as bitter as despair, but I should not be desperate. As in verse +no element, not even rhythm, is necessary, so, in prose also, other +sorts of beauty will arise and take the place and play the part of those +that we outlive. The beauty of the expected beat in verse, the +beauty in prose of its larger and more lawless melody, patent as they +are to English hearing, are already silent in the ears of our next neighbours; +for in France the oratorical accent and the pattern of the web have +almost or altogether succeeded to their places; and the French prose +writer would be astounded at the labours of his brother across the Channel, +and how a good quarter of his toil, above all <i>invita</i> <i>Minerva</i>, +is to avoid writing verse. So wonderfully far apart have races +wandered in spirit, and so hard it is to understand the literature next +door!<br> +<br> +Yet French prose is distinctly better than English; and French verse, +above all while Hugo lives, it will not do to place upon one side. +What is more to our purpose, a phrase or a verse in French is easily +distinguishable as comely or uncomely. There is then another element +of comeliness hitherto overlooked in this analysis: the contents of +the phrase. Each phrase in literature is built of sounds, as each +phrase in music consists of notes. One sound suggests, echoes, +demands, and harmonises with another; and the art of rightly using these +concordances is the final art in literature. It used to be a piece +of good advice to all young writers to avoid alliteration; and the advice +was sound, in so far as it prevented daubing. None the less for +that, was it abominable nonsense, and the mere raving of those blindest +of the blind who will not see. The beauty of the contents of a +phrase, or of a sentence, depends implicitly upon alliteration and upon +assonance. The vowel demands to be repeated; the consonant demands +to be repeated; and both cry aloud to be perpetually varied. You +may follow the adventures of a letter through any passage that has particularly +pleased you; find it, perhaps, denied a while, to tantalise the ear; +find it fired again at you in a whole broadside; or find it pass into +congenerous sounds, one liquid or labial melting away into another. +And you will find another and much stranger circumstance. Literature +is written by and for two senses: a sort of internal ear, quick to perceive +‘unheard melodies’; and the eye, which directs the pen and +deciphers the printed phrase. Well, even as there are rhymes for +the eye, so you will find that there are assonances and alliterations; +that where an author is running the open A, deceived by the eye and +our strange English spelling, he will often show a tenderness for the +flat A; and that where he is running a particular consonant, he will +not improbably rejoice to write it down even when it is mute or bears +a different value.<br> +<br> +Here, then, we have a fresh pattern - a pattern, to speak grossly, of +letters - which makes the fourth preoccupation of the prose writer, +and the fifth of the versifier. At times it is very delicate and +hard to perceive, and then perhaps most excellent and winning (I say +perhaps); but at times again the elements of this literal melody stand +more boldly forward and usurp the ear. It becomes, therefore, +somewhat a matter of conscience to select examples; and as I cannot +very well ask the reader to help me, I shall do the next best by giving +him the reason or the history of each selection. The two first, +one in prose, one in verse, I chose without previous analysis, simply +as engaging passages that had long re-echoed in my ear.<br> +<br> +‘I cannot praise a fugitive and cloistered virtue, unexercised +and unbreathed, that never sallies out and sees her adversary, but slinks +out of the race where that immortal garland is to be run for, not without +dust and heat.’ <a name="citation4"></a><a href="#footnote4">{4}</a> +Down to ‘virtue,’ the current S and R are both announced +and repeated unobtrusively, and by way of a grace-note that almost inseparable +group PVF is given entire. <a name="citation5"></a><a href="#footnote5">{5}</a> +The next phrase is a period of repose, almost ugly in itself, both S +and R still audible, and B given as the last fulfilment of PVF. +In the next four phrases, from ‘that never’ down to ‘run +for,’ the mask is thrown off, and, but for a slight repetition +of the F and V, the whole matter turns, almost too obtrusively, on S +and R; first S coming to the front, and then R. In the concluding +phrase all these favourite letters, and even the flat A, a timid preference +for which is just perceptible, are discarded at a blow and in a bundle; +and to make the break more obvious, every word ends with a dental, and +all but one with T, for which we have been cautiously prepared since +the beginning. The singular dignity of the first clause, and this +hammer-stroke of the last, go far to make the charm of this exquisite +sentence. But it is fair to own that S and R are used a little +coarsely.<br> +<br> +<br> +‘In Xanady did Kubla Khan + (KANDL)<br> +A stately pleasure dome decree, (KDLSR)<br> +Where Alph the sacred river ran, (KANDLSR)<br> +Through caverns measureless to man, (KANLSR)<br> +Down to a sunless sea.’ <a name="citation6"></a><a href="#footnote6">{6}</a> + (NDLS)<br> +<br> +<br> +Here I have put the analysis of the main group alongside the lines; +and the more it is looked at, the more interesting it will seem. +But there are further niceties. In lines two and four, the current +S is most delicately varied with Z. In line three, the current +flat A is twice varied with the open A, already suggested in line two, +and both times (‘where’ and ‘sacred’) in conjunction +with the current R. In the same line F and V (a harmony in themselves, +even when shorn of their comrade P) are admirably contrasted. +And in line four there is a marked subsidiary M, which again was announced +in line two. I stop from weariness, for more might yet be said.<br> +<br> +My next example was recently quoted from Shakespeare as an example of +the poet’s colour sense. Now, I do not think literature +has anything to do with colour, or poets anyway the better of such a +sense; and I instantly attacked this passage, since ‘purple’ +was the word that had so pleased the writer of the article, to see if +there might not be some literary reason for its use. It will be +seen that I succeeded amply; and I am bound to say I think the passage +exceptional in Shakespeare - exceptional, indeed, in literature; but +it was not I who chose it.<br> +<br> +<br> +‘The BaRge she sat iN, like a BURNished throNe<br> +BURNT oN the water: the POOP was BeateN gold,<br> +PURPle the sails and so PUR* Fumèd that * per<br> +The wiNds were love-sick with them.’ <a name="citation7"></a><a href="#footnote7">{7}</a><br> +<br> +<br> +It may be asked why I have put the F of ‘perfumèd’ +in capitals; and I reply, because this change from P to F is the completion +of that from B to P, already so adroitly carried out. Indeed, +the whole passage is a monument of curious ingenuity; and it seems scarce +worth while to indicate the subsidiary S, L, and W. In the same +article, a second passage from Shakespeare was quoted, once again as +an example of his colour sense:<br> +<br> +<br> +‘A mole cinque-spotted like the crimson drops<br> +I’ the bottom of a cowslip.’ <a name="citation8"></a><a href="#footnote8">{8}</a><br> +<br> +<br> +It is very curious, very artificial, and not worth while to analyse +at length: I leave it to the reader. But before I turn my back +on Shakespeare, I should like to quote a passage, for my own pleasure, +and for a very model of every technical art:<br> +<br> +<br> +But in the wind and tempest of her frown,<br> +W. P. V.<a name="citation9"></a><a href="#footnote9">{9}</a> F. (st) +(ow)<br> +Distinction with a loud and powerful fan,<br> +W.P. F. (st) (ow) L.<br> +<br> +Puffing at all, winnows the light away;<br> +W. P. F. L.<br> +And what hath mass and matter by itself<br> +W. F. L. M. A.<br> +Lies rich in virtue and unmingled.’ <a name="citation10"></a><a href="#footnote10">{10}</a><br> +V. L. M.<br> +<br> +<br> +From these delicate and choice writers I turned with some curiosity +to a player of the big drum - Macaulay. I had in hand the two-volume +edition, and I opened at the beginning of the second volume. Here +was what I read:<br> +<br> +‘The violence of revolutions is generally proportioned to the +degree of the maladministration which has produced them. It is +therefore not strange that the government of Scotland, having been during +many years greatly more corrupt than the government of England, should +have fallen with a far heavier ruin. The movement against the +last king of the house of Stuart was in England conservative, in Scotland +destructive. The English complained not of the law, but of the +violation of the law.’<br> +<br> +This was plain-sailing enough; it was our old friend PVF, floated by +the liquids in a body; but as I read on, and turned the page, and still +found PVF with his attendant liquids, I confess my mind misgave me utterly. +This could be no trick of Macaulay’s; it must be the nature of +the English tongue. In a kind of despair, I turned half-way through +the volume; and coming upon his lordship dealing with General Cannon, +and fresh from Claverhouse and Killiecrankie, here, with elucidative +spelling, was my reward:<br> +<br> +‘Meanwhile the disorders of Kannon’s Kamp went on inKreasing. +He Kalled a Kouncil of war to Konsider what Kourse it would be advisable +to taKe. But as soon as the Kouncil had met, a preliminary Kuestion +was raised. The army was almost eKsKlusively a Highland army. +The recent vKktory had been won eKsKlusively by Highland warriors. +Great chie<i>f</i>s who had brought siKs or Se<i>v</i>en hundred <i>f</i>ighting +men into the <i>f</i>ield did not think it <i>f</i>air that they should +be out<i>v</i>oted by gentlemen <i>f</i>rom Ireland, and <i>f</i>rom +the Low Kountries, who bore indeed King James’s Kommission, and +were Kalled Kolonels and Kaptains, but who were Kolonels without regiments +and Kaptains without Kompanies.’<br> +<br> +A moment of FV in all this world of K’s! It was not the +English language, then, that was an instrument of one string, but Macaulay +that was an incomparable dauber.<br> +<br> +It was probably from this barbaric love of repeating the same sound, +rather than from any design of clearness, that he acquired his irritating +habit of repeating words; I say the one rather than the other, because +such a trick of the ear is deeper-seated and more original in man than +any logical consideration. Few writers, indeed, are probably conscious +of the length to which they push this melody of letters. One, +writing very diligently, and only concerned about the meaning of his +words and the rhythm of his phrases, was struck into amazement by the +eager triumph with which he cancelled one expression to substitute another. +Neither changed the sense; both being mono-syllables, neither could +affect the scansion; and it was only by looking back on what he had +already written that the mystery was solved: the second word contained +an open A, and for nearly half a page he had been riding that vowel +to the death.<br> +<br> +In practice, I should add, the ear is not always so exacting; and ordinary +writers, in ordinary moments, content themselves with avoiding what +is harsh, and here and there, upon a rare occasion, buttressing a phrase, +or linking two together, with a patch of assonance or a momentary jingle +of alliteration. To understand how constant is this preoccupation +of good writers, even where its results are least obtrusive, it is only +necessary to turn to the bad. There, indeed, you will find cacophony +supreme, the rattle of incongruous consonants only relieved by the jaw-breaking +hiatus, and whole phrases not to be articulated by the powers of man.<br> +<br> +<i>Conclusion</i>. - We may now briefly enumerate the elements of style. +We have, peculiar to the prose writer, the task of keeping his phrases +large, rhythmical, and pleasing to the ear, without ever allowing them +to fall into the strictly metrical: peculiar to the versifier, the task +of combining and contrasting his double, treble, and quadruple pattern, +feet and groups, logic and metre - harmonious in diversity: common to +both, the task of artfully combining the prime elements of language +into phrases that shall be musical in the mouth; the task of weaving +their argument into a texture of committed phrases and of rounded periods +- but this particularly binding in the case of prose: and, again common +to both, the task of choosing apt, explicit, and communicative words. +We begin to see now what an intricate affair is any perfect passage; +how many faculties, whether of taste or pure reason, must be held upon +the stretch to make it; and why, when it is made, it should afford us +so complete a pleasure. From the arrangement of according letters, +which is altogether arabesque and sensual, up to the architecture of +the elegant and pregnant sentence, which is a vigorous act of the pure +intellect, there is scarce a faculty in man but has been exercised. +We need not wonder, then, if perfect sentences are rare, and perfect +pages rarer.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +THE MORALITY OF THE PROFESSION OF LETTERS <a name="citation11"></a><a href="#footnote11">{11}</a><br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +The profession of letters has been lately debated in the public prints; +and it has been debated, to put the matter mildly, from a point of view +that was calculated to surprise high-minded men, and bring a general +contempt on books and reading. Some time ago, in particular, a +lively, pleasant, popular writer <a name="citation12"></a><a href="#footnote12">{12}</a> +devoted an essay, lively and pleasant like himself, to a very encouraging +view of the profession. We may be glad that his experience is +so cheering, and we may hope that all others, who deserve it, shall +be as handsomely rewarded; but I do not think we need be at all glad +to have this question, so important to the public and ourselves, debated +solely on the ground of money. The salary in any business under +heaven is not the only, nor indeed the first, question. That you +should continue to exist is a matter for your own consideration; but +that your business should be first honest, and second useful, are points +in which honour and morality are concerned. If the writer to whom +I refer succeeds in persuading a number of young persons to adopt this +way of life with an eye set singly on the livelihood, we must expect +them in their works to follow profit only, and we must expect in consequence, +if he will pardon me the epithets, a slovenly, base, untrue, and empty +literature. Of that writer himself I am not speaking: he is diligent, +clean, and pleasing; we all owe him periods of entertainment, and he +has achieved an amiable popularity which he has adequately deserved. +But the truth is, he does not, or did not when he first embraced it, +regard his profession from this purely mercenary side. He went +into it, I shall venture to say, if not with any noble design, at least +in the ardour of a first love; and he enjoyed its practice long before +he paused to calculate the wage. The other day an author was complimented +on a piece of work, good in itself and exceptionally good for him, and +replied, in terms unworthy of a commercial traveller that as the book +was not briskly selling he did not give a copper farthing for its merit. +It must not be supposed that the person to whom this answer was addressed +received it as a profession of faith; he knew, on the other hand, that +it was only a whiff of irritation; just as we know, when a respectable +writer talks of literature as a way of life, like shoemaking, but not +so useful, that he is only debating one aspect of a question, and is +still clearly conscious of a dozen others more important in themselves +and more central to the matter in hand. But while those who treat +literature in this penny-wise and virtue-foolish spirit are themselves +truly in possession of a better light, it does not follow that the treatment +is decent or improving, whether for themselves or others. To treat +all subjects in the highest, the most honourable, and the pluckiest +spirit, consistent with the fact, is the first duty of a writer. +If he be well paid, as I am glad to hear he is, this duty becomes the +more urgent, the neglect of it the more disgraceful. And perhaps +there is no subject on which a man should speak so gravely as that industry, +whatever it may be, which is the occupation or delight of his life; +which is his tool to earn or serve with; and which, if it be unworthy, +stamps himself as a mere incubus of dumb and greedy bowels on the shoulders +of labouring humanity. On that subject alone even to force the +note might lean to virtue’s side. It is to be hoped that +a numerous and enterprising generation of writers will follow and surpass +the present one; but it would be better if the stream were stayed, and +the roll of our old, honest English books were closed, than that esurient +book-makers should continue and debase a brave tradition, and lower, +in their own eyes, a famous race. Better that our serene temples +were deserted than filled with trafficking and juggling priests.<br> +<br> +There are two just reasons for the choice of any way of life: the first +is inbred taste in the chooser; the second some high utility in the +industry selected. Literature, like any other art, is singularly +interesting to the artist; and, in a degree peculiar to itself among +the arts, it is useful to mankind. These are the sufficient justifications +for any young man or woman who adopts it as the business of his life. +I shall not say much about the wages. A writer can live by his +writing. If not so luxuriously as by other trades, then less luxuriously. +The nature of the work he does all day will more affect his happiness +than the quality of his dinner at night. Whatever be your calling, +and however much it brings you in the year, you could still, you know, +get more by cheating. We all suffer ourselves to be too much concerned +about a little poverty; but such considerations should not move us in +the choice of that which is to be the business and justification of +so great a portion of our lives; and like the missionary, the patriot, +or the philosopher, we should all choose that poor and brave career +in which we can do the most and best for mankind. Now Nature, +faithfully followed, proves herself a careful mother. A lad, for +some liking to the jingle of words, betakes himself to letters for his +life; by-and-by, when he learns more gravity, he finds that he has chosen +better than he knew; that if he earns little, he is earning it amply; +that if he receives a small wage, he is in a position to do considerable +services; that it is in his power, in some small measure, to protect +the oppressed and to defend the truth. So kindly is the world +arranged, such great profit may arise from a small degree of human reliance +on oneself, and such, in particular, is the happy star of this trade +of writing, that it should combine pleasure and profit to both parties, +and be at once agreeable, like fiddling, and useful, like good preaching.<br> +<br> +This is to speak of literature at its highest; and with the four great +elders who are still spared to our respect and admiration, with Carlyle, +Ruskin, Browning, and Tennyson before us, it would be cowardly to consider +it at first in any lesser aspect. But while we cannot follow these +athletes, while we may none of us, perhaps, be very vigorous, very original, +or very wise, I still contend that, in the humblest sort of literary +work, we have it in our power either to do great harm or great good. +We may seek merely to please; we may seek, having no higher gift, merely +to gratify the idle nine days’ curiosity of our contemporaries; +or we may essay, however feebly, to instruct. In each of these +we shall have to deal with that remarkable art of words which, because +it is the dialect of life, comes home so easily and powerfully to the +minds of men; and since that is so, we contribute, in each of these +branches, to build up the sum of sentiments and appreciations which +goes by the name of Public Opinion or Public Feeling. The total +of a nation’s reading, in these days of daily papers, greatly +modifies the total of the nation’s speech; and the speech and +reading, taken together, form the efficient educational medium of youth. +A good man or woman may keep a youth some little while in clearer air; +but the contemporary atmosphere is all-powerful in the end on the average +of mediocre characters. The copious Corinthian baseness of the +American reporter or the Parisian <i>chroniquear</i>, both so lightly +readable, must exercise an incalculable influence for ill; they touch +upon all subjects, and on all with the same ungenerous hand; they begin +the consideration of all, in young and unprepared minds, in an unworthy +spirit; on all, they supply some pungency for dull people to quote. +The mere body of this ugly matter overwhelms the rare utterances of +good men; the sneering, the selfish, and the cowardly are scattered +in broad sheets on every table, while the antidote, in small volumes, +lies unread upon the shelf. I have spoken of the American and +the French, not because they are so much baser, but so much more readable, +than the English; their evil is done more effectively, in America for +the masses, in French for the few that care to read; but with us as +with them, the duties of literature are daily neglected, truth daily +perverted and suppressed, and grave subjects daily degraded in the treatment. +The journalist is not reckoned an important officer; yet judge of the +good he might do, the harm he does; judge of it by one instance only: +that when we find two journals on the reverse sides of politics each, +on the same day, openly garbling a piece of news for the interest of +its own party, we smile at the discovery (no discovery now!) as over +a good joke and pardonable stratagem. Lying so open is scarce +lying, it is true; but one of the things that we profess to teach our +young is a respect for truth; and I cannot think this piece of education +will be crowned with any great success, so long as some of us practise +and the rest openly approve of public falsehood.<br> +<br> +There are two duties incumbent upon any man who enters on the business +of writing: truth to the fact and a good spirit in the treatment. +In every department of literature, though so low as hardly to deserve +the name, truth to the fact is of importance to the education and comfort +of mankind, and so hard to preserve, that the faithful trying to do +so will lend some dignity to the man who tries it. Our judgments +are based upon two things: first, upon the original preferences of our +soul; but, second, upon the mass of testimony to the nature of God, +man, and the universe which reaches us, in divers manners, from without. +For the most part these divers manners are reducible to one, all that +we learn of past times and much that we learn of our own reaching us +through the medium of books or papers, and even he who cannot read learning +from the same source at second-hand and by the report of him who can. +Thus the sum of the contemporary knowledge or ignorance of good and +evil is, in large measure, the handiwork of those who write. Those +who write have to see that each man’s knowledge is, as near as +they can make it, answerable to the facts of life; that he shall not +suppose himself an angel or a monster; nor take this world for a hell; +nor be suffered to imagine that all rights are concentred in his own +caste or country, or all veracities in his own parochial creed. +Each man should learn what is within him, that he may strive to mend; +he must be taught what is without him, that he may be kind to others. +It can never be wrong to tell him the truth; for, in his disputable +state, weaving as he goes his theory of life, steering himself, cheering +or reproving others, all facts are of the first importance to his conduct; +and even if a fact shall discourage or corrupt him, it is still best +that he should know it; for it is in this world as it is, and not in +a world made easy by educational suppressions, that he must win his +way to shame or glory. In one word, it must always be foul to +tell what is false; and it can never be safe to suppress what is true. +The very fact that you omit may be the fact which somebody was wanting, +for one man’s meat is another man’s poison, and I have known +a person who was cheered by the perusal of <i>Candide</i>. Every +fact is a part of that great puzzle we must set together; and none that +comes directly in a writer’s path but has some nice relations, +unperceivable by him, to the totality and bearing of the subject under +hand. Yet there are certain classes of fact eternally more necessary +than others, and it is with these that literature must first bestir +itself. They are not hard to distinguish, nature once more easily +leading us; for the necessary, because the efficacious, facts are those +which are most interesting to the natural mind of man. Those which +are coloured, picturesque, human, and rooted in morality, and those, +on the other hand, which are clear, indisputable, and a part of science, +are alone vital in importance, seizing by their interest, or useful +to communicate. So far as the writer merely narrates, he should +principally tell of these. He should tell of the kind and wholesome +and beautiful elements of our life; he should tell unsparingly of the +evil and sorrow of the present, to move us with instances: he should +tell of wise and good people in the past, to excite us by example; and +of these he should tell soberly and truthfully, not glossing faults, +that we may neither grow discouraged with ourselves nor exacting to +our neighbours. So the body of contemporary literature, ephemeral +and feeble in itself, touches in the minds of men the springs of thought +and kindness, and supports them (for those who will go at all are easily +supported) on their way to what is true and right. And if, in +any degree, it does so now, how much more might it do so if the writers +chose! There is not a life in all the records of the past but, +properly studied, might lend a hint and a help to some contemporary. +There is not a juncture in to-day’s affairs but some useful word +may yet be said of it. Even the reporter has an office, and, with +clear eyes and honest language, may unveil injustices and point the +way to progress. And for a last word: in all narration there is +only one way to be clever, and that is to be exact. To be vivid +is a secondary quality which must presuppose the first; for vividly +to convey a wrong impression is only to make failure conspicuous.<br> +<br> +But a fact may be viewed on many sides; it may be chronicled with rage, +tears, laughter, indifference, or admiration, and by each of these the +story will be transformed to something else. The newspapers that +told of the return of our representatives from Berlin, even if they +had not differed as to the facts, would have sufficiently differed by +their spirits; so that the one description would have been a second +ovation, and the other a prolonged insult. The subject makes but +a trifling part of any piece of literature, and the view of the writer +is itself a fact more important because less disputable than the others. +Now this spirit in which a subject is regarded, important in all kinds +of literary work, becomes all-important in works of fiction, meditation, +or rhapsody; for there it not only colours but itself chooses the facts; +not only modifies but shapes the work. And hence, over the far +larger proportion of the field of literature, the health or disease +of the writer’s mind or momentary humour forms not only the leading +feature of his work, but is, at bottom, the only thing he can communicate +to others. In all works of art, widely speaking, it is first of +all the author’s attitude that is narrated, though in the attitude +there be implied a whole experience and a theory of life. An author +who has begged the question and reposes in some narrow faith cannot, +if he would, express the whole or even many of the sides of this various +existence; for, his own life being maim, some of them are not admitted +in his theory, and were only dimly and unwillingly recognised in his +experience. Hence the smallness, the triteness, and the inhumanity +in works of merely sectarian religion; and hence we find equal although +unsimilar limitation in works inspired by the spirit of the flesh or +the despicable taste for high society. So that the first duty +of any man who is to write is intellectual. Designedly or not, +he has so far set himself up for a leader of the minds of men; and he +must see that his own mind is kept supple, charitable, and bright. +Everything but prejudice should find a voice through him; he should +see the good in all things; where he has even a fear that he does not +wholly understand, there he should be wholly silent; and he should recognise +from the first that he has only one tool in his workshop, and that tool +is sympathy. <a name="citation13"></a><a href="#footnote13">{13}</a><br> +<br> +The second duty, far harder to define, is moral. There are a thousand +different humours in the mind, and about each of them, when it is uppermost, +some literature tends to be deposited. Is this to be allowed? +Not certainly in every case, and yet perhaps in more than rigourists +would fancy. It were to be desired that all literary work, and +chiefly works of art, issued from sound, human, healthy, and potent +impulses, whether grave or laughing, humorous, romantic, or religious.<br> +<br> +Yet it cannot be denied that some valuable books are partially insane; +some, mostly religious, partially inhuman; and very many tainted with +morbidity and impotence. We do not loathe a masterpiece although +we gird against its blemishes. We are not, above all, to look +for faults, but merits. There is no book perfect, even in design; +but there are many that will delight, improve, or encourage the reader. +On the one hand, the Hebrew psalms are the only religious poetry on +earth; yet they contain sallies that savour rankly of the man of blood. +On the other hand, Alfred de Musset had a poisoned and a contorted nature; +I am only quoting that generous and frivolous giant, old Dumas, when +I accuse him of a bad heart; yet, when the impulse under which he wrote +was purely creative, he could give us works like <i>Carmosine</i> or<i> +Fantasio</i>, in which the last note of the romantic comedy seems to +have been found again to touch and please us. When Flaubert wrote +<i>Madame Bovary</i>, I believe he thought chiefly of a somewhat morbid +realism; and behold! the book turned in his hands into a masterpiece +of appalling morality. But the truth is, when books are conceived +under a great stress, with a soul of ninefold power, nine times heated +and electrified by effort, the conditions of our being are seized with +such an ample grasp, that, even should the main design be trivial or +base, some truth and beauty cannot fail to be expressed. Out of +the strong comes forth sweetness; but an ill thing poorly done is an +ill thing top and bottom. And so this can be no encouragement +to knock-kneed, feeble-wristed scribes, who must take their business +conscientiously or be ashamed to practise it.<br> +<br> +Man is imperfect; yet, in his literature, he must express himself and +his own views and preferences; for to do anything else is to do a far +more perilous thing than to risk being immoral: it is to be sure of +being untrue. To ape a sentiment, even a good one, is to travesty +a sentiment; that will not be helpful. To conceal a sentiment, +if you are sure you hold it, is to take a liberty with truth. +There is probably no point of view possible to a sane man but contains +some truth and, in the true connection, might be profitable to the race. +I am not afraid of the truth, if any one could tell it me, but I am +afraid of parts of it impertinently uttered. There is a time to +dance and a time to mourn; to be harsh as well as to be sentimental; +to be ascetic as well as to glorify the appetites; and if a man were +to combine all these extremes into his work, each in its place and proportion, +that work would be the world’s masterpiece of morality as well +as of art. Partiality is immorality; for any book is wrong that +gives a misleading picture of the world and life. The trouble +is that the weakling must be partial; the work of one proving dank and +depressing; of another, cheap and vulgar; of a third, epileptically +sensual; of a fourth, sourly ascetic. In literature as in conduct, +you can never hope to do exactly right. All you can do is to make +as sure as possible; and for that there is but one rule. Nothing +should be done in a hurry that can be done slowly. It is no use +to write a book and put it by for nine or even ninety years; for in +the writing you will have partly convinced yourself; the delay must +precede any beginning; and if you meditate a work of art, you should +first long roll the subject under the tongue to make sure you like the +flavour, before you brew a volume that shall taste of it from end to +end; or if you propose to enter on the field of controversy, you should +first have thought upon the question under all conditions, in health +as well as in sickness, in sorrow as well as in joy. It is this +nearness of examination necessary for any true and kind writing, that +makes the practice of the art a prolonged and noble education for the +writer.<br> +<br> +There is plenty to do, plenty to say, or to say over again, in the meantime. +Any literary work which conveys faithful facts or pleasing impressions +is a service to the public. It is even a service to be thankfully +proud of having rendered. The slightest novels are a blessing +to those in distress, not chloroform itself a greater. Our fine +old sea-captain’s life was justified when Carlyle soothed his +mind with <i>The</i> <i>King’s Own</i> or<i> Newton Forster</i>. +To please is to serve; and so far from its being difficult to instruct +while you amuse, it is difficult to do the one thoroughly without the +other. Some part of the writer or his life will crop out in even +a vapid book; and to read a novel that was conceived with any force +is to multiply experience and to exercise the sympathies.<br> +<br> +Every article, every piece of verse, every essay, every <i>entre-filet</i>, +is destined to pass, however swiftly, through the minds of some portion +of the public, and to colour, however transiently, their thoughts. +When any subject falls to be discussed, some scribbler on a paper has +the invaluable opportunity of beginning its discussion in a dignified +and human spirit; and if there were enough who did so in our public +press, neither the public nor the Parliament would find it in their +minds to drop to meaner thoughts. The writer has the chance to +stumble, by the way, on something pleasing, something interesting, something +encouraging, were it only to a single reader. He will be unfortunate, +indeed, if he suit no one. He has the chance, besides, to stumble +on something that a dull person shall be able to comprehend; and for +a dull person to have read anything and, for that once, comprehended +it, makes a marking epoch in his education.<br> +<br> +Here, then, is work worth doing and worth trying to do well. And +so, if I were minded to welcome any great accession to our trade, it +should not be from any reason of a higher wage, but because it was a +trade which was useful in a very great and in a very high degree; which +every honest tradesman could make more serviceable to mankind in his +single strength; which was difficult to do well and possible to do better +every year; which called for scrupulous thought on the part of all who +practised it, and hence became a perpetual education to their nobler +natures; and which, pay it as you please, in the large majority of the +best cases will still be underpaid. For surely, at this time of +day in the nineteenth century, there is nothing that an honest man should +fear more timorously than getting and spending more than he deserves.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +BOOKS WHICH HAVE INFLUENCED ME <a name="citation14"></a><a href="#footnote14">{14}</a><br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +The Editor <a name="citation15"></a><a href="#footnote15">{15}</a> has +somewhat insidiously laid a trap for his correspondents, the question +put appearing at first so innocent, truly cutting so deep. It +is not, indeed, until after some reconnaissance and review that the +writer awakes to find himself engaged upon something in the nature of +autobiography, or, perhaps worse, upon a chapter in the life of that +little, beautiful brother whom we once all had, and whom we have all +lost and mourned, the man we ought to have been, the man we hoped to +be. But when word has been passed (even to an editor), it should, +if possible, be kept; and if sometimes I am wise and say too little, +and sometimes weak and say too much, the blame must lie at the door +of the person who entrapped me.<br> +<br> +The most influential books, and the truest in their influence, are works +of fiction. They do not pin the reader to a dogma, which he must +afterwards discover to be inexact; they do not teach him a lesson, which +he must afterwards unlearn. They repeat, they rearrange, they +clarify the lessons of life; they disengage us from ourselves, they +constrain us to the acquaintance of others; and they show us the web +of experience, not as we can see it for ourselves, but with a singular +change - that monstrous, consuming <i>ego</i> of ours being, for the +nonce, struck out. To be so, they must be reasonably true to the +human comedy; and any work that is so serves the turn of instruction. +But the course of our education is answered best by those poems and +romances where we breathe a magnanimous atmosphere of thought and meet +generous and pious characters. Shakespeare has served me best. +Few living friends have had upon me an influence so strong for good +as Hamlet or Rosalind. The last character, already well beloved +in the reading, I had the good fortune to see, I must think, in an impressionable +hour, played by Mrs. Scott Siddons. Nothing has ever more moved, +more delighted, more refreshed me; nor has the influence quite passed +away. Kent’s brief speech over the dying Lear had a great +effect upon my mind, and was the burthen of my reflections for long, +so profoundly, so touchingly generous did it appear in sense, so overpowering +in expression. Perhaps my dearest and best friend outside of Shakespeare +is D’Artagnan - the elderly D’Artagnan of the <i>Vicomte +de Bragelonne</i>. I know not a more human soul, nor, in his way, +a finer; I shall be very sorry for the man who is so much of a pedant +in morals that he cannot learn from the Captain of Musketeers. +Lastly, I must name the <i>Pilgrim’s Progress</i>, a book that +breathes of every beautiful and valuable emotion.<br> +<br> +But of works of art little can be said; their influence is profound +and silent, like the influence of nature; they mould by contact; we +drink them up like water, and are bettered, yet know not how. +It is in books more specifically didactic that we can follow out the +effect, and distinguish and weigh and compare. A book which has +been very influential upon me fell early into my hands, and so may stand +first, though I think its influence was only sensible later on, and +perhaps still keeps growing, for it is a book not easily outlived: the +<i>Essais</i> of Montaigne. That temperate and genial picture +of life is a great gift to place in the hands of persons of to-day; +they will find in these smiling pages a magazine of heroism and wisdom, +all of an antique strain; they will have their ‘linen decencies’ +and excited orthodoxies fluttered, and will (if they have any gift of +reading) perceive that these have not been fluttered without some excuse +and ground of reason; and (again if they have any gift of reading) they +will end by seeing that this old gentleman was in a dozen ways a finer +fellow, and held in a dozen ways a nobler view of life, than they or +their contemporaries.<br> +<br> +The next book, in order of time, to influence me, was the New Testament, +and in particular the Gospel according to St. Matthew. I believe +it would startle and move any one if they could make a certain effort +of imagination and read it freshly like a book, not droningly and dully +like a portion of the Bible. Any one would then be able to see +in it those truths which we are all courteously supposed to know and +all modestly refrain from applying. But upon this subject it is +perhaps better to be silent.<br> +<br> +I come next to Whitman’s <i>Leaves of</i> <i>Grass</i>, a book +of singular service, a book which tumbled the world upside down for +me, blew into space a thousand cobwebs of genteel and ethical illusion, +and, having thus shaken my tabernacle of lies, set me back again upon +a strong foundation of all the original and manly virtues. But +it is, once more, only a book for those who have the gift of reading. +I will be very frank - I believe it is so with all good books except, +perhaps, fiction. The average man lives, and must live, so wholly +in convention, that gunpowder charges of the truth are more apt to discompose +than to invigorate his creed. Either he cries out upon blasphemy +and indecency, and crouches the closer round that little idol of part-truths +and part-conveniences which is the contemporary deity, or he is convinced +by what is new, forgets what is old, and becomes truly blasphemous and +indecent himself. New truth is only useful to supplement the old; +rough truth is only wanted to expand, not to destroy, our civil and +often elegant conventions. He who cannot judge had better stick +to fiction and the daily papers. There he will get little harm, +and, in the first at least, some good.<br> +<br> +Close upon the back of my discovery of Whitman, I came under the influence +of Herbert Spencer. No more persuasive rabbi exists, and few better. +How much of his vast structure will bear the touch of time, how much +is clay and how much brass, it were too curious to inquire. But +his words, if dry, are always manly and honest; there dwells in his +pages a spirit of highly abstract joy, plucked naked like an algebraic +symbol but still joyful; and the reader will find there a <i>caput mortuum</i> +of piety, with little indeed of its loveliness, but with most of its +essentials; and these two qualities make him a wholesome, as his intellectual +vigour makes him a bracing, writer. I should be much of a hound +if I lost my gratitude to Herbert Spencer.<br> +<br> +<i>Goethe’s Life</i>, by Lewes, had a great importance for me +when it first fell into my hands - a strange instance of the partiality +of man’s good and man’s evil. I know no one whom I +less admire than Goethe; he seems a very epitome of the sins of genius, +breaking open the doors of private life, and wantonly wounding friends, +in that crowning offence of <i>Werther</i>, and in his own character +a mere pen-and-ink Napoleon, conscious of the rights and duties of superior +talents as a Spanish inquisitor was conscious of the rights and duties +of his office. And yet in his fine devotion to his art, in his +honest and serviceable friendship for Schiller, what lessons are contained! +Biography, usually so false to its office, does here for once perform +for us some of the work of fiction, reminding us, that is, of the truly +mingled tissue of man’s nature, and how huge faults and shining +virtues cohabit and persevere in the same character. History serves +us well to this effect, but in the originals, not in the pages of the +popular epitomiser, who is bound, by the very nature of his task, to +make us feel the difference of epochs instead of the essential identity +of man, and even in the originals only to those who can recognise their +own human virtues and defects in strange forms, often inverted and under +strange names, often interchanged. Martial is a poet of no good +repute, and it gives a man new thoughts to read his works dispassionately, +and find in this unseemly jester’s serious passages the image +of a kind, wise, and self-respecting gentleman. It is customary, +I suppose, in reading Martial, to leave out these pleasant verses; I +never heard of them, at least, until I found them for myself; and this +partiality is one among a thousand things that help to build up our +distorted and hysterical conception of the great Roman Empire.<br> +<br> +This brings us by a natural transition to a very noble book - the <i>Meditations</i> +of Marcus Aurelius. The dispassionate gravity, the noble forgetfulness +of self, the tenderness of others, that are there expressed and were +practised on so great a scale in the life of its writer, make this book +a book quite by itself. No one can read it and not be moved. +Yet it scarcely or rarely appeals to the feelings - those very mobile, +those not very trusty parts of man. Its address lies further back: +its lesson comes more deeply home; when you have read, you carry away +with you a memory of the man himself; it is as though you had touched +a loyal hand, looked into brave eyes, and made a noble friend; there +is another bond on you thenceforward, binding you to life and to the +love of virtue.<br> +<br> +Wordsworth should perhaps come next. Every one has been influenced +by Wordsworth, and it is hard to tell precisely how. A certain +innocence, a rugged austerity of joy, a sight of the stars, ‘the +silence that is in the lonely hills,’ something of the cold thrill +of dawn, cling to his work and give it a particular address to what +is best in us. I do not know that you learn a lesson; you need +not - Mill did not - agree with any one of his beliefs; and yet the +spell is cast. Such are the best teachers; a dogma learned is +only a new error - the old one was perhaps as good; but a spirit communicated +is a perpetual possession. These best teachers climb beyond teaching +to the plane of art; it is themselves, and what is best in themselves, +that they communicate.<br> +<br> +I should never forgive myself if I forgot <i>The Egoist</i>. It +is art, if you like, but it belongs purely to didactic art, and from +all the novels I have read (and I have read thousands) stands in a place +by itself. Here is a Nathan for the modern David; here is a book +to send the blood into men’s faces. Satire, the angry picture +of human faults, is not great art; we can all be angry with our neighbour; +what we want is to be shown, not his defects, of which we are too conscious, +but his merits, to which we are too blind. And <i>The Egoist</i> +is a satire; so much must be allowed; but it is a satire of a singular +quality, which tells you nothing of that obvious mote, which is engaged +from first to last with that invisible beam. It is yourself that +is hunted down; these are your own faults that are dragged into the +day and numbered, with lingering relish, with cruel cunning and precision. +A young friend of Mr. Meredith’s (as I have the story) came to +him in an agony. ‘This is too bad of you,’ he cried. +‘Willoughby is me!’ ‘No, my dear fellow,’ +said the author; ‘he is all of us.’<br> +<br> +I have read <i>The Egoist</i> five or six times myself, and I mean to +read it again; for I am like the young friend of the anecdote - I think +Willoughby an unmanly but a very serviceable exposure of myself.<br> +<br> +I suppose, when I am done, I shall find that I have forgotten much that +was most influential, as I see already I have forgotten Thoreau, and +Hazlitt, whose paper ‘On the Spirit of Obligations’ was +a turning-point in my life, and Penn, whose little book of aphorisms +had a brief but strong effect on me, and Mitford’s <i>Tales</i> +<i>of Old Japan</i>, wherein I learned for the first time the proper +attitude of any rational man to his country’s laws - a secret +found, and kept, in the Asiatic islands. That I should commemorate +all is more than I can hope or the Editor could ask. It will be +more to the point, after having said so much upon improving books, to +say a word or two about the improvable reader. The gift of reading, +as I have called it, is not very common, nor very generally understood. +It consists, first of all, in a vast intellectual endowment - a free +grace, I find I must call it - by which a man rises to understand that +he is not punctually right, nor those from whom he differs absolutely +wrong. He may hold dogmas; he may hold them passionately; and +he may know that others hold them but coldly, or hold them differently, +or hold them not at all. Well, if he has the gift of reading, +these others will be full of meat for him. They will see the other +side of propositions and the other side of virtues. He need not +change his dogma for that, but he may change his reading of that dogma, +and he must supplement and correct his deductions from it. A human +truth, which is always very much a lie, hides as much of life as it +displays. It is men who hold another truth, or, as it seems to +us, perhaps, a dangerous lie, who can extend our restricted field of +knowledge, and rouse our drowsy consciences. Something that seems +quite new, or that seems insolently false or very dangerous, is the +test of a reader. If he tries to see what it means, what truth +excuses it, he has the gift, and let him read. If he is merely +hurt, or offended, or exclaims upon his author’s folly, he had +better take to the daily papers; he will never be a reader.<br> +<br> +And here, with the aptest illustrative force, after I have laid down +my part-truth, I must step in with its opposite. For, after all, +we are vessels of a very limited content. Not all men can read +all books; it is only in a chosen few that any man will find his appointed +food; and the fittest lessons are the most palatable, and make themselves +welcome to the mind. A writer learns this early, and it is his +chief support; he goes on unafraid, laying down the law; and he is sure +at heart that most of what he says is demonstrably false, and much of +a mingled strain, and some hurtful, and very little good for service; +but he is sure besides that when his words fall into the hands of any +genuine reader, they will be weighed and winnowed, and only that which +suits will be assimilated; and when they fall into the hands of one +who cannot intelligently read, they come there quite silent and inarticulate, +falling upon deaf ears, and his secret is kept as if he had not written.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +A NOTE ON REALISM <a name="citation16"></a><a href="#footnote16">{16}</a><br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +Style is the invariable mark of any master; and for the student who +does not aspire so high as to be numbered with the giants, it is still +the one quality in which he may improve himself at will. Passion, +wisdom, creative force, the power of mystery or colour, are allotted +in the hour of birth, and can be neither learned nor simulated. +But the just and dexterous use of what qualities we have, the proportion +of one part to another and to the whole, the elision of the useless, +the accentuation of the important, and the preservation of a uniform +character from end to end - these, which taken together constitute technical +perfection, are to some degree within the reach of industry and intellectual +courage. What to put in and what to leave out; whether some particular +fact be organically necessary or purely ornamental; whether, if it be +purely ornamental, it may not weaken or obscure the general design; +and finally, whether, if we decide to use it, we should do so grossly +and notably, or in some conventional disguise: are questions of plastic +style continually rearising. And the sphinx that patrols the highways +of executive art has no more unanswerable riddle to propound.<br> +<br> +In literature (from which I must draw my instances) the great change +of the past century has been effected by the admission of detail. +It was inaugurated by the romantic Scott; and at length, by the semi-romantic +Balzac and his more or less wholly unromantic followers, bound like +a duty on the novelist. For some time it signified and expressed +a more ample contemplation of the conditions of man’s life; but +it has recently (at least in France) fallen into a merely technical +and decorative stage, which it is, perhaps, still too harsh to call +survival. With a movement of alarm, the wiser or more timid begin +to fall a little back from these extremities; they begin to aspire after +a more naked, narrative articulation; after the succinct, the dignified, +and the poetic; and as a means to this, after a general lightening of +this baggage of detail. After Scott we beheld the starveling story +- once, in the hands of Voltaire, as abstract as a parable - begin +to be pampered upon facts. The introduction of these details developed +a particular ability of hand; and that ability, childishly indulged, +has led to the works that now amaze us on a railway journey. A +man of the unquestionable force of M. Zola spends himself on technical +successes. To afford a popular flavour and attract the mob, he +adds a steady current of what I may be allowed to call the rancid. +That is exciting to the moralist; but what more particularly interests +the artist is this tendency of the extreme of detail, when followed +as a principle, to degenerate into mere<i> feux-de-joie</i> of literary +tricking. The other day even M. Daudet was to be heard babbling +of audible colours and visible sounds.<br> +<br> +This odd suicide of one branch of the realists may serve to remind us +of the fact which underlies a very dusty conflict of the critics. +All representative art, which can be said to live, is both realistic +and ideal; and the realism about which we quarrel is a matter purely +of externals. It is no especial cultus of nature and veracity, +but a mere whim of veering fashion, that has made us turn our back upon +the larger, more various, and more romantic art of yore. A photographic +exactitude in dialogue is now the exclusive fashion; but even in the +ablest hands it tells us no more - I think it even tells us less - than +Molière, wielding his artificial medium, has told to us and to +all time of Alceste or Orgon, Dorine or Chrysale. The historical +novel is forgotten. Yet truth to the conditions of man’s +nature and the conditions of man’s life, the truth of literary +art, is free of the ages. It may be told us in a carpet comedy, +in a novel of adventure, or a fairy tale. The scene may be pitched +in London, on the sea-coast of Bohemia, or away on the mountains of +Beulah. And by an odd and luminous accident, if there is any page +of literature calculated to awake the envy of M. Zola, it must be that +<i>Troilus and Cressida</i> which Shakespeare, in a spasm of unmanly +anger with the world, grafted on the heroic story of the siege of Troy.<br> +<br> +This question of realism, let it then be clearly understood, regards +not in the least degree the fundamental truth, but only the technical +method, of a work of art. Be as ideal or as abstract as you please, +you will be none the less veracious; but if you be weak, you run the +risk of being tedious and inexpressive; and if you be very strong and +honest, you may chance upon a masterpiece.<br> +<br> +A work of art is first cloudily conceived in the mind; during the period +of gestation it stands more clearly forward from these swaddling mists, +puts on expressive lineaments, and becomes at length that most faultless, +but also, alas! that incommunicable product of the human mind, a perfected +design. On the approach to execution all is changed. The +artist must now step down, don his working clothes, and become the artisan. +He now resolutely commits his airy conception, his delicate Ariel, to +the touch of matter; he must decide, almost in a breath, the scale, +the style, the spirit, and the particularity of execution of his whole +design.<br> +<br> +The engendering idea of some works is stylistic; a technical preoccupation +stands them instead of some robuster principle of life. And with +these the execution is but play; for the stylistic problem is resolved +beforehand, and all large originality of treatment wilfully foregone. +Such are the verses, intricately designed, which we have learnt to admire, +with a certain smiling admiration, at the hands of Mr. Lang and Mr. +Dobson; such, too, are those canvases where dexterity or even breadth +of plastic style takes the place of pictorial nobility of design. +So, it may be remarked, it was easier to begin to write <i>Esmond</i> +than <i>Vanity Fair</i>, since, in the first, the style was dictated +by the nature of the plan; and Thackeray, a man probably of some indolence +of mind, enjoyed and got good profit of this economy of effort. +But the case is exceptional. Usually in all works of art that +have been conceived from within outwards, and generously nourished from +the author’s mind, the moment in which he begins to execute is +one of extreme perplexity and strain. Artists of indifferent energy +and an imperfect devotion to their own ideal make this ungrateful effort +once for all; and, having formed a style, adhere to it through life. +But those of a higher order cannot rest content with a process which, +as they continue to employ it, must infallibly degenerate towards the +academic and the cut-and-dried. Every fresh work in which they +embark is the signal for a fresh engagement of the whole forces of their +mind; and the changing views which accompany the growth of their experience +are marked by still more sweeping alterations in the manner of their +art. So that criticism loves to dwell upon and distinguish the +varying periods of a Raphael, a Shakespeare, or a Beethoven.<br> +<br> +It is, then, first of all, at this initial and decisive moment when +execution is begun, and thenceforth only in a less degree, that the +ideal and the real do indeed, like good and evil angels, contend for +the direction of the work. Marble, paint, and language, the pen, +the needle, and the brush, all have their grossnesses, their ineffable +impotences, their hours, if I may so express myself, of insubordination. +It is the work and it is a great part of the delight of any artist to +contend with these unruly tools, and now by brute energy, now by witty +expedient, to drive and coax them to effect his will. Given these +means, so laughably inadequate, and given the interest, the intensity, +and the multiplicity of the actual sensation whose effect he is to render +with their aid, the artist has one main and necessary resource which +he must, in every case and upon any theory, employ. He must, that +is, suppress much and omit more. He must omit what is tedious +or irrelevant, and suppress what is tedious and necessary. But +such facts as, in regard to the main design, subserve a variety of purposes, +he will perforce and eagerly retain. And it is the mark of the +very highest order of creative art to be woven exclusively of such. +There, any fact that is registered is contrived a double or a treble +debt to pay, and is at once an ornament in its place, and a pillar in +the main design. Nothing would find room in such a picture that +did not serve, at once, to complete the composition, to accentuate the +scheme of colour, to distinguish the planes of distance, and to strike +the note of the selected sentiment; nothing would be allowed in such +a story that did not, at the same time, expedite the progress of the +fable, build up the characters, and strike home the moral or the philosophical +design. But this is unattainable. As a rule, so far from +building the fabric of our works exclusively with these, we are thrown +into a rapture if we think we can muster a dozen or a score of them, +to be the plums of our confection. And hence, in order that the +canvas may be filled or the story proceed from point to point, other +details must be admitted. They must be admitted, alas! upon a +doubtful title; many without marriage robes. Thus any work of +art, as it proceeds towards completion, too often - I had almost written +always - loses in force and poignancy of main design. Our little +air is swamped and dwarfed among hardly relevant orchestration; our +little passionate story drowns in a deep sea of descriptive eloquence +or slipshod talk.<br> +<br> +But again, we are rather more tempted to admit those particulars which +we know we can describe; and hence those most of all which, having been +described very often, have grown to be conventionally treated in the +practice of our art. These we choose, as the mason chooses the +acanthus to adorn his capital, because they come naturally to the accustomed +hand. The old stock incidents and accessories, tricks of workmanship +and schemes of composition (all being admirably good, or they would +long have been forgotten) haunt and tempt our fancy, offer us ready-made +but not perfectly appropriate solutions for any problem that arises, +and wean us from the study of nature and the uncompromising practice +of art. To struggle, to face nature, to find fresh solutions, +and give expression to facts which have not yet been adequately or not +yet elegantly expressed, is to run a little upon the danger of extreme +self-love. Difficulty sets a high price upon achievement; and +the artist may easily fall into the error of the French naturalists, +and consider any fact as welcome to admission if it be the ground of +brilliant handiwork; or, again, into the error of the modern landscape-painter, +who is apt to think that difficulty overcome and science well displayed +can take the place of what is, after all, the one excuse and breath +of art - charm. A little further, and he will regard charm in +the light of an unworthy sacrifice to prettiness, and the omission of +a tedious passage as an infidelity to art.<br> +<br> +We have now the matter of this difference before us. The idealist, +his eye singly fixed upon the greater outlines, loves rather to fill +up the interval with detail of the conventional order, briefly touched, +soberly suppressed in tone, courting neglect. But the realist, +with a fine intemperance, will not suffer the presence of anything so +dead as a convention; he shall have all fiery, all hot-pressed from +nature, all charactered and notable, seizing the eye. The style +that befits either of these extremes, once chosen, brings with it its +necessary disabilities and dangers. The immediate danger of the +realist is to sacrifice the beauty and significance of the whole to +local dexterity, or, in the insane pursuit of completion, to immolate +his readers under facts; but he comes in the last resort, and as his +energy declines, to discard all design, abjure all choice, and, with +scientific thoroughness, steadily to communicate matter which is not +worth learning. The danger of the idealist is, of course, to become +merely null and lose all grip of fact, particularity, or passion.<br> +<br> +We talk of bad and good. Everything, indeed, is good which is +conceived with honesty and executed with communicative ardour. +But though on neither side is dogmatism fitting, and though in every +case the artist must decide for himself, and decide afresh and yet afresh +for each succeeding work and new creation; yet one thing may be generally +said, that we of the last quarter of the nineteenth century, breathing +as we do the intellectual atmosphere of our age, are more apt to err +upon the side of realism than to sin in quest of the ideal. Upon +that theory it may be well to watch and correct our own decisions, always +holding back the hand from the least appearance of irrelevant dexterity, +and resolutely fixed to begin no work that is not philosophical, passionate, +dignified, happily mirthful, or, at the last and least, romantic in +design.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +MY FIRST BOOK: ‘TREASURE ISLAND’ <a name="citation17"></a><a href="#footnote17">{17}</a><br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +It was far indeed from being my first book, for I am not a novelist +alone. But I am well aware that my paymaster, the Great Public, +regards what else I have written with indifference, if not aversion; +if it call upon me at all, it calls on me in the familiar and indelible +character; and when I am asked to talk of my first book, no question +in the world but what is meant is my first novel.<br> +<br> +Sooner or later, somehow, anyhow, I was bound to write a novel. +It seems vain to ask why. Men are born with various manias: from +my earliest childhood, it was mine to make a plaything of imaginary +series of events; and as soon as I was able to write, I became a good +friend to the paper-makers. Reams upon reams must have gone to +the making of ‘Rathillet,’ ‘The Pentland Rising,’ +<a name="citation18"></a><a href="#footnote18">{18}</a> ‘The King’s +Pardon’ (otherwise ‘Park Whitehead’), ‘Edward +Daven,’ ‘A Country Dance,’ and ‘A Vendetta in +the West’; and it is consolatory to remember that these reams +are now all ashes, and have been received again into the soil. +I have named but a few of my ill-fated efforts, only such indeed as +came to a fair bulk ere they were desisted from; and even so they cover +a long vista of years. ‘Rathillet’ was attempted before +fifteen, ‘The Vendetta’ at twenty-nine, and the succession +of defeats lasted unbroken till I was thirty-one. By that time, +I had written little books and little essays and short stories; and +had got patted on the back and paid for them - though not enough to +live upon. I had quite a reputation, I was the successful man; +I passed my days in toil, the futility of which would sometimes make +my cheek to burn - that I should spend a man’s energy upon this +business, and yet could not earn a livelihood: and still there shone +ahead of me an unattained ideal: although I had attempted the thing +with vigour not less than ten or twelve times, I had not yet written +a novel. All - all my pretty ones - had gone for a little, and +then stopped inexorably like a schoolboy’s watch. I might +be compared to a cricketer of many years’ standing who should +never have made a run. Anybody can write a short story - a bad +one, I mean - who has industry and paper and time enough; but not every +one may hope to write even a bad novel. It is the length that +kills.<br> +<br> +The accepted novelist may take his novel up and put it down, spend days +upon it in vain, and write not any more than he makes haste to blot. +Not so the beginner. Human nature has certain rights; instinct +- the instinct of self-preservation - forbids that any man (cheered +and supported by the consciousness of no previous victory) should endure +the miseries of unsuccessful literary toil beyond a period to be measured +in weeks. There must be something for hope to feed upon. +The beginner must have a slant of wind, a lucky vein must be running, +he must be in one of those hours when the words come and the phrases +balance of themselves - <i>even to begin</i>. And having begun, +what a dread looking forward is that until the book shall be accomplished! +For so long a time, the slant is to continue unchanged, the vein to +keep running, for so long a time you must keep at command the same quality +of style: for so long a time your puppets are to be always vital, always +consistent, always vigorous! I remember I used to look, in those +days, upon every three-volume novel with a sort of veneration, as a +feat - not possibly of literature - but at least of physical and moral +endurance and the courage of Ajax.<br> +<br> +In the fated year I came to live with my father and mother at Kinnaird, +above Pitlochry. Then I walked on the red moors and by the side +of the golden burn; the rude, pure air of our mountains inspirited, +if it did not inspire us, and my wife and I projected a joint volume +of logic stories, for which she wrote ‘The Shadow on the Bed,’ +and I turned out ‘Thrawn Janet,’ and a first draft of ‘The +Merry Men.’ I love my native air, but it does not love me; +and the end of this delightful period was a cold, a fly-blister, and +a migration by Strathairdle and Glenshee to the Castleton of Braemar.<br> +<br> +There it blew a good deal and rained in a proportion; my native air +was more unkind than man’s ingratitude, and I must consent to +pass a good deal of my time between four walls in a house lugubriously +known as the Late Miss McGregor’s Cottage. And now admire +the finger of predestination. There was a schoolboy in the Late +Miss McGregor’s Cottage, home from the holidays, and much in want +of ‘something craggy to break his mind upon.’ He had +no thought of literature; it was the art of Raphael that received his +fleeting suffrages; and with the aid of pen and ink and a shilling box +of water colours, he had soon turned one of the rooms into a picture +gallery. My more immediate duty towards the gallery was to be +showman; but I would sometimes unbend a little, join the artist (so +to speak) at the easel, and pass the afternoon with him in a generous +emulation, making coloured drawings. On one of these occasions, +I made the map of an island; it was elaborately and (I thought) beautifully +coloured; the shape of it took my fancy beyond expression; it contained +harbours that pleased me like sonnets; and with the unconsciousness +of the predestined, I ticketed my performance ‘Treasure Island.’ +I am told there are people who do not care for maps, and find it hard +to believe. The names, the shapes of the woodlands, the courses +of the roads and rivers, the prehistoric footsteps of man still distinctly +traceable up hill and down dale, the mills and the ruins, the ponds +and the ferries, perhaps the <i>Standing Stone</i> or the <i>Druidic +Circle</i> on the heath; here is an inexhaustible fund of interest for +any man with eyes to see or twopence-worth of imagination to understand +with! No child but must remember laying his head in the grass, +staring into the infinitesimal forest and seeing it grow populous with +fairy armies.<br> +<br> +Somewhat in this way, as I paused upon my map of ‘Treasure Island,’ +the future character of the book began to appear there visibly among +imaginary woods; and their brown faces and bright weapons peeped out +upon me from unexpected quarters, as they passed to and fro, fighting +and hunting treasure, on these few square inches of a flat projection. +The next thing I knew I had some papers before me and was writing out +a list of chapters. How often have I done so, and the thing gone +no further! But there seemed elements of success about this enterprise. +It was to be a story for boys; no need of psychology or fine writing; +and I had a boy at hand to be a touchstone. Women were excluded. +I was unable to handle a brig (which the <i>Hispaniola</i> should have +been), but I thought I could make shift to sail her as a schooner without +public shame. And then I had an idea for John Silver from which +I promised myself funds of entertainment; to take an admired friend +of mine (whom the reader very likely knows and admires as much as I +do), to deprive him of all his finer qualities and higher graces of +temperament, to leave him with nothing but his strength, his courage, +his quickness, and his magnificent geniality, and to try to express +these in terms of the culture of a raw tarpaulin. Such psychical +surgery is, I think, a common way of ‘making character’; +perhaps it is, indeed, the only way. We can put in the quaint +figure that spoke a hundred words with us yesterday by the wayside; +but do we know him? Our friend, with his infinite variety and +flexibility, we know - but can we put him in? Upon the first, +we must engraft secondary and imaginary qualities, possibly all wrong; +from the second, knife in hand, we must cut away and deduct the needless +arborescence of his nature, but the trunk and the few branches that +remain we may at least be fairly sure of.<br> +<br> +On a chill September morning, by the cheek of a brisk fire, and the +rain drumming on the window, I began <i>The Sea Cook</i>, for that was +the original title. I have begun (and finished) a number of other +books, but I cannot remember to have sat down to one of them with more +complacency. It is not to be wondered at, for stolen waters are +proverbially sweet. I am now upon a painful chapter. No +doubt the parrot once belonged to Robinson Crusoe. No doubt the +skeleton is conveyed from Poe. I think little of these, they are +trifles and details; and no man can hope to have a monopoly of skeletons +or make a corner in talking birds. The stockade, I am told, is +from <i>Masterman Ready</i>. It may be, I care not a jot. +These useful writers had fulfilled the poet’s saying: departing, +they had left behind them Footprints on the sands of time, Footprints +which perhaps another - and I was the other! It is my debt to +Washington Irving that exercises my conscience, and justly so, for I +believe plagiarism was rarely carried farther. I chanced to pick +up the <i>Tales of a Traveller</i> some years ago with a view to an +anthology of prose narrative, and the book flew up and struck me: Billy +Bones, his chest, the company in the parlour, the whole inner spirit, +and a good deal of the material detail of my first chapters - all were +there, all were the property of Washington Irving. But I had no +guess of it then as I sat writing by the fireside, in what seemed the +spring-tides of a somewhat pedestrian inspiration; nor yet day by day, +after lunch, as I read aloud my morning’s work to the family. +It seemed to me original as sin; it seemed to belong to me like my right +eye. I had counted on one boy, I found I had two in my audience. +My father caught fire at once with all the romance and childishness +of his original nature. His own stories, that every night of his +life he put himself to sleep with, dealt perpetually with ships, roadside +inns, robbers, old sailors, and commercial travellers before the era +of steam. He never finished one of these romances; the lucky man +did not require to! But in <i>Treasure Island</i> he recognised +something kindred to his own imagination; it was <i>his</i> kind of +picturesque; and he not only heard with delight the daily chapter, but +set himself acting to collaborate. When the time came for Billy +Bones’s chest to be ransacked, he must have passed the better +part of a day preparing, on the back of a legal envelope, an inventory +of its contents, which I exactly followed; and the name of ‘Flint’s +old ship’ - the <i>Walrus</i> - was given at his particular request. +And now who should come dropping in, <i>ex machinâ</i>, but Dr. +Japp, like the disguised prince who is to bring down the curtain upon +peace and happiness in the last act; for he carried in his pocket, not +a horn or a talisman, but a publisher - had, in fact, been charged by +my old friend, Mr. Henderson, to unearth new writers for <i>Young Folks</i>. +Even the ruthlessness of a united family recoiled before the extreme +measure of inflicting on our guest the mutilated members of <i>The Sea +Cook</i>; at the same time, we would by no means stop our readings; +and accordingly the tale was begun again at the beginning, and solemnly +re-delivered for the benefit of Dr. Japp. From that moment on, +I have thought highly of his critical faculty; for when he left us, +he carried away the manuscript in his portmanteau.<br> +<br> +Here, then, was everything to keep me up, sympathy, help, and now a +positive engagement. I had chosen besides a very easy style. +Compare it with the almost contemporary ‘Merry Men’, one +reader may prefer the one style, one the other - ’tis an affair +of character, perhaps of mood; but no expert can fail to see that the +one is much more difficult, and the other much easier to maintain. +It seems as though a full-grown experienced man of letters might engage +to turn out <i>Treasure Island</i> at so many pages a day, and keep +his pipe alight. But alas! this was not my case. Fifteen +days I stuck to it, and turned out fifteen chapters; and then, in the +early paragraphs of the sixteenth, ignominiously lost hold. My +mouth was empty; there was not one word of <i>Treasure Island</i> in +my bosom; and here were the proofs of the beginning already waiting +me at the ‘Hand and Spear’! Then I corrected them, +living for the most part alone, walking on the heath at Weybridge in +dewy autumn mornings, a good deal pleased with what I had done, and +more appalled than I can depict to you in words at what remained for +me to do. I was thirty-one; I was the head of a family; I had +lost my health; I had never yet paid my way, never yet made £200 +a year; my father had quite recently bought back and cancelled a book +that was judged a failure: was this to be another and last fiasco? +I was indeed very close on despair; but I shut my mouth hard, and during +the journey to Davos, where I was to pass the winter, had the resolution +to think of other things and bury myself in the novels of M. de Boisgobey. +Arrived at my destination, down I sat one morning to the unfinished +tale; and behold! it flowed from me like small talk; and in a second +tide of delighted industry, and again at a rate of a chapter a day, +I finished <i>Treasure Island</i>. It had to be transcribed almost +exactly; my wife was ill; the schoolboy remained alone of the faithful; +and John Addington Symonds (to whom I timidly mentioned what I was engaged +on) looked on me askance. He was at that time very eager I should +write on the characters of Theophrastus: so far out may be the judgments +of the wisest men. But Symonds (to be sure) was scarce the confidant +to go to for sympathy on a boy’s story. He was large-minded; +‘a full man,’ if there was one; but the very name of my +enterprise would suggest to him only capitulations of sincerity and +solecisms of style. Well! he was not far wrong.<br> +<br> +<i>Treasure Island</i> - it was Mr. Henderson who deleted the first +title, <i>The Sea Cook</i> - appeared duly in the story paper, where +it figured in the ignoble midst, without woodcuts, and attracted not +the least attention. I did not care. I liked the tale myself, +for much the same reason as my father liked the beginning: it was my +kind of picturesque. I was not a little proud of John Silver, +also; and to this day rather admire that smooth and formidable adventurer. +What was infinitely more exhilarating, I had passed a landmark; I had +finished a tale, and written ‘The End’ upon my manuscript, +as I had not done since ‘The Pentland Rising,’ when I was +a boy of sixteen not yet at college. In truth it was so by a set +of lucky accidents; had not Dr. Japp come on his visit, had not the +tale flowed from me with singular case, it must have been laid aside +like its predecessors, and found a circuitous and unlamented way to +the fire. Purists may suggest it would have been better so. +I am not of that mind. The tale seems to have given much pleasure, +and it brought (or, was the means of bringing) fire and food and wine +to a deserving family in which I took an interest. I need scarcely +say I mean my own.<br> +<br> +But the adventures of <i>Treasure Island</i> are not yet quite at an +end. I had written it up to the map. The map was the chief +part of my plot. For instance, I had called an islet ‘Skeleton +Island,’ not knowing what I meant, seeking only for the immediate +picturesque, and it was to justify this name that I broke into the gallery +of Mr. Poe and stole Flint’s pointer. And in the same way, +it was because I had made two harbours that the <i>Hispaniola</i> was +sent on her wanderings with Israel Hands. The time came when it +was decided to republish, and I sent in my manuscript, and the map along +with it, to Messrs. Cassell. The proofs came, they were corrected, +but I heard nothing of the map. I wrote and asked; was told it +had never been received, and sat aghast. It is one thing to draw +a map at random, set a scale in one corner of it at a venture, and write +up a story to the measurements. It is quite another to have to +examine a whole book, make an inventory of all the allusions contained +in it, and with a pair of compasses, painfully design a map to suit +the data. I did it; and the map was drawn again in my father’s +office, with embellishments of blowing whales and sailing ships, and +my father himself brought into service a knack he had of various writing, +and elaborately <i>forged</i> the signature of Captain Flint, and the +sailing directions of Billy Bones. But somehow it was never <i>Treasure +Island</i> to me.<br> +<br> +I have said the map was the most of the plot. I might almost say +it was the whole. A few reminiscences of Poe, Defoe, and Washington +Irving, a copy of Johnson’s <i>Buccaneers</i>, the name of the +Dead Man’s Chest from Kingsley’s <i>At Last</i>, some recollections +of canoeing on the high seas, and the map itself, with its infinite, +eloquent suggestion, made up the whole of my materials. It is, +perhaps, not often that a map figures so largely in a tale, yet it is +always important. The author must know his countryside, whether +real or imaginary, like his hand; the distances, the points of the compass, +the place of the sun’s rising, the behaviour of the moon, should +all be beyond cavil. And how troublesome the moon is! I +have come to grief over the moon in <i>Prince</i> <i>Otto</i>, and so +soon as that was pointed out to me, adopted a precaution which I recommend +to other men - I never write now without an almanack. With an +almanack, and the map of the country, and the plan of every house, either +actually plotted on paper or already and immediately apprehended in +the mind, a man may hope to avoid some of the grossest possible blunders. +With the map before him, he will scarce allow the sun to set in the +east, as it does in <i>The Antiquary</i>. With the almanack at +hand, he will scarce allow two horsemen, journeying on the most urgent +affair, to employ six days, from three of the Monday morning till late +in the Saturday night, upon a journey of, say, ninety or a hundred miles, +and before the week is out, and still on the same nags, to cover fifty +in one day, as may be read at length in the inimitable novel of <i>Rob +Roy</i>. And it is certainly well, though far from necessary, +to avoid such ‘croppers.’ But it is my contention +- my superstition, if you like - that who is faithful to his map, and +consults it, and draws from it his inspiration, daily and hourly, gains +positive support, and not mere negative immunity from accident. +The tale has a root there; it grows in that soil; it has a spine of +its own behind the words. Better if the country be real, and he +has walked every foot of it and knows every milestone. But even +with imaginary places, he will do well in the beginning to provide a +map; as he studies it, relations will appear that he had not thought +upon; he will discover obvious, though unsuspected, short-cuts and footprints +for his messengers; and even when a map is not all the plot, as it was +in <i>Treasure Island</i>, it will be found to be a mine of suggestion.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +THE GENESIS OF ‘THE MASTER OF BALLANTRAE’<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +I was walking one night in the verandah of a small house in which I +lived, outside the hamlet of Saranac. It was winter; the night +was very dark; the air extraordinary clear and cold, and sweet with +the purity of forests. From a good way below, the river was to +be heard contending with ice and boulders: a few lights appeared, scattered +unevenly among the darkness, but so far away as not to lessen the sense +of isolation. For the making of a story here were fine conditions. +I was besides moved with the spirit of emulation, for I had just finished +my third or fourth perusal of <i>The Phantom Ship</i>. ‘Come,’ +said I to my engine, ‘let us make a tale, a story of many years +and countries, of the sea and the land, savagery and civilisation; a +story that shall have the same large features, and may be treated in +the same summary elliptic method as the book you have been reading and +admiring.’ I was here brought up with a reflection exceedingly +just in itself, but which, as the sequel shows, I failed to profit by. +I saw that Marryat, not less than Homer, Milton, and Virgil, profited +by the choice of a familiar and legendary subject; so that he prepared +his readers on the very title-page; and this set me cudgelling my brains, +if by any chance I could hit upon some similar belief to be the centre-piece +of my own meditated fiction. In the course of this vain search +there cropped up in my memory a singular case of a buried and resuscitated +fakir, which I had been often told by an uncle of mine, then lately +dead, Inspector-General John Balfour.<br> +<br> +On such a fine frosty night, with no wind and the thermometer below +zero, the brain works with much vivacity; and the next moment I had +seen the circumstance transplanted from India and the tropics to the +Adirondack wilderness and the stringent cold of the Canadian border. +Here then, almost before I had begun my story, I had two countries, +two of the ends of the earth involved: and thus though the notion of +the resuscitated man failed entirely on the score of general acceptation, +or even (as I have since found) acceptability, it fitted at once with +my design of a tale of many lands; and this decided me to consider further +of its possibilities. The man who should thus be buried was the +first question: a good man, whose return to life would be hailed by +the reader and the other characters with gladness? This trenched +upon the Christian picture, and was dismissed. If the idea, then, +was to be of any use at all for me, I had to create a kind of evil genius +to his friends and family, take him through many disappearances, and +make this final restoration from the pit of death, in the icy American +wilderness, the last and the grimmest of the series. I need not +tell my brothers of the craft that I was now in the most interesting +moment of an author’s life; the hours that followed that night +upon the balcony, and the following nights and days, whether walking +abroad or lying wakeful in my bed, were hours of unadulterated joy. +My mother, who was then living with me alone, perhaps had less enjoyment; +for, in the absence of my wife, who is my usual helper in these times +of parturition, I must spur her up at all seasons to hear me relate +and try to clarify my unformed fancies.<br> +<br> +And while I was groping for the fable and the character required, behold +I found them lying ready and nine years old in my memory. Pease +porridge hot, pease porridge cold, pease porridge in the pot, nine years +old. Was there ever a more complete justification of the rule +of Horace? Here, thinking of quite other things, I had stumbled +on the solution, or perhaps I should rather say (in stagewright phrase) +the Curtain or final Tableau of a story conceived long before on the +moors between Pitlochry and Strathardle, conceived in Highland rain, +in the blend of the smell of heather and bog-plants, and with a mind +full of the Athole correspondence and the memories of the dumlicide +Justice. So long ago, so far away it was, that I had first evoked +the faces and the mutual tragic situation of the men of Durrisdeer.<br> +<br> +My story was now world-wide enough: Scotland, India, and America being +all obligatory scenes. But of these India was strange to me except +in books; I had never known any living Indian save a Parsee, a member +of my club in London, equally civilised, and (to all seeing) equally +accidental with myself. It was plain, thus far, that I should +have to get into India and out of it again upon a foot of fairy lightness; +and I believe this first suggested to me the idea of the Chevalier Burke +for a narrator. It was at first intended that he should be Scottish, +and I was then filled with fears that he might prove only the degraded +shadow of my own Alan Breck. Presently, however, it began to occur +to me it would be like my Master to curry favour with the Prince’s +Irishmen; and that an Irish refugee would have a particular reason to +find himself in India with his countryman, the unfortunate Lally. +Irish, therefore, I decided he should be, and then, all of a sudden, +I was aware of a tall shadow across my path, the shadow of Barry Lyndon. +No man (in Lord Foppington’s phrase) of a nice morality could +go very deep with my Master: in the original idea of this story conceived +in Scotland, this companion had been besides intended to be worse than +the bad elder son with whom (as it was then meant) he was to visit Scotland; +if I took an Irishman, and a very bad Irishman, in the midst of the +eighteenth century, how was I to evade Barry Lyndon? The wretch +besieged me, offering his services; he gave me excellent references; +he proved that he was highly fitted for the work I had to do; he, or +my own evil heart, suggested it was easy to disguise his ancient livery +wit a little lace and a few frogs and buttons, so that Thackeray himself +should hardly recognise him. And then of a sudden there came to +me memories of a young Irishman, with whom I was once intimate, and +had spent long nights walking and talking with, upon a very desolate +coast in a bleak autumn: I recalled him as a youth of an extraordinary +moral simplicity - almost vacancy; plastic to any influence, the creature +of his admirations: and putting such a youth in fancy into the career +of a soldier of fortune, it occurred to me that he would serve my turn +as well as Mr. Lyndon, and in place of entering into competition with +the Master, would afford a slight though a distinct relief. I +know not if I have done him well, though his moral dissertations always +highly entertained me: but I own I have been surprised to find that +he reminded some critics of Barry Lyndon after all. . . .<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +PREFACE TO ‘THE MASTER OF BALLANTRAE’ <a name="citation19"></a><a href="#footnote19">{19}</a><br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +Although an old, consistent exile, the editor of the following pages +revisits now and again the city of which he exults to be a native; and +there are few things more strange, more painful, or more salutary, than +such revisitations. Outside, in foreign spots, he comes by surprise +and awakens more attention than he had expected; in his own city, the +relation is reversed, and he stands amazed to be so little recollected. +Elsewhere he is refreshed to see attractive faces, to remark possible +friends; there he scouts the long streets, with a pang at heart, for +the faces and friends that are no more. Elsewhere he is delighted +with the presence of what is new, there tormented by the absence of +what is old. Elsewhere he is content to be his present self; there +he is smitten with an equal regret for what he once was and for what +he once hoped to be.<br> +<br> +He was feeling all this dimly, as he drove from the station, on his +last visit; he was feeling it still as he alighted at the door of his +friend Mr. Johnstone Thomson, W.S., with whom he was to stay. +A hearty welcome, a face not altogether changed, a few words that sounded +of old days, a laugh provoked and shared, a glimpse in passing of the +snowy cloth and bright decanters and the Piranesis on the dining-room +wall, brought him to his bed-room with a somewhat lightened cheer, and +when he and Mr. Thomson sat down a few minutes later, cheek by jowl, +and pledged the past in a preliminary bumper, he was already almost +consoled, he had already almost forgiven himself his two unpardonable +errors, that he should ever have left his native city, or ever returned +to it.<br> +<br> +‘I have something quite in your way,’ said Mr. Thomson. +‘I wished to do honour to your arrival; because, my dear fellow, +it is my own youth that comes back along with you; in a very tattered +and withered state, to be sure, but - well! - all that’s left +of it.’<br> +<br> +‘A great deal better than nothing,’ said the editor. +‘But what is this which is quite in my way?’<br> +<br> +‘I was coming to that,’ said Mr. Thomson: ‘Fate has +put it in my power to honour your arrival with something really original +by way of dessert. A mystery.’<br> +<br> +‘A mystery?’ I repeated.<br> +<br> +‘Yes,’ said his friend, ‘a mystery. It may prove +to be nothing, and it may prove to be a great deal. But in the +meanwhile it is truly mysterious, no eye having looked on it for near +a hundred years; it is highly genteel, for it treats of a titled family; +and it ought to be melodramatic, for (according to the superscription) +it is concerned with death.’<br> +<br> +‘I think I rarely heard a more obscure or a more promising annunciation,’ +the other remarked. ‘But what is It?’<br> +<br> +‘You remember my predecessor’s, old Peter M’Brair’s +business?’<br> +<br> +‘I remember him acutely; he could not look at me without a pang +of reprobation, and he could not feel the pang without betraying it. +He was to me a man of a great historical interest, but the interest +was not returned.’<br> +<br> +‘Ah well, we go beyond him,’ said Mr. Thomson. ‘I +daresay old Peter knew as little about this as I do. You see, +I succeeded to a prodigious accumulation of old law-papers and old tin +boxes, some of them of Peter’s hoarding, some of his father’s, +John, first of the dynasty, a great man in his day. Among other +collections were all the papers of the Durrisdeers.’<br> +<br> +‘The Durrisdeers!’ cried I. ‘My dear fellow, +these may be of the greatest interest. One of them was out in +the ‘45; one had some strange passages with the devil - you will +find a note of it in Law’s <i>Memorials</i>, I think; and there +was an unexplained tragedy, I know not what, much later, about a hundred +years ago - ‘<br> +<br> +‘More than a hundred years ago,’ said Mr. Thomson. +‘In 1783.’<br> +<br> +‘How do you know that? I mean some death.’<br> +<br> +‘Yes, the lamentable deaths of my lord Durrisdeer and his brother, +the Master of Ballantrae (attainted in the troubles),’ said Mr. +Thomson with something the tone of a man quoting. ‘Is that +it?’<br> +<br> +‘To say truth,’ said I, ‘I have only seen some dim +reference to the things in memoirs; and heard some traditions dimmer +still, through my uncle (whom I think you knew). My uncle lived +when he was a boy in the neighbourhood of St. Bride’s; he has +often told me of the avenue closed up and grown over with grass, the +great gates never opened, the last lord and his old maid sister who +lived in the back parts of the house, a quiet, plain, poor, hum-drum +couple it would seem - but pathetic too, as the last of that stirring +and brave house - and, to the country folk, faintly terrible from some +deformed traditions.’<br> +<br> +‘Yes,’ said Mr. Thomson. Henry Graeme Durie, the last +lord, died in 1820; his sister, the Honourable Miss Katherine Durie, +in ‘27; so much I know; and by what I have been going over the +last few days, they were what you say, decent, quiet people and not +rich. To say truth, it was a letter of my lord’s that put +me on the search for the packet we are going to open this evening. +Some papers could not be found; and he wrote to Jack M’Brair suggesting +they might be among those sealed up by a Mr. Mackellar. M’Brair +answered, that the papers in question were all in Mackellar’s +own hand, all (as the writer understood) of a purely narrative character; +and besides, said he, “I am bound not to open them before the +year 1889.” You may fancy if these words struck me: I instituted +a hunt through all the M’Brair repositories; and at last hit upon +that packet which (if you have had enough wine) I propose to show you +at once.’<br> +<br> +In the smoking-room, to which my host now led me, was a packet, fastened +with many seals and enclosed in a single sheet of strong paper thus +endorsed:-<br> +<br> +<br> +Papers relating to the lives and lamentable deaths of the late Lord +Durisdeer, and his elder brother James, commonly called Master of Ballantrae, +attainted in the troubles: entrusted into the hands of John M’Brair +in the Lawnmarket of Edinburgh, W.S.; this 20th day of September Anno +Domini 1789; by him to be kept secret until the revolution of one hundred +years complete, or until the 20th day of September 1889: the same compiled +and written by me,<br> +<br> +EPHRAIM MACKELLAR,<br> +<br> +<i>For near forty years Land Steward on the<br> +estates of His Lordship.<br> +<br> +</i>As Mr. Thomson is a married man, I will not say what hour had struck +when we laid down the last of the following pages; but I will give a +few words of what ensued.<br> +<br> +‘Here,’ said Mr. Thomson, ‘is a novel ready to your +hand: all you have to do is to work up the scenery, develop the characters, +and improve the style.’<br> +<br> +‘My dear fellow,’ said I, ‘they are just the three +things that I would rather die than set my hand to. It shall be +published as it stands.’<br> +<br> +‘But it’s so bald,’ objected Mr. Thomson.<br> +<br> +‘I believe there is nothing so noble as baldness,’ replied +I, ‘and I am sure there is nothing so interesting. I would +have all literature bald, and all authors (if you like) but one.’<br> +<br> +‘Well, well,’ said Mr. Thomson, ‘we shall see.’<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +Footnotes:<br> +<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote1"></a><a href="#citation1">{1}</a> First published +in the Contemporary Review, April 1885<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote2"></a><a href="#citation2">{2}</a> Milton.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote3"></a><a href="#citation3">{3}</a> Milton.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote4"></a><a href="#citation4">{4}</a> Milton.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote5"></a><a href="#citation5">{5}</a> As PVF will continue +to haunt us through our English examples, take, by way of comparison, +this Latin verse, of which it forms a chief adornment, and do not hold +me answerable for the all too Roman freedom of the sense: ‘Hanc +volo, quae facilis, quae palliolata vagatur.’<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote6"></a><a href="#citation6">{6}</a> Coleridge.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote7"></a><a href="#citation7">{7}</a> Antony and +Cleopatra.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote8"></a><a href="#citation8">{8}</a> Cymbeline.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote9"></a><a href="#citation9">{9}</a> The V is +in ‘of.’<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote10"></a><a href="#citation10">{10}</a> Troilus +and Cressida.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote11"></a><a href="#citation11">{11}</a> First +published in the <i>Fortnightly Review</i>, April 1881.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote12"></a><a href="#citation12">{12}</a> Mr. James +Payn.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote13"></a><a href="#citation13">{13}</a> A footnote, +at least, is due to the admirable example set before all young writers +in the width of literary sympathy displayed by Mr. Swinburne. +He runs forth to welcome merit, whether in Dickens or Trollope, whether +in Villon, Milton, or Pope. This is, in criticism, the attitude +we should all seek to preserve; not only in that, but in every branch +of literary work.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote14"></a><a href="#citation14">{14}</a> First +published in the <i>British Weekly</i>, May 13, 1887.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote15"></a><a href="#citation15">{15}</a> Of the<i> +British Weekly.<br> +<br> +</i><a name="footnote16"></a><a href="#citation16">{16}</a> First +published in the <i>Magazine of Art</i> in 1883.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote17"></a><a href="#citation17">{17}</a> First +published in the <i>Idler</i>, August 1894.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote18"></a><a href="#citation18">{18}</a> <i>Ne +pas confondre</i>. Not the slim green pamphlet with the imprint +of Andrew Elliot, for which (as I see with amazement from the book-lists) +the gentlemen of England are willing to pay fancy prices; but its predecessor, +a bulky historical romance without a spark of merit, and now deleted +from the world.<br> +<br> +<a name="footnote19"></a><a href="#citation19">{19}</a> 1889.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE ART OF WRITING ***<br> +<pre> + +******This file should be named artow10h.htm or artow10h.zip****** +Corrected EDITIONS of our EBooks get a new NUMBER, artow11h.htm +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, artow10ah.htm + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 + +Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart hart@pobox.com + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* +</pre></body> +</html> diff --git a/old/artow10h.zip b/old/artow10h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..09b5f53 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/artow10h.zip |
